Legislación
US (United States) Code. Title 42. Chapter 6A: Public Health Service
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-11. Clinical evaluation units at National Institutes of
Health
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Cancer
Institute and the Director of the National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases, shall for each such Institute establish a
clinical evaluation unit at the Clinical Center at the National
Institutes of Health. Each of the clinical evaluation units -
(1) shall conduct clinical evaluations of experimental
treatments for acquired immune deficiency syndrome developed
within the preclinical drug development program, including
evaluations of methods of diagnosing immune deficiency and
evaluations of methods of predicting, diagnosing, preventing, and
treating opportunistic cancers and infectious diseases; and
(2) may conduct clinical evaluations of experimental treatments
for such syndrome that are developed by any other national
research institute of the National Institutes of Health or by any
other entity.
(b) Personnel and administrative support
(1) For the purposes described in subsection (a) of this section,
the Secretary, acting through the Director of the National
Institutes of Health, shall provide each of the clinical evaluation
units required in such subsection -
(A)(i) with not less than 50 beds; or
(ii) with an outpatient clinical capacity equal to not less
than twice the outpatient clinical capacity, with respect to
acquired immune deficiency syndrome, possessed by the Clinical
Center of the National Institutes of Health on June 1, 1988; and
(B) with such personnel, such administrative support, and such
other support services as may be necessary.
(2) Facilities, personnel, administrative support, and other
support services provided pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be in
addition to the number or level of facilities, personnel,
administrative support, and other support services that otherwise
would be available at the Clinical Center at the National
Institutes of Health for the provision of clinical care for
individuals with diseases or disorders.
(c) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2311, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3066;
amended Pub. L. 103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1811(2), June 10,
1993,107 Stat. 199.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 300cc-11, act July 1, 1944, Sec. 2312, was
successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see
section 238i of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 103-43 inserted before semicolon
at end ", including evaluations of methods of diagnosing immune
deficiency and evaluations of methods of predicting, diagnosing,
preventing, and treating opportunistic cancers and infectious
diseases".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-12 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-12. Use of investigational new drugs with respect to
acquired immune deficiency syndrome
-STATUTE-
(a) Encouragement of applications with respect to clinical trials
(1) If, in the determination of the Secretary, there is
preliminary evidence that a new drug has effectiveness in humans
with respect to the prevention or treatment of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome, the Secretary shall, through statements
published in the Federal Register -
(A) announce the fact of such determination; and
(B) with respect to the new drug involved, encourage an
application for an exemption for investigational use of the new
drug under regulations issued under section 355(i) of title 21.
(2)(A) The AIDS Research Advisory Committee established pursuant
to section 300cc-3 of this title shall make recommendations to the
Secretary with respect to new drugs appropriate for determinations
described in paragraph (1).
(B) The Secretary shall, as soon as is practicable, determine the
merits of recommendations received by the Secretary pursuant to
subparagraph (A).
(b) Encouragement of applications with respect to treatment use in
circumstances other than clinical trials
(1) In the case of a new drug with respect to which the Secretary
has made a determination described in subsection (a) of this
section and with respect to which an exemption is in effect for
purposes of section 355(i) of title 21, the Secretary shall -
(A) as appropriate, encourage the sponsor of the investigation
of the new drug to submit to the Secretary, in accordance with
regulations issued under such section, an application to use the
drug in the treatment of individuals -
(i) who are infected with the etiologic agent for acquired
immune deficiency syndrome; and
(ii) who are not participating in the clinical trials
conducted pursuant to such exemption; and
(B) if such an application is approved, encourage, as
appropriate, licensed medical practitioners to obtain, in
accordance with such regulations, the new drug from such sponsor
for the purpose of treating such individuals.
(2) If the sponsor of the investigation of a new drug described
in paragraph (1) does not submit to the Secretary an application
described in such paragraph (relating to treatment use), the
Secretary shall, through statements published in the Federal
Register, encourage, as appropriate, licensed medical practitioners
to submit to the Secretary such applications in accordance with
regulations described in such paragraph.
(c) Technical assistance with respect to treatment use
In the case of a new drug with respect to which the Secretary has
made a determination described in subsection (a) of this section,
the Secretary may, directly or through grants or contracts, provide
technical assistance with respect to the process of -
(1) submitting to the Secretary applications for exemptions
described in paragraph (1)(B) of such subsection;
(2) submitting to the Secretary applications described in
subsection (b) of this section; and
(3) with respect to sponsors of investigations of new drugs,
facilitating the transfer of new drugs from such sponsors to
licensed medical practitioners.
(d) "New drug" defined
For purposes of this section, the term "new drug" has the meaning
given such term in section 321 of title 21.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2312, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3066;
amended Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec. 2008(d)(2), June 10, 1993,
107 Stat. 212.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 300cc-12, act July 1, 1944, Sec. 2313, was
successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see
section 238j of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103-43 substituted "AIDS
Research Advisory Committee" for "AIDS Clinical Research Review
Committee".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-13 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-13. Terry Beirn Community-Based AIDS Research Initiative
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
After consultation with the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the
Director of the National Institutes of Health, acting through the
Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious
Diseases, may make grants to public entities and nonprofit private
entities concerned with acquired immune deficiency syndrome, and
may enter into contracts with public and private such (!1)
entities, for the purpose of planning and conducting, in the
community involved, clinical trials of experimental treatments for
infection with the etiologic agent for such syndrome that are
approved by the Commissioner of Food and Drugs for investigational
use under regulations issued under section 355 of title 21.
(b) Requirement of certain projects
(1) Financial assistance under subsection (a) of this section
shall include such assistance to community-based organizations and
community health centers for the purpose of -
(A) retaining appropriate medical supervision;
(B) assisting with administration, data collection and record
management; and
(C) conducting training of community physicians, nurse
practitioners, physicians' assistants and other health
professionals for the purpose of conducting clinical trials.
(2)(A) Financial assistance under subsection (a) of this section
shall include such assistance for demonstration projects designed
to implement and conduct community-based clinical trials in order
to provide access to the entire scope of communities affected by
infections with the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency
syndrome, including minorities, hemophiliacs and
transfusion-exposed individuals, women, children, users of
intravenous drugs, and individuals who are asymptomatic with
respect to such infection.
(B) The Director of the National Institutes of Health may not
provide financial assistance under this paragraph unless the
application for such assistance is approved -
(i) by the Commissioner of Food and Drugs;
(ii) by a duly constituted Institutional Review Board that
meets the requirements of part 56 of title 21, Code of Federal
Regulations; and
(iii) by the Director of the National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases.
(c) Participation of private industry, schools of medicine and
primary providers
Programs carried out with financial assistance provided under
subsection (a) of this section shall be designed to encourage
private industry and schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, and
existing consortia of primary care providers organized to conduct
clinical research concerning acquired immune deficiency syndrome to
participate in, and to support, the clinical trials conducted
pursuant to the programs.
(d) Requirement of application
The Secretary may not provide financial assistance under
subsection (a) of this section unless -
(1) an application for the assistance is submitted to the
Secretary;
(2) with respect to carrying out the purpose for which the
assistance is to be made, the application provides assurances of
compliance satisfactory to the Secretary; and
(3) the application otherwise is in such form, is made in such
manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information
as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this
section.
(e) Authorization of appropriations
(1) For the purpose of carrying out subsection (b)(1) of this
section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1989 through 1996.
(2) For the purpose of carrying out subsection (b)(2) of this
section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1989 through 1996.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2313, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3068;
amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2617(b), Nov. 18, 1988, 102
Stat. 4240; Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 6, Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 615;
Pub. L. 102-96, Sec. 3, Aug. 14, 1991, 105 Stat. 481.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 300cc-13, act July 1, 1944, Sec. 2314, was
successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see
section 238k of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1991 - Pub. L. 102-96, Sec. 3(1), substituted "Terry Beirn
Community-Based AIDS Research Initiative" for "Community-based
evaluations of experimental therapies" in section catchline.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102-96, Sec. 3(2), substituted ", schools of
medicine and primary providers" for "and schools of medicine" in
heading and substituted "schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine,
and existing consortia of primary care providers organized to
conduct clinical research concerning acquired immune deficiency
syndrome" for "schools of medicine and osteopathic medicine".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102-96, Sec. 3(3), substituted "1996" for
"1991" in pars. (1) and (2).
1989 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101-93 inserted "and osteopathic
medicine" after "schools of medicine".
1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2617(b)(1), which
directed substitution of "through the Director of the National
Institute of Allergy" for "through the National Institutes of
Allergy", was executed by making substitution for "through the
National Institute of Allergy" as the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2617(b)(2), which
directed substitution of "Institute" for "Institutes", could not be
executed because "Institute" was singular in original.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
REFERENCE TO COMMUNITY, MIGRANT, PUBLIC HOUSING, OR HOMELESS HEALTH
CENTER CONSIDERED REFERENCE TO HEALTH CENTER
Reference to community health center, migrant health center,
public housing health center, or homeless health center considered
reference to health center, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 104-299,
set out as a note under section 254b of this title.
FINDINGS AND SENSE OF CONGRESS
Section 2 of Pub. L. 102-96 provided that:
"(a) Findings. - Congress finds that -
"(1) community-based clinical trials complement the National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases' university-based
research in order to provide increased access to experimental
therapies;
"(2) community-based clinical trials provide an efficient and
cost-effective means to develop new HIV-related treatments,
benefiting all people living with HIV disease and other
illnesses; and
"(3) because the community-based clinical trials model has a
proven ability to conduct rapid trials that meet the very highest
standards of scientific inquiry, this program should be
reauthorized and significantly expanded.
"(b) Sense of Congress. - It is the sense of Congress that,
because of Terry Beirn's tireless efforts to foster a partnership
among all parties invested in AIDS research (including the National
Institutes of Health university-based research system, primary care
physicians practicing in the community, and patients), the
community-based clinical trials program should be renamed as the
'Terry Beirn Community-Based AIDS Research Initiative' in his
honor."
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-14 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-14. Evaluation of certain treatments
-STATUTE-
(a) Establishment of program
(1) After consultation with the AIDS Research Advisory Committee
established pursuant to section 300cc-3 of this title, the
Secretary shall establish a program for the evaluation of drugs
that -
(A) are not approved by the Commissioner of Food and Drugs for
the purpose of treatments with respect to acquired immune
deficiency syndrome; and
(B) are being utilized for such purpose by individuals infected
with the etiologic agent for such syndrome.
(2) The program established under paragraph (1) shall include
evaluations of the effectiveness and the risks of the treatment
involved, including the risks of foregoing treatments with respect
to acquired immune deficiency syndrome that are approved by the
Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
(b) Authority with respect to grants and contracts
(1) For the purpose of conducting evaluations required in
subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary may make grants to,
and enter into cooperative agreements and contracts with, public
and nonprofit private entities.
(2) Nonprofit private entities under paragraph (1) may include
nonprofit private organizations that -
(A) are established for the purpose of evaluating treatments
with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome; and
(B) consist primarily of individuals infected with the
etiologic agent for such syndrome.
(c) Scientific and ethical guidelines
(1) The Secretary shall establish appropriate scientific and
ethical guidelines for the conduct of evaluations carried out
pursuant to this section. The Secretary may not provide financial
assistance under subsection (b)(1) of this section unless the
applicant for such assistance agrees to comply with such
guidelines.
(2) The Secretary may establish the guidelines described in
paragraph (1) only after consulting with -
(A) physicians whose clinical practice includes a significant
number of individuals with acquired immune deficiency syndrome;
(B) individuals who are infected with the etiologic agent for
such syndrome; and
(C) other individuals with appropriate expertise or experience.
(d) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2314, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3069;
amended Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec. 2008(d)(3), June 10, 1993,
107 Stat. 212.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 300cc-14, act July 1, 1944, Sec. 2315, was
successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see
section 238l of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 103-43 substituted "AIDS Research
Advisory Committee" for "Clinical Research Review Committee" in
introductory provisions.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-15 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-15. Support of international efforts
-STATUTE-
(a) Grants and contracts for research
(1) Under section 242l of this title, the Secretary, acting
through the Director of the National Institutes of Health -
(A) shall, for the purpose described in paragraph (2), make
grants to, enter into cooperative agreements and contracts with,
and provide technical assistance to, international organizations
concerned with public health; and
(B) may, for such purpose, provide technical assistance to
foreign governments.
(2) The purpose referred to in paragraph (1) is promoting and
expediting international research and training concerning the
natural history and pathogenesis of the human immunodeficiency
virus and the development and evaluation of vaccines and treatments
for acquired immune deficiency syndrome and opportunistic
infections.
(b) Grants and contracts for additional purposes
After consultation with the Administrator of the Agency for
International Development, the Secretary, acting through the
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall
under section 242l of this title make grants to, enter into
contracts with, and provide technical assistance to, international
organizations concerned with public health and may provide
technical assistance to foreign governments, in order to support -
(1) projects for training individuals with respect to
developing skills and technical expertise for use in the
prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome; and
(2) epidemiological research relating to acquired immune
deficiency syndrome.
(c) Special Programme of World Health Organization
Support provided by the Secretary pursuant to this section shall
be in furtherance of the global strategy of the World Health
Organization Special Programme on Acquired Immunodeficiency
Syndrome.
(d) Preferences
In providing grants, cooperative agreements, contracts, and
technical assistance under subsections (a) and (b) of this section,
the Secretary shall -
(1) give preference to activities under such subsections
conducted by, or in cooperation with, the World Health
Organization; and
(2) with respect to activities carried out under such
subsections in the Western Hemisphere, give preference to
activities conducted by, or in cooperation with, the Pan American
Health Organization or the World Health Organization.
(e) Requirement of application
The Secretary may not make a grant or enter into a cooperative
agreement or contract under this section unless -
(1) an application for such assistance is submitted to the
Secretary;
(2) with respect to carrying out the purpose for which such
assistance is to be provided, the application provides assurances
of compliance satisfactory to the Secretary; and
(3) the application otherwise is in such form, is made in such
manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information
as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this
section.
(f) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for
each fiscal year.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2315, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3070;
amended Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(18), Oct. 27, 1992,
106 Stat. 3505; Pub. L. 103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1811(3), June 10,
1993, 107 Stat. 199.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 300cc-15, act July 1, 1944, Sec. 2316, was
successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see
section 238m of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1811(3)(A),
substituted "international research and training concerning the
natural history and pathogenesis of the human immunodeficiency
virus and the development and evaluation of vaccines and treatments
for acquired immune deficiency syndrome and opportunistic
infections" for "international research concerning the development
and evaluation of vaccines and treatments for acquired immune
deficiency syndrome".
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1811(3)(B), substituted "such
sums as may be necessary for each fiscal year" for "there are
authorized to be appropriated $40,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990 and
1991".
1992 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease Control".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-16 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-16. Research centers
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
(1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, may make grants to,
and enter into contracts with, public and nonprofit private
entities to assist such entities in planning, establishing, or
strengthening, and providing basic operating support for, centers
for basic and clinical research into, and training in, advanced
diagnostic, prevention, and treatment methods for acquired immune
deficiency syndrome.
(2) A grant or contract under paragraph (1) shall be provided in
accordance with policies established by the Secretary, acting
through the Director of the National Institutes of Health, and
after consultation with the advisory council for the National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases.
(3) The Secretary shall ensure that, as appropriate, clinical
research programs carried out under paragraph (1) include as
research subjects women, children, hemophiliacs, and minorities.
(b) Use of financial assistance
(1) Financial assistance under subsection (a) of this section may
be expended for -
(A) the renovation or leasing of space;
(B) staffing and other basic operating costs, including such
patient care costs as are required for clinical research;
(C) clinical training with respect to acquired immune
deficiency syndrome (including such training for allied health
professionals); and
(D) demonstration purposes, including projects in the long-term
monitoring and outpatient treatment of individuals infected with
the etiologic agent for such syndrome.
(2) Financial assistance under subsection (a) of this section may
not be expended to provide research training for which Ruth L.
Kirschstein National Research Service Awards may be provided under
section 288 of this title.
(c) Duration of support
Support of a center under subsection (a) of this section may be
for not more than five years. Such period may be extended by the
Director for additional periods of not more than five years each if
the operations of such center have been reviewed by an appropriate
technical and scientific peer review group established by the
Director and if such group has recommended to the Director that
such period should be extended.
(d) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2316, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3071;
amended Pub. L. 107-206, title I, Sec. 804(c), Aug. 2, 2002, 116
Stat. 874.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2002 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 107-206 substituted "Ruth L.
Kirschstein National Research Service Awards" for "National
Research Service Awards".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-17 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-17. Information services
-STATUTE-
(a) Establishment of program
The Secretary shall establish, maintain, and operate a program
with respect to information on research, treatment, and prevention
activities relating to infection with the etiologic agent for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome. The program shall, with
respect to the agencies of the Department of Health and Human
Services, be integrated and coordinated.
(b) Toll-free telephone communications for health care entities
(1) After consultation with the Director of the Office of AIDS
Research, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services
Administration, and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention, the Secretary shall provide for toll-free telephone
communications to provide medical and technical information with
respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome to health care
professionals, allied health care providers, and to professionals
providing emergency health services.
(2) Information provided pursuant to paragraph (1) shall include
-
(A) information on prevention of exposure to, and the
transmission of, the etiologic agent for acquired immune
deficiency syndrome; and
(B) information contained in the data banks established in
subsections (c) and (d) of this section.
(c) Data bank on research information
(1) After consultation with the Director of the Office of AIDS
Research, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, and the National Library of Medicine, the Secretary
shall establish a data bank of information on the results of
research with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome
conducted in the United States and other countries.
(2) In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary shall collect,
catalog, store, and disseminate the information described in such
paragraph. To the extent practicable, the Secretary shall make such
information available to researchers, physicians, and other
appropriate individuals, of countries other than the United States.
(d) Data bank on clinical trials and treatments
(1) After consultation with the Commissioner of Food and Drugs,
the AIDS Research Advisory Committee established under section
300cc-3 of this title, and the Director of the Office of AIDS
Research, the Secretary shall, in carrying out subsection (a) of
this section, establish a data bank of information on clinical
trials and treatments with respect to infection with the etiologic
agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome (hereafter in this
section referred to as the "Data Bank").
(2) In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary shall collect,
catalog, store, and disseminate the information described in such
paragraph. The Secretary shall disseminate such information through
information systems available to individuals infected with the
etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome, to other
members of the public, to health care providers, and to
researchers.
(e) Requirements with respect to data bank on clinical trials and
treatments
The Data Bank shall include the following:
(1) A registry of clinical trials of experimental treatments
for acquired immune deficiency syndrome and related illnesses
conducted under regulations promulgated pursuant to section 355
of title 21 that provides a description of the purpose of each
experimental drug protocol either with the consent of the
protocol sponsor, or when a trial to test efficacy begins.
Information provided shall include eligibility criteria and the
location of trial sites, and must be forwarded to the Data Bank
by the sponsor of the trial not later than 21 days after the
approval by the Food and Drug Administration.
(2) Information pertaining to experimental treatments for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome that may be available under a
treatment investigational new drug application that has been
submitted to the Food and Drug Administration pursuant to part
312 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations. The Data Bank shall
also include information pertaining to the results of clinical
trials of such treatments, with the consent of the sponsor, of
such experimental treatments, including information concerning
potential toxicities or adverse effects associated with the use
or administration of such experimental treatment.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2317, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3071;
amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2617(c), Nov. 18, 1988, 102
Stat. 4240; Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(19), Oct. 27,
1992, 106 Stat. 3505; Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec. 2008(d)(4),
June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 212.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 103-43 substituted "AIDS Research
Advisory Committee established under section 300cc-3 of this title"
for "Clinical Research Review Committee".
1992 - Subsecs. (b)(1), (c)(1). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted
"Centers for Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for
Disease Control".
1988 - Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "data bank on
clinical trials and treatments" for "data bank" in heading.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-18 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-18. Development of model protocols for clinical care of
infected individuals
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
(1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National
Institutes of Health and after consultation with the Director of
the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, may make grants to
public and nonprofit private entities for the establishment of
projects to develop model protocols for the clinical care of
individuals infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune
deficiency syndrome, including treatment and prevention of HIV
infection and related conditions among women.
(2) The Secretary may not make a grant under paragraph (1) unless
-
(A) the applicant for the grant is a provider of comprehensive
primary care; or
(B) the applicant for the grant agrees, with respect to the
project carried out pursuant to paragraph (1), to enter into a
cooperative arrangement with an entity that is a provider of
comprehensive primary care.
(b) Requirement of provision of certain services
The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of this
section unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, with
respect to patients participating in the project carried out with
the grant, services provided pursuant to the grant will include -
(1) monitoring, in clinical laboratories, of the condition of
such patients;
(2) clinical intervention for infection with the etiologic
agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome, including measures
for the prevention of conditions arising from the infection;
(3) information and counseling on the availability of
treatments for such infection approved by the Commissioner of
Food and Drugs, on the availability of treatments for such
infection not yet approved by the Commissioner, and on the
reports issued by the AIDS Research Advisory Committee under
section 300cc-3(c)(2)(B) of this title;
(4) support groups; and
(5) information on, and referrals to, entities providing
appropriate social support services.
(c) Limitation on imposition of charges for services
The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of this
section unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, if the
applicant will routinely impose a charge for providing services
pursuant to the grant, the applicant will not impose the charge on
any individual seeking such services who is unable to pay the
charge.
(d) Evaluation and reports
(1) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of
this section unless the applicant for the grant agrees, with
respect to the project carried out pursuant to subsection (a) of
this section, to submit to the Secretary -
(A) information sufficient to assist in the replication of the
model protocol developed pursuant to the project; and
(B) such reports as the Secretary may require.
(2) The Secretary shall provide for evaluations of projects
carried out pursuant to subsection (a) of this section and shall
annually submit to the Congress a report describing such projects.
The report shall include the findings made as a result of such
evaluations and may include any recommendations of the Secretary
for appropriate administrative and legislative initiatives with
respect to the program established in this section.
(e) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for
each of the fiscal years 1989 through 1991, and such sums as may be
necessary for each of the fiscal years 1994 through 1996.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2318, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3073;
amended Pub. L. 103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1811(4), title XX, Sec.
2008(d)(5), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 199, 212; Pub. L. 106-129,
Sec. 2(b)(2), Dec. 6, 1999, 113 Stat. 1670.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1999 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 106-129 substituted "Director of
the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality" for "Administrator
for Health Care Policy and Research".
1993 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1811(4)(A), inserted
", acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health
and after consultation with the Administrator for Health Care
Policy and Research," after "The Secretary" and ", including
treatment and prevention of HIV infection and related conditions
among women" after "syndrome".
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 2008(d)(5), substituted
"AIDS Research Advisory Committee" for "Clinical Research Review
Committee".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1811(4)(B), inserted before
period at end ", and such sums as may be necessary for each of the
fiscal years 1994 through 1996".
TERMINATION OF REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in subsec.
(d)(2) of this section relating to annual submission to Congress of
reports describing projects carried out pursuant to subsec. (a) of
this section, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104-66, as amended, set
out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance,
and page 94 of House Document No. 103-7.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-19 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-19. National blood resource education program
-STATUTE-
After consultation with the Director of the National Heart, Lung,
and Blood Institute and the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the
Secretary shall establish a program of research and education
regarding blood donations and transfusions to maintain and improve
the safety of the blood supply. Education programs shall be
directed at health professionals, patients, and the community to -
(1) in the case of the public and patients undergoing treatment
-
(A) increase awareness that the process of donating blood is
safe;
(B) promote the concept that blood donors are contributors to
a national need to maintain an adequate and safe blood supply;
(C) encourage blood donors to donate more than once a year;
and
(D) encourage repeat blood donors to recruit new donors;
(2) in the case of health professionals -
(A) improve knowledge, attitudes, and skills of health
professionals in the appropriate use of blood and blood
components;
(B) increase the awareness and understanding of health
professionals regarding the risks versus benefits of blood
transfusion; and
(C) encourage health professionals to consider alternatives
to the administration of blood or blood components for their
patients; and
(3) in the case of the community, increase coordination,
communication, and collaboration among community, professional,
industry, and government organizations regarding blood donation
and transfusion issues.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2319, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3074.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-20 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part B - Research Authority
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-20. Additional authority with respect to research
-STATUTE-
(a) Data collection with respect to national prevalence
(1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, may, through representative
sampling and other appropriate methodologies, provide for the
continuous collection of data on the incidence in the United States
of cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome and of cases of
infection with the etiologic agent for such syndrome. The Secretary
may carry out the program of data collection directly or through
cooperative agreements and contracts with public and nonprofit
private entities.
(2) The Secretary shall encourage each State to enter into a
cooperative agreement or contract under paragraph (1) with the
Secretary in order to facilitate the prompt collection of the most
recent accurate data on the incidence of cases described in such
paragraph.
(3) The Secretary shall ensure that data collected under
paragraph (1) includes data on the demographic characteristics of
the population of individuals with cases described in paragraph
(1), including data on specific subpopulations at risk of infection
with the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(4) In carrying out this subsection, the Secretary shall, for the
purpose of assuring the utility of data collected under this
section, request entities with expertise in the methodologies of
data collection to provide, as soon as is practicable, assistance
to the Secretary and to the States with respect to the development
and utilization of uniform methodologies of data collection.
(5) The Secretary shall provide for the dissemination of data
collected pursuant to this subsection. In carrying out this
paragraph, the Secretary may publish such data as frequently as the
Secretary determines to be appropriate with respect to the
protection of the public health. The Secretary shall publish such
data not less than once each year.
(b) Epidemiological and demographic data
(1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, shall develop an epidemiological
data base and shall provide for long-term studies for the purposes
of -
(A) collecting information on the demographic characteristics
of the population of individuals infected with the etiologic
agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome and the natural
history of such infection; and
(B) developing models demonstrating the long-term domestic and
international patterns of the transmission of such etiologic
agent.
(2) The Secretary may carry out paragraph (1) directly or through
grants to, or cooperative agreeements (!1) or contracts with,
public and nonprofit private entities, including Federal agencies.
(c) Long-term research
The Secretary may make grants to public and nonprofit private
entities for the purpose of assisting grantees in conducting
long-term research into treatments for acquired immune deficiency
syndrome developed from knowledge of the genetic nature of the
etiologic agent for such syndrome.
(d) Social sciences research
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National
Institute of Mental Health, may make grants to public and nonprofit
private entities for the purpose of assisting grantees in
conducting scientific research into the psychological and social
sciences as such sciences relate to acquired immune deficiency
syndrome.
(e) Authorization of appropriations
(1) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for
each fiscal year.
(2) Amounts appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) to carry out
subsection (c) of this section shall remain available until
expended.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2320, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3074;
amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2617(d), Nov. 18, 1988, 102
Stat. 4240; Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(20), Oct. 27,
1992, 106 Stat. 3505; Pub. L. 103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1811(5),
(6), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 200.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1811(5), inserted
"and the natural history of such infection" after "syndrome".
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1811(6), substituted "fiscal
year" for "of the fiscal years 1989 through 1991".
1992 - Subsecs. (a)(1), (b)(1). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted
"Centers for Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for
Disease Control".
1988 - Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "subsection"
for "section".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part C - Research Training 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part C - Research Training
-HEAD-
PART C - RESEARCH TRAINING
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-31 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part C - Research Training
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-31. Fellowships and training
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, shall establish fellowship and
training programs to be conducted by the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention to train individuals to develop skills in
epidemiology, surveillance, testing, counseling, education,
information, and laboratory analysis relating to acquired immune
deficiency syndrome. Such programs shall be designed to enable
health professionals and health personnel trained under such
programs to work, after receiving such training, in national and
international efforts toward the prevention, diagnosis, and
treatment of acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(b) Programs conducted by National Institute of Mental Health
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National
Institute of Mental Health, shall conduct or support fellowship and
training programs for individuals pursuing graduate or postgraduate
study in order to train such individuals to conduct scientific
research into the psychological and social sciences as such
sciences relate to acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(c) Relationship to limitation on number of employees
Any individual receiving a fellowship or receiving training under
subsection (a) or (b) of this section shall not be included in any
determination of the number of full-time equivalent employees of
the Department of Health and Human Services for the purpose of any
limitation on the number of such employees established by law prior
to, on, or after November 4, 1988.
(d) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for
each fiscal year.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2341, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3076;
amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2617(e), Nov. 18, 1988, 102
Stat. 4240; Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(21), Oct. 27,
1992, 106 Stat. 3505; Pub. L. 103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1811(7),
June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 200.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103-43 substituted "fiscal year" for
"of the fiscal years 1989 through 1991".
1992 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102-531, which directed the
substitution of "Centers for Disease Control and Prevention" for
"Centers for Disease Control", was executed by making the
substitution in two places to reflect the probable intent of
Congress.
1988 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "date of the
enactment of the AIDS Amendments of 1988" for "date of the
enactment of the AIDS Federal Policy Act of 1988" which for
purposes of codification was translated as "November 4, 1988".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part D - Office of AIDS Research 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
-HEAD-
PART D - OFFICE OF AIDS RESEARCH
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart i - interagency coordination of activities 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart i - interagency coordination of activities
-HEAD-
SUBPART I - INTERAGENCY COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Pub. L. 103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1801(a)(1), (3), June
10, 1993, 107 Stat. 192, added part D designation and heading and
subpart I heading and struck out former part D designation and
heading "Special Authorities of the Director of the National
Institutes of Health".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-40 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart i - interagency coordination of activities
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-40. Establishment of Office
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
There is established within the National Institutes of Health an
office to be known as the Office of AIDS Research. The Office shall
be headed by a director, who shall be appointed by the Secretary.
(b) Duties
(1) Interagency coordination of AIDS activities
With respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome, the
Director of the Office shall plan, coordinate, and evaluate
research and other activities conducted or supported by the
agencies of the National Institutes of Health. In carrying out
the preceding sentence, the Director of the Office shall evaluate
the AIDS activities of each of such agencies and shall provide
for the periodic reevaluation of such activities.
(2) Consultations
The Director of the Office shall carry out this subpart
(including developing and revising the plan required in section
300cc-40b of this title) in consultation with the heads of the
agencies of the National Institutes of Health, with the advisory
councils of the agencies, and with the advisory council
established under section 300cc-40a of this title.
(3) Coordination
The Director of the Office shall act as the primary Federal
official with responsibility for overseeing all AIDS research
conducted or supported by the National Institutes of Health, and
(A) shall serve to represent the National Institutes of
Health AIDS Research Program at all relevant Executive branch
task forces and committees; and
(B) shall maintain communications with all relevant Public
Health Service agencies and with various other departments of
the Federal Government, to ensure the timely transmission of
information concerning advances in AIDS research and the
clinical treatment of acquired immune deficiency syndrome and
its related conditions, between these various agencies for
dissemination to affected communities and health care
providers.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2351, as added Pub. L.
103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1801(a)(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat.
192.)
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300cc-40b of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-40a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart i - interagency coordination of activities
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-40a. Advisory Council; coordinating committees
-STATUTE-
(a) Advisory Council
(1) In general
The Secretary shall establish an advisory council for the
purpose of providing advice to the Director of the Office on
carrying out this part. (Such council is referred to in this
subsection as the "Advisory Council".)
(2) Composition, compensation, terms, chair, etc.
Subsections (b) through (g) of section 284a of this title apply
to the Advisory Council to the same extent and in the same manner
as such subsections apply to advisory councils for the national
research institutes, except that -
(A) in addition to the ex officio members specified in
section 284a(b)(2) of this title, there shall serve as such
members of the Advisory Council a representative from the
advisory council of each of the National Cancer Institute and
the National Institute on Allergy and Infectious Diseases; and
(B) with respect to the other national research institutes,
there shall serve as ex officio members of such Council, in
addition to such members specified in subparagraph (A), a
representative from the advisory council of each of the 2
institutes that receive the greatest funding for AIDS
activities.
(b) Individual coordinating committees regarding research
disciplines
(1) In general
The Director of the Office shall establish, for each research
discipline in which any activity under the plan required in
section 300cc-40b of this title is carried out, a committee for
the purpose of providing advice to the Director of the Office on
carrying out this part with respect to such discipline. (Each
such committee is referred to in this subsection as a
"coordinating committee".)
(2) Composition
Each coordinating committee shall be composed of
representatives of the agencies of the National Institutes of
Health with significant responsibilities regarding the research
discipline involved.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2352, as added Pub. L.
103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1801(a)(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat.
193.)
-MISC1-
TERMINATION OF ADVISORY COUNCILS
Advisory councils established after Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate
not later than the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the
date of their establishment, unless, in the case of a council
established by the President or an officer of the Federal
Government, such council is renewed by appropriate action prior to
the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a council
established by Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law.
See sections 3(2) and 14 of Pub. L. 92-463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat.
770, 776, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government
Organization and Employees.
Pub. L. 93-641, Sec. 6, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2275, set out as a
note under section 217a of this title, provided that an advisory
committee established pursuant to the Public Health Service Act
shall terminate at such time as may be specifically prescribed by
an Act of Congress enacted after Jan. 4, 1975.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300cc-40, 300cc-40b,
300cc-43 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-40b 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart i - interagency coordination of activities
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-40b. Comprehensive plan for expenditure of
appropriations
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
Subject to the provisions of this section and other applicable
law, the Director of the Office, in carrying out section 300cc-40
of this title, shall -
(1) establish a comprehensive plan for the conduct and support
of all AIDS activities of the agencies of the National Institutes
of Health (which plan shall be first established under this
paragraph not later than 12 months after June 10, 1993);
(2) ensure that the Plan establishes priorities among the AIDS
activities that such agencies are authorized to carry out;
(3) ensure that the Plan establishes objectives regarding such
activities, describes the means for achieving the objectives, and
designates the date by which the objectives are expected to be
achieved;
(4) ensure that all amounts appropriated for such activities
are expended in accordance with the Plan;
(5) review the Plan not less than annually, and revise the Plan
as appropriate; and
(6) ensure that the Plan serves as a broad, binding statement
of policies regarding AIDS activities of the agencies, but does
not remove the responsibility of the heads of the agencies for
the approval of specific programs or projects, or for other
details of the daily administration of such activities, in
accordance with the Plan.
(b) Certain components of Plan
With respect to AIDS activities of the agencies of the National
Institutes of Health, the Director of the Office shall ensure that
the Plan -
(1) provides for basic research;
(2) provides for applied research;
(3) provides for research that is conducted by the agencies;
(4) provides for research that is supported by the agencies;
(5) provides for proposals developed pursuant to solicitations
by the agencies and for proposals developed independently of such
solicitations; and
(6) provides for behavioral research and social sciences
research.
(c) Budget estimates
(1) Full-funding budget
(A) With respect to a fiscal year, the Director of the Office
shall prepare and submit directly to the President, for review
and transmittal to the Congress, a budget estimate for carrying
out the Plan for the fiscal year, after reasonable opportunity
for comment (but without change) by the Secretary, the Director
of the National Institutes of Health, and the advisory council
established under section 300cc-40a of this title. The budget
estimate shall include an estimate of the number and type of
personnel needs for the Office.
(B) The budget estimate submitted under subparagraph (A) shall
estimate the amounts necessary for the agencies of the National
Institutes of Health to carry out all AIDS activities determined
by the Director of the Office to be appropriate, without regard
to the probability that such amounts will be appropriated.
(2) Alternative budgets
(A) With respect to a fiscal year, the Director of the Office
shall prepare and submit to the Secretary and the Director of the
National Institutes of Health the budget estimates described in
subparagraph (B) for carrying out the Plan for the fiscal year.
The Secretary and such Director shall consider each of such
estimates in making recommendations to the President regarding a
budget for the Plan for such year.
(B) With respect to the fiscal year involved, the budget
estimates referred to in subparagraph (A) for the Plan are as
follows:
(i) The budget estimate submitted under paragraph (1).
(ii) A budget estimate developed on the assumption that the
amounts appropriated will be sufficient only for -
(I) continuing the conduct by the agencies of the National
Institutes of Health of existing AIDS activities (if approved
for continuation), and continuing the support of such
activities by the agencies in the case of projects or
programs for which the agencies have made a commitment of
continued support; and
(II) carrying out, of activities that are in addition to
activities specified in subclause (I), only such activities
for which the Director determines there is the most
substantial need.
(iii) Such other budget estimates as the Director of the
Office determines to be appropriate.
(d) Funding
(1) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out AIDS activities under the Plan,
there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be
necessary for each of the fiscal years 1994 through 1996.
(2) Receipt of funds
For the first fiscal year beginning after the date on which the
Plan first established under subsection (a)(1) of this section
has been in effect for 12 months, and for each subsequent fiscal
year, the Director of the Office shall receive directly from the
President and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget
all funds available for AIDS activities of the National
Institutes of Health.
(3) Allocations for agencies
(A) Each fiscal year the Director of the Office shall, from the
amounts received under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year,
allocate to the agencies of the National Institutes of Health (in
accordance with the Plan) all amounts available for such year for
carrying out the AIDS activities specified in subsection
(c)(2)(B)(ii)(I) of this section for such year. Such allocation
shall, to the extent practicable, be made not later than 15 days
after the date on which the Director receives amounts under
paragraph (2).
(B) Each fiscal year the Director of the Office shall, from the
amounts received under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year,
allocate to the agencies of the National Institutes of Health (in
accordance with the Plan) all amounts available for such year for
carrying out AIDS activities that are not referred to in
subparagraph (A). Such allocation shall, to the extent
practicable, be made not later than 30 days after the date on
which the Director receives amounts under paragraph (2).
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2353, as added Pub. L.
103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1801(a)(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat.
194.)
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 284, 300cc-40, 300cc-40a,
300cc-45 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-41 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart i - interagency coordination of activities
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-41. Additional authorities
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
In carrying out AIDS research, the Director of the Office -
(1) shall develop and expand clinical trials of treatments and
therapies for infection with the etiologic agent for acquired
immune deficiency syndrome, including such clinical trials for
women, infants, children, hemophiliacs, and minorities;
(2) may establish or support the large-scale development and
preclinical screening, production, or distribution of specialized
biological materials and other therapeutic substances for AIDS
research and set standards of safety and care for persons using
such materials;
(3) may support -
(A) AIDS research conducted outside the United States by
qualified foreign professionals if such research can reasonably
be expected to benefit the people of the United States;
(B) collaborative research involving American and foreign
participants; and
(C) the training of American scientists abroad and foreign
scientists in the United States;
(4) may encourage and coordinate AIDS research conducted by any
industrial concern that evidences a particular capability for the
conduct of such research;
(5)(A) may acquire, improve, repair, operate, and maintain
laboratories, other research facilities, equipment, and such
other real or personal property as the Director of the Office
determines necessary;
(B) may make grants for the construction or renovation of
facilities; and
(C) may acquire, without regard to section 8141 of title 40 by
lease or otherwise through the Administrator of General Services,
buildings or parts of buildings in the District of Columbia or
communities located adjacent to the District of Columbia for the
use of the National Institutes of Health for a period not to
exceed ten years; and
(6) subject to section 284(b)(2) of this title and without
regard to section 3324 of title 31 and section 5 of title 41, may
enter into such contracts and cooperative agreements with any
public agency, or with any person, firm, association,
corporation, or educational institution, as may be necessary to
expedite and coordinate research relating to acquired immune
deficiency syndrome.
(b) Report to Secretary
The Director of the Office shall each fiscal year prepare and
submit to the Secretary, for inclusion in the comprehensive report
required in section 300cc(a) of this title, a report -
(1) describing and evaluating the progress made in such fiscal
year in research, treatment, and training with respect to
acquired immune deficiency syndrome conducted or supported by the
Institutes;
(2) summarizing and analyzing expenditures made in such fiscal
year for activities with respect to acquired immune deficiency
syndrome conducted or supported by the National Institutes of
Health; and
(3) containing such recommendations as the Director considers
appropriate.
(c) Projects for cooperation among public and private health
entities
In carrying out subsection (a) of this section, the Director of
the Office shall establish projects to promote cooperation among
Federal agencies, State, local, and regional public health
agencies, and private entities, in research concerning the
diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2354, formerly Sec. 2351,
as added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102
Stat. 3076; renumbered Sec. 2354 and amended Pub. L. 103-43, title
XVIII, Sec. 1801(a)(2), (b), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 192, 196.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (a)(5)(C), "section 8141 of title 40" substituted for
"the Act of March 3, 1877 (40 U.S.C. 34)" on authority of Pub. L.
107-217, Sec. 5(c), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, the first
section of which enacted Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and
Works.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(1), substituted "Additional"
for "Establishment of" in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(2)(A), in introductory
provisions substituted "AIDS research, the Director of the Office"
for "research with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome,
the Secretary, acting through the Director of the National
Institutes of Health".
Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(2)(B), redesignated
par. (3) as (1) and struck out former par. (1) which read as
follows:
"(A) shall establish an office to be known as the Office of AIDS
Research, which Office shall be headed by a Director appointed by
the Director of the National Institutes of Health; and
"(B) shall provide administrative support and support services to
the Director of such Office;".
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(2)(B), (E),
redesignated par. (4) as (2), substituted "AIDS research" for
"research relating to acquired immune deficiency syndrome", and
struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "shall coordinate
activities relating to acquired immune deficiency syndrome
conducted by the national research institutes and the agencies of
the National Institutes of Health;".
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(2)(B), (C), (E),
redesignated par. (5) as (3), struck out ", in consultation with
the advisory council for the appropriate national research
institute of the National Institutes of Health," after "may" in
introductory provisions, and substituted "AIDS research" for
"research relating to acquired immune deficiency syndrome" in
subpar. (A). Former par. (3) redesignated (1).
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(2)(B), (E),
redesignated par. (6) as (4) and substituted "AIDS research" for
"research relating to acquired immune deficiency syndrome". Former
par. (4) redesignated (2).
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(2)(B), (D),
redesignated par. (7) as (5), in subpar. (A) struck out ", in
consultation with such advisory council," after "may" and
substituted "Director of the Office determines" for "Director of
the National Institutes of Health determines", and in subpars. (B)
and (C) struck out ", in consultation with such advisory council,"
after "may". Former par. (5) redesignated (3).
Subsec. (a)(6) to (8). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(2)(B),
redesignated pars. (6) to (8) as (4) to (6), respectively.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(3), substituted "The
Director of the Office shall" for "The Director of the National
Institutes of Health, acting through the Director of the Office of
AIDS Research, shall".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103-43, Sec. 1801(b)(4), substituted "the
Director of the Office shall" for "the Director of the National
Institutes of Health shall".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart ii - emergency discretionary fund 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart ii - emergency discretionary fund
-HEAD-
SUBPART II - EMERGENCY DISCRETIONARY FUND
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-43 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart ii - emergency discretionary fund
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-43. Emergency Discretionary Fund
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
(1) Establishment
There is established a fund consisting of such amounts as may
be appropriated under subsection (g) of this section. Subject to
the provisions of this section, the Director of the Office, after
consultation with the advisory council established under section
300cc-40a of this title, may expend amounts in the Fund for the
purpose of conducting and supporting such AIDS activities,
including projects of AIDS research, as may be authorized in this
chapter for the National Institutes of Health.
(2) Preconditions to use of Fund
Amounts in the Fund may be expended only if -
(A) the Director identifies the particular set of AIDS
activities for which such amounts are to be expended;
(B) the set of activities so identified constitutes either a
new project or additional AIDS activities for an existing
project;
(C) the Director of the Office has made a determination that
there is a significant need for such set of activities; and
(D) as of June 30 of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal
year in which the determination is made, such need was not
provided for in any appropriations Act passed by the House of
Representatives to make appropriations for the Departments of
Labor, Health and Human Services (including the National
Institutes of Health), Education, and related agencies for the
fiscal year in which the determination is made.
(3) Two-year use of Fund for project involved
In the case of an identified set of AIDS activities,
obligations of amounts in the Fund may not be made for such set
of activities after the expiration of the 2-year period beginning
on the date on which the initial obligation of such amounts is
made for such set.
(b) Peer review
With respect to an identified set of AIDS activities carried out
with amounts in the Fund, this section may not be construed as
waiving applicable requirements for peer review.
(c) Limitations on use of Fund
(1) Construction of facilities
Amounts in the Fund may not be used for the construction,
renovation, or relocation of facilities, or for the acquisition
of land.
(2) Congressional disapproval of projects
(A) Amounts in the Fund may not be expended for the fiscal year
involved for an identified set of AIDS activities, or a category
of AIDS activities, for which -
(i)(I) amounts were made available in an appropriations Act
for the preceding fiscal year; and
(II) amounts are not made available in any appropriations Act
for the fiscal year involved; or
(ii) amounts are by law prohibited from being expended.
(B) A determination under subparagraph (A)(i) of whether
amounts have been made available in appropriations Acts for a
fiscal year shall be made without regard to whether such Acts
make available amounts for the Fund.
(3) Investment of Fund amounts
Amounts in the Fund may not be invested.
(d) Applicability of limitation regarding number of employees
The purposes for which amounts in the Fund may be expended
include the employment of individuals necessary to carry out
identified sets of AIDS activities approved under subsection (a) of
this section. Any individual employed under the preceding sentence
may not be included in any determination of the number of full-time
equivalent employees for the Department of Health and Human
Services for the purpose of any limitation on the number of such
employees established by law prior to, on, or after June 10, 1993.
(e) Report to Congress
Not later than February 1 of each fiscal year, the Director of
the Office shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of
the House of Representatives, and to the Committee on Labor and
Human Resources of the Senate, a report on the identified sets of
AIDS activities carried out during the preceding fiscal year with
amounts in the Fund. The report shall provide a description of each
such set of activities and an explanation of the reasons underlying
the use of the Fund for the set.
(f) Definitions
For purposes of this section:
(1) The term "Fund" means the fund established in subsection
(a) of this section.
(2) The term "identified set of AIDS activities" means a
particular set of AIDS activities identified under subsection
(a)(2)(A) of this section.
(g) Funding
(1) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of providing amounts for the Fund, there is
authorized to be appropriated $100,000,000 for each of the fiscal
years 1994 through 1996.
(2) Availability
Amounts appropriated for the Fund are available until expended.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2356, as added Pub. L.
103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1802, June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 196.)
-CHANGE-
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives
treated as referring to Committee on Commerce of House of
Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104-14, set out as a
note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on
Commerce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Energy
and Commerce of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over
matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance
generally transferred to Committee on Financial Services of House
of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh
Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart iii - general provisions 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart iii - general provisions
-HEAD-
SUBPART III - GENERAL PROVISIONS
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-45 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part D - Office of AIDS Research
subpart iii - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-45. General provisions regarding Office
-STATUTE-
(a) Administrative support for Office
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National
Institutes of Health, shall provide administrative support and
support services to the Director of the Office and shall ensure
that such support takes maximum advantage of existing
administrative structures at the agencies of the National
Institutes of Health.
(b) Evaluation and report
(1) Evaluation
Not later than 5 years after June 10, 1993, the Secretary shall
conduct an evaluation to -
(A) determine the effect of this section on the planning and
coordination of the AIDS research programs at the institutes,
centers and divisions of the National Institutes of Health;
(B) evaluate the extent to which this part has eliminated the
duplication of administrative resources among such Institutes,
centers and divisions; and
(C) provide recommendations concerning future alterations
with respect to this part.
(2) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date on which the evaluation is
commenced under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall prepare and
submit to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the
Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of
Representatives, a report concerning the results of such
evaluation.
(c) Definitions
For purposes of this part:
(1) The term "AIDS activities" means AIDS research and other
activities that relate to acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(2) The term "AIDS research" means research with respect to
acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(3) The term "Office" means the Office of AIDS Research.
(4) The term "Plan" means the plan required in section
300cc-40b(a)(1) of this title.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2359, as added Pub. L.
103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1803, June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 198.)
-CHANGE-
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives
treated as referring to Committee on Commerce of House of
Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104-14, set out as a
note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on
Commerce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Energy
and Commerce of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over
matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance
generally transferred to Committee on Financial Services of House
of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh
Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part E - General Provisions 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part E - General Provisions
-HEAD-
PART E - GENERAL PROVISIONS
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300cc-51 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXI - RESEARCH WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
Part E - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300cc-51. Definitions
-STATUTE-
For purposes of this subchapter:
(1) The term "infection", with respect to the etiologic agent
for acquired immune deficiency syndrome, includes opportunistic
cancers and infectious diseases and any other conditions arising
from infection with such etiologic agent.
(2) The term "treatment", with respect to the etiologic agent
for acquired immune deficiency syndrome, includes primary and
secondary prophylaxis.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIII, Sec. 2361, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 201(4), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3078;
amended Pub. L. 103-43, title XVIII, Sec. 1811(8), June 10, 1993,
107 Stat. 200.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1993 - Pub. L. 103-43 substituted provisions defining "infection"
and "treatment" for former provisions which read as follows: "For
purposes of this subchapter, the term 'infection with the etiologic
agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome' includes any
condition arising from infection with such etiologic agent".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO
ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part A - Formula Grants to States for Home and
Community-Based Health Services 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States for Home and Community-Based
Health Services
-HEAD-
PART A - FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES FOR HOME AND COMMUNITY-BASED
HEALTH SERVICES
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Secs. 300dd to 300dd-14 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States for Home and Community-Based
Health Services
-HEAD-
Secs. 300dd to 300dd-14. Repealed. July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title
XXIV, Sec. 2415, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title
II, Sec. 211, 102 Stat. 3088; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L.
100-690, title II, Sec. 2618(g), 102 Stat. 4241
-MISC1-
Section 300dd, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec. 2401,
as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211, 102
Stat. 3079, established program of formula grants for home and
community-based health services.
Section 300dd-1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2402, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3080; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100-690, title II,
Sec. 2618(a), 102 Stat. 4240, provided requirements for carrying
out purpose of grants.
Section 300dd-2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2403, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3081, required submission of description of intended uses
of grant.
Section 300dd-3, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2404, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3081; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100-690, title II,
Sec. 2618(b), 102 Stat. 4240, restricted use of grants.
Section 300dd-4, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2405, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3082, required reports and audits by States.
Section 300dd-5, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2406, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3083, required additional agreements.
Section 300dd-6, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2407, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3084, required submission of application containing
certain agreements and assurances.
Section 300dd-7, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2408, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3084, provided for determination of amount of allotments
for States.
Section 300dd-8, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2409, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3085; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100-690, title II,
Sec. 2618(c), 102 Stat. 4241, related to failure to comply with
agreements.
Section 300dd-9, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2410, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3087, prohibited certain false statements.
Section 300dd-10, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2411, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3087; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100-690, title II,
Sec. 2618(d), 102 Stat. 4241, authorized the Secretary to provide
technical assistance and supplies and services in lieu of grant
funds.
Section 300dd-11, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2412, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3087, required report by Secretary.
Section 300dd-12, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2413, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3087; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100-690, title II,
Sec. 2618(e), 102 Stat. 4241, defined terms for this part.
Section 300dd-13, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2414, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3088; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100-690, title II,
Sec. 2618(f), 102 Stat. 4241, provided funding.
Section 300dd-14, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec.
2415, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211,
102 Stat. 3088; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100-690, title II,
Sec. 2618(g), 102 Stat. 4241, repealed this part effective with
respect to appropriations made for any period after fiscal year
1990.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL
Repeal effective with respect to appropriations made for any
period after fiscal year 1990, see section 2415 of act July 1,
1944, which was classified to former section 300dd-14 of this
title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part B - Subacute Care 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part B - Subacute Care
-HEAD-
PART B - SUBACUTE CARE
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300dd-21 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part B - Subacute Care
-HEAD-
Sec. 300dd-21. Demonstration projects
-STATUTE-
(a) Definitions
As used in this section:
(1) The term "individuals infected with the etiologic agent for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome" means individuals who have a
disease, or are recovering from a disease, attributable to the
infection of such individuals with such etiologic agent, and as a
result of the effects of such disease, are in need of
subacute-care services.
(2) The term "subacute care" means medical and health care
services that are required for individuals recovering from acute
care episodes that are less intensive than the level of care
provided in acute-care hospitals, and includes skilled nursing
care, hospice care, and other types of health services provided
in other long-term-care facilities.
(b) Authorization to conduct three projects
The Secretary shall conduct three demonstration projects to
determine the effectiveness and cost of providing the subacute-care
services described in subsection (b) of this section to individuals
infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency
syndrome, and the impact of such services on the health status of
such individuals.
(c) Services
(1) The services provided under each demonstration project shall
be designed to meet the specific needs of individuals infected with
the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome, and
shall include -
(A) the care and treatment of such individuals by providing -
(i) subacute care;
(ii) emergency medical care and specialized diagnostic and
therapeutic services as needed and where appropriate, either
directly or through affiliation with a hospital that has
experience in treating individuals with acquired immune
deficiency syndrome; and
(iii) case management services to ensure, through existing
services and programs whenever possible, appropriate discharge
planning for such individuals; and
(B) technical assistance, to other facilities in the region
served by such facility, that is directed toward education and
training of physicians, nurses, and other health-care
professionals in the subacute care and treatment of individuals
infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency
syndrome.
(2) Services provided under each demonstration project may also
include -
(A) hospice services;
(B) outpatient care; and
(C) outreach activities in the surrounding community to
hospitals and other health-care facilities that serve individuals
infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency
syndrome.
(d) Time and place
The demonstration projects shall be conducted -
(1) during a 4-year period beginning not later than 9 months
after November 4, 1988; and
(2) at sites that -
(A) are geographically diverse and located in areas that are
appropriate for the provision of the required and authorized
services; and
(B) have the highest incidence of cases of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome and the greatest need for subacute-care
services.
(e) Evaluation and report
The Secretary shall evaluate the operations of the demonstration
projects and shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce
of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and
Human Resources of the Senate -
(1) not later than 18 months after the beginning of the first
project, a preliminary report that contains -
(A) a description of the sites at which the projects are
being conducted and of the services being provided in each
project; and
(B) a preliminary evaluation of the experience of the
projects in the first 12 months of operation; and
(2) not later than 6 months after the completion of the last
project, a final report that contains -
(A) an assessment of the costs of subacute care for
individuals infected with the etiologic agent for acquired
immune deficiency syndrome, including a breakdown of all other
sources of funding for the care provided to cover subacute
care; and
(B) recommendations for appropriate legislative changes.
(f) Other research
Each demonstration project shall provide for other research to be
carried out at the site of such demonstration project including -
(1) clinical research on acquired immune deficiency syndrome,
concentrating on research on the neurological manifestations
resulting from infection with the etiologic agent for such
syndrome; and
(2) the study of the psychological and mental health issues
related to such syndrome.
(g) Authorization of appropriations
(1) To carry out this section, there are authorized to be
appropriated $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as are
necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990 through 1992.
(2) Amounts appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) shall remain
available until September 10, 1992.
(h) Services to veterans
The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with the Secretary of
the Department of Veterans Affairs to ensure that appropriate
provision will be made for the furnishing, through demonstration
projects, of services to eligible veterans, under contract with the
Department of Veterans Affairs pursuant to section 1720 of title
38.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec. 2421, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 211, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3088; amended
Pub. L. 100-527, Sec. 10(1), (2), Oct. 25, 1988, 102 Stat. 2640,
2641; Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2618(h), Nov. 18, 1988, 102
Stat. 4241; Pub. L. 102-83, Sec. 5(c)(2), Aug. 6, 1991, 105 Stat.
406.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1991 - Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 102-83 substituted "section 1720 of
title 38" for "section 620 of title 38".
1988 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(1),
substituted " 'individuals infected with the etiologic agent for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome' means individuals who" for "
'patients infected with the human immunodeficiency virus' means
persons who" and "such individuals with such etiologic agent" for
"such person with the human immunodeficiency virus".
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(2), substituted
"individuals" for "persons".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(3), substituted
"individuals infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune
deficiency syndrome" for "patients infected with the human
immunodeficiency virus" and "such individuals" for "such patients".
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(4)(A), in
introductory provisions substituted "individuals infected with the
etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome" for
"patients infected with the human immunodeficiency virus".
Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(4)(B),
substituted in introductory provisions "such individuals" for "such
patients", in cl. (ii) "individuals with acquired immune deficiency
syndrome" for "AIDS patients", and in cl. (iii) "such individuals"
for "patients".
Subsec. (c)(1)(B), (2)(C). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(4)(C),
(5), substituted "individuals infected with the etiologic agent for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome" for "patients infected with
the human immunodeficiency virus".
Subsec. (d)(2)(B). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(6), substituted
"cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome" for "AIDS cases".
Subsec. (e)(2)(A). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(7), substituted
"individuals infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune
deficiency syndrome" for "patients infected with the human
immunodeficiency virus".
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(8), substituted
"acquired immune deficiency syndrome" for "the acquired
immunodeficiency syndrome" and "etiologic agent for such syndrome"
for "human immunodeficiency virus".
Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(9), substituted
"such syndrome" for "the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome".
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(h)(10), substituted
"fiscal year 1989" for "fiscal year 1988" and "fiscal years 1990
through 1992" for "fiscal years 1989 through 1991".
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 100-527 substituted "Secretary of the
Department of Veterans Affairs" and "Department of Veterans
Affairs" for "Administrator of the Veterans' Administration" and
"Veterans' Administration", respectively.
-CHANGE-
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives
treated as referring to Committee on Commerce of House of
Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104-14, set out as a
note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on
Commerce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Energy
and Commerce of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over
matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance
generally transferred to Committee on Financial Services of House
of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh
Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
-MISC2-
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENTS
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-527 effective Mar. 15, 1989, see section
18(a) of Pub. L. 100-527, set out as a Department of Veterans
Affairs Act note under section 301 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part C - Other Health Services 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part C - Other Health Services
-HEAD-
PART C - OTHER HEALTH SERVICES
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Prior to revision by Pub. L. 102-321, this part was comprised of
subpart I, consisting of sections 300dd-31 to 300dd-33, and subpart
II, consisting of section 300dd-41.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300dd-31 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part C - Other Health Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300dd-31. Grants for anonymous testing
-STATUTE-
The Secretary may make grants to the States for the purpose of
providing opportunities for individuals -
(1) to undergo counseling and testing with respect to the
etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome without
being required to provide any information relating to the
identity of the individuals; and
(2) to undergo such counseling and testing through the use of a
pseudonym.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec. 2431, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 211, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3090.)
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300dd-32, 300dd-33 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300dd-32 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part C - Other Health Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300dd-32. Requirement of provision of certain counseling
services
-STATUTE-
(a) Counseling before testing
The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300dd-31 of this
title to a State unless the State agrees that, before testing an
individual pursuant to such section, the State will provide to the
individual appropriate counseling with respect to acquired immune
deficiency syndrome (based on the most recent scientific data
relating to such syndrome), including -
(1) measures for the prevention of exposure to, and the
transmission of, the etiologic agent for such syndrome;
(2) the accuracy and reliability of the results of such
testing;
(3) the significance of the results of such testing, including
the potential for developing acquired immune deficiency syndrome;
and
(4) encouraging individuals, as appropriate, to undergo testing
for such etiologic agent and providing information on the
benefits of such testing.
(b) Counseling of individuals with negative test results
The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300dd-31 of this
title to a State unless the State agrees that, if the results of
testing conducted pursuant to such section indicate that an
individual is not infected with the etiologic agent for acquired
immune deficiency syndrome, the State will review for the
individual the information provided pursuant to subsection (a) of
this section with respect to such syndrome, including -
(1) the information described in paragraphs (1) through (3) of
such subsection; and
(2) the appropriateness of further counseling, testing, and
education of the individual with respect to acquired immune
deficiency syndrome.
(c) Counseling of individuals with positive test results
The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300dd-31 of this
title to a State unless the State agrees that, if the results of
testing conducted pursuant to such section indicate that an
individual is infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune
deficiency syndrome, the State will provide to the individual
appropriate counseling with respect to such syndrome, including -
(1) reviewing the information described in paragraphs (1)
through (3) of subsection (a) of this section;
(2) reviewing the appropriateness of further counseling,
testing, and education of the individual with respect to acquired
immune deficiency syndrome;
(3) the importance of not exposing others to the etiologic
agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome;
(4) the availability in the geographic area of any appropriate
services with respect to health care, including mental health
care and social and support services;
(5) the benefits of locating and counseling any individual by
whom the infected individual may have been exposed to the
etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome and any
individual whom the infected individual may have exposed to such
etiologic agent; and
(6) the availability, if any, of the services of public health
authorities with respect to locating and counseling any
individual described in paragraph (5).
(d) Rule of construction with respect to counseling without testing
Agreements entered into pursuant to subsections (a) through (c)
of this section may not be construed to prohibit any grantee under
section 300dd-31 of this title from expending the grant for the
purpose of providing counseling services described in such
subsections to an individual who will not undergo testing described
in such section as a result of the grantee or the individual
determining that such testing of the individual is not appropriate.
(e) Use of funds
(1) The purpose of this subpart (!1) is to provide for counseling
and testing services to prevent and reduce exposure to, and
transmission of, the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency
syndrome.
(2) All individuals receiving counseling pursuant to this subpart
(!1) are to be counseled about the harmful effects of promiscuous
sexual activity and intravenous substance abuse, and the benefits
of abstaining from such activities.
(3) None of the fund appropriated to carry out this subpart (!1)
may be used to provide counseling that is designed to promote or
encourage, directly, homosexual or heterosexual sexual activity or
intravenous drug abuse.
(4) Paragraph (3) may not be construed to prohibit a counselor
who has already performed the counseling of an individual required
by paragraph (2), to provide accurate information about means to
reduce an individual's risk of exposure to, or the transmission of,
the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome,
provided that any informational materials used are not obscene.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec. 2432, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 211, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3090; amended
Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2618(i), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat.
4242; Pub. L. 102-321, title I, Sec. 118(b)(1)(B), July 10, 1992,
106 Stat. 348.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1992 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102-321, which directed the
substitution of "part" for "subpart" wherever appearing in subsec.
(a), could not be executed because the word "subpart" does not
appear in subsec. (a).
1988 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(i)(1), substituted
"indicate that an individual" for "indicate that the individual" in
introductory provisions and "paragraph (5)" for "paragraph (4)" in
par. (6).
Subsec. (e)(1) to (3). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2618(i)(2),
substituted "subpart" for "part".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 102-321 effective Oct. 1, 1992, with
provision for programs providing financial assistance, see section
801(c), (d) of Pub. L. 102-321, set out as a note under section 236
of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be "part".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300dd-33 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part C - Other Health Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300dd-33. Funding
-STATUTE-
For the purpose of grants under section 300dd-31 of this title,
there are authorized to be appropriated $100,000,000 for each of
the fiscal years 1989 and 1990.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec. 2433, as added Pub. L.
100-607, title II, Sec. 211, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3091.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300dd-41 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXII - HEALTH SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part C - Other Health Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300dd-41. Transferred
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXIV, Sec. 2441, as
added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 211, 102 Stat.
3092, which related to demonstration projects for individuals with
positive AIDS test results, was renumbered section 520B of act July
1, 1944, by Pub. L. 102-321, title I, Sec. 118(a), July 10, 1992,
106 Stat. 348, and was transferred to section 290bb-33 of this
title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106-310, div. B, title XXXII,
Sec. 3201(b)(2), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1190.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE
DEFICIENCY SYNDROME 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY
SYNDROME
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee. Use of funds
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The purpose of this subchapter is to provide for the
establishment of education and information programs to prevent and
reduce exposure to, and the transmission of, the etiologic agent
for acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(b) Contents of programs
All programs of education and information receiving funds under
this subchapter shall include information about the harmful effects
of promiscuous sexual activity and intravenous substance abuse, and
the benefits of abstaining from such activities.
(c) Limitation
None of the funds appropriated to carry out this subchapter may
be used to provide education or information designed to promote or
encourage, directly, homosexual or heterosexual sexual activity or
intravenous substance abuse.
(d) Construction
Subsection (c) of this section may not be construed to restrict
the ability of an education program that includes the information
required in subsection (b) of this section to provide accurate
information about various means to reduce an individual's risk of
exposure to, or the transmission of, the etiologic agent for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome, provided that any
informational materials used are not obscene.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2500, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3093; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(a), Nov. 18,
1988, 102 Stat. 4242; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec.
5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "this subchapter"
for "this part".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-1 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-1. Establishment of office with respect to minority
health and acquired immune deficiency syndrome
-STATUTE-
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall
establish an office for the purpose of ensuring that, in carrying
out the duties of the Secretary with respect to prevention of
acquired immune deficiency syndrome, the Secretary develops and
implements prevention programs targeted at minority populations and
provides appropriate technical assistance in the implementation of
such programs.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 252, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3108;
Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(e)(2), Oct. 27, 1992, 106
Stat. 3506.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the AIDS Amendments of 1988 and as
part of the Health Omnibus Programs Extension of 1988, and not as
part of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1992 - Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease Control".
REQUIREMENT OF STUDY WITH RESPECT TO MINORITY HEALTH AND ACQUIRED
IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Section 251 of Pub. L. 100-607, as amended by Pub. L. 100-690,
title II, Sec. 2602(b), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4234, provided
that:
"(a) In General. - The Secretary of Health and Human Services,
acting through the Director of the Office of Minority Health, shall
conduct a study for the purpose of determining -
"(1) the level of knowledge within minority communities
concerning acquired immune deficiency syndrome, the risks of the
transmission of the etiologic agent for such syndrome, and the
means of reducing such risk; and
"(2) the effectiveness of Federal, State, and local prevention
programs with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome in
minority communities.
"(b) Report. - The Secretary shall, not later than 12 months
after the date of the enactment of this title [Nov. 4, 1988],
complete the study required in subsection (a) and submit to the
Congress a report describing the findings made as a result of the
study."
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-2 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-2. Information for health and public safety workers
-STATUTE-
(a) Development and dissemination of guidelines
Not later than 90 days after November 4, 1988, the Secretary of
Health and Human Services (hereafter in this section referred to as
the "Secretary"), acting through the Director of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, shall develop, issue, and
disseminate emergency guidelines to all health workers and public
safety workers (including emergency response employees) in the
United States concerning -
(1) methods to reduce the risk in the workplace of becoming
infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency
syndrome; and
(2) circumstances under which exposure to such etiologic agent
may occur.
(b) Use in occupational standards
The Secretary shall transmit the guidelines issued under
subsection (a) of this section to the Secretary of Labor for use by
the Secretary of Labor in the development of standards to be issued
under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 [29 U.S.C. 651
et seq.].
(c) Development and dissemination of model curriculum for emergency
response employees
(1) Not later than 90 days after November 4, 1988, the Secretary,
acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, shall develop a model curriculum for emergency response
employees with respect to the prevention of exposure to the
etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome during the
process of responding to emergencies.
(2) In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consider
the guidelines issued by the Secretary under subsection (a) of this
section.
(3) The model curriculum developed under paragraph (1) shall, to
the extent practicable, include -
(A) information with respect to the manner in which the
etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome is
transmitted; and
(B) information that can assist emergency response employees in
distinguishing between conditions in which such employees are at
risk with respect to such etiologic agent and conditions in which
such employees are not at risk with respect (!1) such etiologic
agent.
(4) The Secretary shall establish a task force to assist the
Secretary in developing the model curriculum required in paragraph
(1). The Secretary shall appoint to the task force representatives
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, representatives
of State governments, and representatives of emergency response
employees.
(5) The Secretary shall -
(A) transmit to State public health officers copies of the
guidelines and the model curriculum developed under paragraph (1)
with the request that such officers disseminate such copies as
appropriate throughout the State; and
(B) make such copies available to the public.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 253, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3108;
Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2602(c), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat.
4234; Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(e)(3), Oct. 27, 1992,
106 Stat. 3506.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, referred to in
subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 91-596, Dec. 29, 1970, 84 Stat. 1590, as
amended, which is classified principally to chapter 15 (Sec. 651 et
seq.) of Title 29, Labor. For complete classification of this Act
to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 651 of
Title 29 and Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the AIDS Amendments of 1988 and as
part of the Health Omnibus Programs Extension of 1988, and not as
part of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1992 - Subsecs. (a), (c)(1), (4). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted
"Centers for Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for
Disease Control".
1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "health workers
and public safety workers" for "health workers, public safety
workers".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
GUIDELINES FOR PREVENTION OF TRANSMISSION OF HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY
AND HEPATITIS B VIRUSES DURING INVASIVE PROCEDURES
Pub. L. 102-141, title VI, Sec. 633, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat.
876, provided that: "Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
each State Public Health Official shall, not later than one year
after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 28, 1991], certify to
the Secretary of Health and Human Services that guidelines issued
by the Centers for Disease Control, or guidelines which are
equivalent to those promulgated by the Centers for Disease Control
concerning recommendations for preventing the transmission of the
human immunodeficiency virus and the hepatitis B virus during
exposure prone invasive procedures, except for emergency situations
when the patient's life or limb is in danger, have been instituted
in the State. State guidelines shall apply to health professionals
practicing within the State and shall be consistent with Federal
law. Compliance with such guidelines shall be the responsibility of
the State Public Health Official. Said responsibilities shall
include a process for determining what appropriate disciplinary or
other actions shall be taken to ensure compliance. If such
certification is not provided under this section within the
one-year period, the State shall be ineligible to receive
assistance under the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 301 [201]
et seq.) until such certification is provided, except that the
Secretary may extend the time period for a State, upon application
of such State, that additional time is required for instituting
said guidelines."
[Centers for Disease Control changed to Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention by Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312,
Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3504.]
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ee-12, 300ff-80 of
this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be "respect to".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-3 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-3. Continuing education for health care providers
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (hereafter in this
section referred to as the "Secretary") may make grants to
nonprofit organizations composed of, or representing, health care
providers to assist in the payment of the costs of projects to
train such providers concerning -
(1) appropriate infection control procedures to reduce the
transmission of the etiologic agent for acquired immune
deficiency syndrome; and
(2) the provision of care and treatment to individuals with
such syndrome or related illnesses.
(b) Limitation
The Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) of this
section to an entity only if the entity will provide services under
the grant in a geographic area, or to a population of individuals,
not served by a program substantially similar to the program
described in subsection (a) of this section.
(c) Requirement of matching funds
(1) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of
this section unless the applicant for the grant agrees, with
respect to the costs to be incurred by the applicant in carrying
out the purpose described in such subsection, to make available,
directly or through donations from public or private entities,
non-Federal contributions (in cash or in kind under paragraph (2))
toward such costs in an amount equal to not less than $2 for each
$1 of Federal funds provided in such payments.
(2) Non-Federal contributions required in paragraph (1) may be in
cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or
services. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services
assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal
Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such
non-Federal contributions.
(d) Requirement of application
The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of this
section unless -
(1) an application for the grant is submitted to the Secretary;
(2) with respect to carrying out the purpose for which the
grant is to be made, the application provides assurances of
compliance satisfactory to the Secretary; and
(3) the application otherwise is in such form, is made in such
manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information
as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this
section.
(e) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for
each of the fiscal years 1989 through 1991.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 254, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3109.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the AIDS Amendments of 1988 and as
part of the Health Omnibus Programs Extension of 1988, and not as
part of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-4 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-4. Technical assistance
-STATUTE-
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall provide
technical assistance to public and nonprofit private entities
carrying out programs, projects, and activities relating to
acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 255, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3110.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the AIDS Amendments of 1988 and as
part of the Health Omnibus Programs Extension of 1988, and not as
part of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-5 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-5. Use of funds to supply hypodermic needles or syringes
for illegal drug use; prohibition
-STATUTE-
None of the funds provided under this Act or an amendment made by
this Act shall be used to provide individuals with hypodermic
needles or syringes so that such individuals may use illegal drugs,
unless the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service determines
that a demonstration needle exchange program would be effective in
reducing drug abuse and the risk that the public will become
infected with the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency
syndrome.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 256(b), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3110; Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2602(d)(1), Nov. 18, 1988,
102 Stat. 4234.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 100-607, Nov. 4, 1988,
102 Stat. 3048, as amended, known as the "Health Omnibus Programs
Extension of 1988". For complete classification of this Act to the
Code, see Short Title of 1988 Amendments note set out under section
201 of this title and Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the AIDS Amendments of 1988 and as
part of the Health Omnibus Programs Extension of 1988, and not as
part of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "Surgeon General of the Public
Health Service" for "Surgeon General of the United States".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300x-31 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-6 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-6. Transferred
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section, Pub. L. 100-607, title IX, Sec. 902, Nov. 4, 1988, 102
Stat. 3171; Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2605(a), Nov. 18, 1988,
102 Stat. 4234, which provided for testing of State prisoners, was
renumbered section 2648 of the Public Health Service Act by Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(b)(1), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 615,
and transferred to section 300ff-48 of this title, prior to repeal
by Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1345.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part A - Formula Grants to States 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
PART A - FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-11 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-11. Establishment of program
-STATUTE-
(a) Allotments for States
For the purpose described in subsection (b) of this section, the
Secretary shall for each of the fiscal years 1989 through 1991 make
an allotment for each State in an amount determined in accordance
with section 300ee-17 of this title. The Secretary shall make
payments each such fiscal year to each State from the allotment for
the State if the Secretary approves for the fiscal year involved an
application submitted by the State pursuant to section 300ee-13 of
this title.
(b) Purpose of grants
The Secretary may not make payments under subsection (a) of this
section for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees to
expend the payments only for the purpose of carrying out, in
accordance with section 300ee-12 of this title, public information
activities with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2501, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3093; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2501 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ee-12, 300ee-13,
300ee-14, 300ee-15, 300ee-16, 300ee-17, 300ee-18, 300ee-19,
300ee-20, 300ee-24 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-12 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-12. Provisions with respect to carrying out purpose of
grants
-STATUTE-
A State may expend payments received under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title -
(1) to develop, establish, and conduct public information
activities relating to the prevention and diagnosis of acquired
immune deficiency syndrome for those populations or communities
in the State in which there are a significant number of
individuals at risk of infection with the etiologic agent for
such syndrome;
(2) to develop, establish, and conduct such public information
activities for the general public relating to the prevention and
diagnosis of such syndrome;
(3) to develop, establish, and conduct activities to reduce
risks relating to such syndrome, including research into the
prevention of such syndrome;
(4) to conduct demonstration projects for the prevention of
such syndrome;
(5) to provide technical assistance to public entities, to
nonprofit private entities concerned with such syndrome, to
schools, and to employers, for the purpose of developing
information programs relating to such syndrome;
(6) with respect to education and training programs for the
prevention of such syndrome, to conduct such programs for health
professionals (including allied health professionals), public
safety workers (including emergency response employees),
teachers, school administrators, and other appropriate education
personnel;
(7) to conduct appropriate programs for educating school-aged
children with respect to such syndrome, after consulting with
local school boards;
(8) to make available to physicians and dentists in the State
information with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome,
including measures for the prevention of exposure to, and the
transmission of, the etiologic agent for such syndrome (which
information is updated not less than annually with the most
recently available scientific date (!1) relating to such
syndrome);
(9) to carry out the initial implementation of recommendations
contained in the guidelines and the model curriculum developed
under section 300ee-2 of this title; and
(10) to make grants to public entities, and to nonprofit
private entities concerned with acquired immune deficiency
syndrome, for the purpose of the development, establishment, and
expansion of programs for education directed toward individuals
at increased risk of infection with the etiologic agent for such
syndrome and activities to reduce the risks of exposure to such
etiologic agent, with preference to programs directed toward
populations in which there is significant evidence of such
infection.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2502, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3094; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(b), Nov. 18,
1988, 102 Stat. 4242; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec.
5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2502 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238a of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Par. (9). Pub. L. 100-690 made technical amendment to
reference to section 300ee-2 of this title to correct reference to
corresponding provision of original act.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ee-11, 300ee-16 of
this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be "data".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-13 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-13. Requirement of submission of application containing
certain agreements and assurances
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title for a fiscal year unless -
(1) the State involved submits to the Secretary a description
of the purposes for which the State intends to expend the
payments for the fiscal year;
(2) the description identifies the populations, areas, and
localities in the State with a need for the services for which
amounts may be provided by the State under this part;
(3) the description provides information relating to the
programs and activities to be supported and services to be
provided, including a description of the manner in which such
programs and activities will be coordinated with any similar
programs and activities of public and private entities;
(4) the State submits to the Secretary an application for the
payments containing agreements in accordance with this part;
(5) the agreements are made through certification from the
chief executive officer of the State;
(6) with respect to such agreements, the application provides
assurances of compliance satisfactory to the Secretary; and
(7) the application otherwise is in such form, is made in such
manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information
as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this
part.
(b) Opportunity for public comment
The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees that,
in developing and carrying out the description required in
subsection (a) of this section, the State will provide public
notice with respect to the description (including any revisions)
and will facilitate comments from interested persons.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2503, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3095; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(c), Nov. 18,
1988, 102 Stat. 4242; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec.
5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2503 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238b of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 100-690 struck out "and" after
semicolon.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ee-11, 300ee-15,
300ee-17, 300ee-18 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-14 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-14. Restrictions on use of grant
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees that
the payments will not be expended -
(1) to provide inpatient services;
(2) to make cash payments to intended recipients of services;
(3) to purchase or improve real property (other than minor
remodeling of existing improvements to real property) or to
purchase major medical equipment; or
(4) to satisfy any requirement for the expenditure of
non-Federal funds as a condition for the receipt of Federal
funds.
(b) Limitation on administrative expenses
The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees that
the State will not expend more than 5 percent of the payments for
administrative expenses with respect to carrying out the purpose
described in section 300ee-11(b) of this title.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2504, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3095; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2504 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238c of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-15 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-15. Requirement of reports and audits by States
-STATUTE-
(a) Reports
The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees to
prepare and submit to the Secretary an annual report in such form
and containing such information as the Secretary determines to be
necessary for -
(1) securing a record and a description of the purposes for
which payments received by the State pursuant to such section
were expended and of the recipients of such payments;
(2) determining whether the payments were expended in
accordance with the needs within the State required to be
identified pursuant to section 300ee-13(a)(2) of this title;
(3) determining whether the payments were expended in
accordance with the purpose described in section 300ee-11(b) of
this title; and
(4) determining the percentage of payments received pursuant to
such section that were expended by the State for administrative
expenses during the preceding fiscal year.
(b) Audits
(1) The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a)
of this title for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees to
establish such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may
be necessary to ensure the proper disbursal of, and accounting for,
amounts received by the State under such section.
(2) The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a)
of this title for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees
that -
(A) the State will provide for -
(i) a financial and compliance audit of such payments; or
(ii) a single financial and compliance audit of each entity
administering such payments;
(B) the audit will be performed biennially and will cover
expenditures in each fiscal year; and
(C) the audit will be conducted in accordance with standards
established by the Comptroller General of the United States for
the audit of governmental organizations, programs, activities,
and functions.
(3) The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a)
of this title for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees
that, not later than 30 days after the completion of an audit under
paragraph (2), the State will provide a copy of the audit report to
the State legislature.
(4) For purposes of paragraph (2), the term "financial and
compliance audit" means an audit to determine whether the financial
statements of an audited entity present fairly the financial
position, and the results of financial operations, of the entity in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
whether the entity has complied with laws and regulations that may
have a material effect upon the financial statements.
(c) Availability to public
The Secretary may not make payments under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees to
make copies of the reports and audits described in this section
available for public inspection.
(d) Evaluations by Comptroller General
The Comptroller General of the United States shall, from time to
time, evaluate the expenditures by States of payments received
under section 300ee-11(a) of this title in order to ensure that
expenditures are consistent with the provisions of this part.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2505, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3095; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(d), Nov. 18,
1988, 102 Stat. 4242; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec.
5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2505 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238d of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Subsec. (b)(1), (2). Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "make
payments" for "payments".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-16 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-16. Additional required agreements
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary may not, except as provided in subsection (b) of
this section, make payments under section 300ee-11(a) of this title
for a fiscal year unless the State involved agrees that -
(1) all programs conducted or supported by the State with such
payments will establish objectives for the program and will
determine the extent to which the objectives are met;
(2) information provided under this part will be scientifically
accurate and factually correct;
(3) in carrying out section 300ee-11(b) of this title, the
State will give priority to programs described in section
300ee-12(10) of this title for individuals described in such
section;
(4) with respect to a State in which there is a substantial
number of individuals who are intravenous substance abusers, the
State will place priority on activities under this part directed
at such substance abusers;
(5) with respect to a State in which there is a significant
incidence of reported cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome, the State will -
(A) for the purpose described in subsection (b) of section
300ee-11 of this title, expend not less than 50 percent of
payments received under subsection (a) of such section for a
fiscal year -
(i) to make grants to public entities, to migrant health
centers (as defined in section 254b(a) (!1) of this title),
to community health centers (as defined in section 254c(a)
(!1) of this title), and to nonprofit private entities
concerned with acquired immune deficiency syndrome; or
(ii) to enter into contracts with public and private
entities; and
(B) of the amounts reserved for a fiscal year by the State
for expenditures required in subparagraph (A), expend not less
than 50 percent to carry out section 300ee-12(10) of this title
through grants to nonprofit private entities, including
minority entities, concerned with acquired immune deficiency
syndrome located in and representative of communities and
subpopulations reflecting the local incidence of such syndrome;
(6) with respect to programs carried out pursuant to section
300ee-12(10) of this title, the State will ensure that any
applicant for a grant under such section agrees -
(A) that any educational or informational materials developed
with a grant pursuant to such section will contain material,
and be presented in a manner, that is specifically directed
toward the group for which such materials are intended;
(B) to provide a description of the manner in which the
applicant has planned the program in consultation with, and of
the manner in which such applicant will consult during the
conduct of the program with -
(i) appropriate local officials and community groups for
the area to be served by the program;
(ii) organizations comprised of, and representing, the
specific population to which the education or prevention
effort is to be directed; and
(iii) individuals having expertise in health education and
in the needs of the population to be served;
(C) to provide information demonstrating that the applicant
has continuing relationships, or will establish continuing
relationships, with a portion of the population in the service
area that is at risk of infection with the etiologic agent for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome and with public and private
entities in such area that provide health or other support
services to individuals with such infection;
(D) to provide a description of -
(i) the objectives established by the applicant for the
conduct of the program; and
(ii) the methods the applicant will use to evaluate the
activities conducted under the program to determine if such
objectives are met; and
(E) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe;
(7) with respect to programs carried out pursuant to section
300ee-12(10) of this title, the State will give preference to any
applicant for a grant pursuant to such section that is located
in, has a history of service in, and will serve under the
program, any geographic area in which -
(A) there is a significant incidence of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome;
(B) there has been a significant increase in the incidence of
such syndrome; or
(C) there is a significant risk of becoming infected with the
etiologic agent for such syndrome;
(8) the State will establish reasonable criteria to evaluate
the effective performance of entities that receive funds from
payments made to the State under section 300ee-11(a) of this
title and will establish procedures for procedural and
substantive independent State review of the failure by the State
to provide funds for any such entity;
(9) the State will permit and cooperate with Federal
investigations undertaken in accordance with section 300ee-18(e)
of this title;
(10) the State will maintain State expenditures for services
provided pursuant to section 300ee-11 of this title at a level
equal to not less than the average level of such expenditures
maintained by the State for the 2-year period preceding the
fiscal year for which the State is applying to receive payments.
(b) "Significant percentage" defined
For purposes of subsection (a)(5) of this section, the term
"significant percentage" means at least a percentage of 1 percent
of the number of reported cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome in the United States.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2506, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3097; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(d) [(e)], Nov.
18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4243; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93,
Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Sections 254b and 254c of this title, referred to in subsec.
(a)(5)(A)(i), were in the original references to sections 329 and
330, meaning sections 329 and 330 of act July 1, 1944, which were
omitted in the general amendment of subpart I (Sec. 254b et seq.)
of part D of subchapter II of this chapter by Pub. L. 104-299, Sec.
2, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3626. Sections 2 and 3(a) of Pub. L.
104-299 enacted new sections 330 and 330A of act July 1, 1944,
which are classified, respectively, to sections 254b and 254c of
this title.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2506 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238e of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(d)(1) [(e)(1)],
designated existing provisions as subsec. (a).
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(d)(2) [(e)(2)], struck
out concluding provisions which read as follows: "(For purposes of
this section, the term 'significant percentage' means at least a
percentage of 1 percent of the number of reported cases of such
syndrome in the United States);".
Subsec. (a)(8). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(d)(3) [(e)(3)],
substituted "funds from payments" for "funds from to payments" and
struck out "and" after semicolon.
Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(d)(4) [(e)(4)],
substituted "section 300ee-18(e) of this title" for "section
300ee-19(e) of this title".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(d)(5) [(e)(5)], added
subsec. (b).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
REFERENCE TO COMMUNITY, MIGRANT, PUBLIC HOUSING, OR HOMELESS HEALTH
CENTER CONSIDERED REFERENCE TO HEALTH CENTER
Reference to community health center, migrant health center,
public housing health center, or homeless health center considered
reference to health center, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 104-299,
set out as a note under section 254b of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-17 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-17. Determination of amount of allotments for States
-STATUTE-
(a) Minimum allotment
Subject to the extent of amounts made available in appropriation
Acts, the allotment for a State under section 300ee-11(a) of this
title for a fiscal year shall be the greater of -
(1) the applicable amount specified in subsection (b) of this
section; or
(2) the amount determined in accordance with subsection (c) of
this section.
(b) Determination of minimum allotment
(1) If the total amount appropriated under section 300ee-24(a) of
this title for a fiscal year exceeds $100,000,000, the amount
referred to in subsection (a)(1) of this section shall be $300,000
for the fiscal year.
(2) If the total amount appropriated under section 300ee-24(a) of
this title for a fiscal year equals or exceeds $50,000,000, but is
less than $100,000,000, the amount referred to in subsection (a)(1)
of this section shall be $200,000 for the fiscal year.
(3) If the total amount appropriated under section 300ee-24(a) of
this title for a fiscal year is less than $50,000,000, the amount
referred to in subsection (a)(1) of this section shall be $100,000
for the fiscal year.
(c) Determination under formula
(1) The amount referred to in subsection (a)(2) of this section
is the sum of -
(A) the amount determined under paragraph (2); and
(B) the amount determined under paragraph (3).
(2) The amount referred to in paragraph (1)(A) is the product of
-
(A) an amount equal to 50 percent of the amounts appropriated
pursuant to section 300ee-24(a) of this title; and
(B) a percentage equal to the quotient of -
(i) the population of the State involved; divided by
(ii) the population of the United States.
(3) The amount referred to in paragraph (1)(B) is the product of
-
(A) an amount equal to 50 percent of the amounts appropriated
pursuant to section 300ee-24(a) of this title; and
(B) a percentage equal to the quotient of -
(i) the number of additional cases of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome reported to and confirmed by the Secretary
for the State involved for the most recent fiscal year for
which such data is available; divided by
(ii) the number of additional cases of such syndrome reported
to and confirmed by the Secretary for the United States for
such fiscal year.
(d) Disposition of certain funds appropriated for allotments
(1) Amounts described in paragraph (2) shall be allotted by the
Secretary to States receiving payments under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title for the fiscal year (other than any State referred to in
paragraph (2)(C)). Such amounts shall be allotted according to a
formula established by the Secretary. The formula shall be
equivalent to the formula described in this section under which the
allotment under section 300ee-11(a) of this title for the State for
the fiscal year involved was determined.
(2) The amounts referred to in paragraph (1) are any amounts that
are not paid to States under section 300ee-11(a) of this title as a
result of -
(A) the failure of any State to submit an application under
section 300ee-13 of this title;
(B) the failure, in the determination of the Secretary, of any
State to prepare within a reasonable period of time such
application in compliance with such section; or
(C) any State informing the Secretary that the State does not
intend to expend the full amount of the allotment made to the
State.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2507, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3098; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(e) [(f)], Nov.
18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4243; renumbered title XXV and amended Pub. L.
101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), (2), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2507 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238f of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1989 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(2), substituted
"Subject to the extent of amounts made available in appropriation
Acts, the allotment" for "The allotment".
1988 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(e)(1) [(f)(1)],
substituted "applicable amount specified" for "amount described".
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(e)(2)(A)(i)
[(f)(2)(A)(i)], made technical amendment to reference to section
300ee-24(a) of this title to correct reference to corresponding
provision of original act.
Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(e)(2)(A)(ii) [(f)(2)(A)(ii)],
substituted "subsection (a)(1) of this section shall be" for
"subsection (a)(1) of this section is".
Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(e)(2)(B), (C)
[(f)(2)(B), (C)], substituted "subsection (a)(1) of this section
shall be" for "subsection (a)(1) of this section is".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(e)(3) [(f)(3)],
substituted "allotment under section 300ee-11(a) of this title" for
"allotment" in par. (1) and "section 300ee-13 of this title" for
"section 300ee-17 of this title" in par. (2)(A).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ee-11 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-18 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-18. Failure to comply with agreements
-STATUTE-
(a) Repayment of payments
(1) The Secretary may, subject to subsection (c) of this section,
require a State to repay any payments received by the State under
section 300ee-11(a) of this title that the Secretary determines
were not expended by the State in accordance with the agreements
required to be contained in the application submitted by the State
pursuant to section 300ee-13 of this title.
(2) If a State fails to make a repayment required in paragraph
(1), the Secretary may offset the amount of the repayment against
the amount of any payment due to be paid to the State under section
300ee-11(a) of this title.
(b) Withholding of payments
(1) The Secretary may, subject to subsection (c) of this section,
withhold payments due under section 300ee-11(a) of this title if
the Secretary determines that the State involved is not expending
amounts received under such section in accordance with the
agreements required to be contained in the application submitted by
the State pursuant to section 300ee-13 of this title.
(2) The Secretary shall cease withholding payments from a State
under paragraph (1) if the Secretary determines that there are
reasonable assurances that the State will expend amounts received
under section 300ee-11(a) of this title in accordance with the
agreements referred to in such paragraph.
(3) The Secretary may not withhold funds under paragraph (1) from
a State for a minor failure to comply with the agreements referred
to in such paragraph.
(c) Opportunity for hearing
Before requiring repayment of payments under subsection (a)(1) of
this section, or withholding payments under subsection (b)(1) of
this section, the Secretary shall provide to the State an
opportunity for a hearing conducted within the State.
(d) Prompt response to serious allegations
The Secretary shall promptly respond to any complaint of a
substantial or serious nature that a State has failed to expend
amounts received under section 300ee-11(a) of this title in
accordance with the agreements required to be contained in the
application submitted by the State pursuant to section 300ee-13 of
this title.
(e) Investigations
(1) The Secretary shall conduct in several States in each fiscal
year investigations of the expenditure of payments received by the
States under section 300ee-11(a) of this title in order to evaluate
compliance with the agreements required to be contained in the
applications submitted to the Secretary pursuant to section
300ee-13 of this title.
(2) The Comptroller General of the United States may conduct
investigations of the expenditure of funds received under section
300ee-11(a) of this title by a State in order to ensure compliance
with the agreements referred to in paragraph (1).
(3) Each State, and each entity receiving funds from payments
made to a State under section 300ee-11(a) of this title, shall make
appropriate books, documents, papers, and records available to the
Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States, or any
of their duly authorized representatives, for examination, copying,
or mechanical reproduction on or off the premises of the
appropriate entity upon a reasonable request therefor.
(4)(A) In conducting any investigation in a State, the Secretary
and the Comptroller General of the United States may not make a
request for any information not readily available to the State, or
to an entity receiving funds from payments made to the State under
section 300ee-11(a) of this title, or make an unreasonable request
for information to be compiled, collected, or transmitted in any
form not readily available.
(B) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to the collection,
compilation, or transmittal of data in the course of a judicial
proceeding.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2508, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3099; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(f) [(g)], Nov.
18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4243; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93,
Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2508 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238g of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(f)(1) [(g)(1)],
substituted "300ee-13 of this title" for "300ee-17 of this title".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(f)(2) [(g)(2)], inserted
"of payments" after "Withholding" in heading and substituted
"300ee-13 of this title" for "300ee-17 of this title" in par. (1).
Subsecs. (d), (e)(1). Pub. L. 100-690, Sec. 2619(f)(3), (4)
[(g)(3), (4)], substituted "300ee-13 of this title" for "300ee-17
of this title".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ee-16 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-19 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-19. Prohibition against certain false statements
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
(1) A person may not knowingly make or cause to be made any false
statement or representation of a material fact in connection with
the furnishing of items or services for which amounts may be paid
by a State from payments received by the State under section
300ee-11(a) of this title.
(2) A person with knowledge of the occurrence of any event
affecting the right of the person to receive any amounts from
payments made to the State under section 300ee-11(a) of this title
may not conceal or fail to disclose any such event with the intent
of fraudulently securing such amounts.
(b) Criminal penalty for violation of prohibition
Any person who violates a prohibition established in subsection
(a) of this section may for each violation be fined in accordance
with title 18, or imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2509, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3101; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2509 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238h of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-20 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-20. Technical assistance and provision by Secretary of
supplies and services in lieu of grant funds
-STATUTE-
(a) Technical assistance
The Secretary may provide training and technical assistance to
States with respect to the planning, development, and operation of
any program or service carried out pursuant to this part. The
Secretary may provide such technical assistance directly or through
grants or contracts.
(b) Provision by Secretary of supplies and services in lieu of
grant funds
(1) Upon the request of a State receiving payments under this
part, the Secretary may, subject to paragraph (2), provide
supplies, equipment, and services for the purpose of aiding the
State in carrying out such part and, for such purpose, may detail
to the State any officer or employee of the Department of Health
and Human Services.
(2) With respect to a request described in paragraph (1), the
Secretary shall reduce the amount of payments under section
300ee-11(a) of this title to the State by an amount equal to the
costs of detailing personnel and the fair market value of any
supplies, equipment, or services provided by the Secretary. The
Secretary shall, for the payment of expenses incurred in complying
with such request, expend the amounts withheld.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2510, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3101; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(g) [(h)], Nov.
18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4243; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93,
Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2510 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238i of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "section
300ee-11(a) of this title" for "the program involved".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-21 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-21. Evaluations
-STATUTE-
The Secretary shall, directly or through grants or contracts,
evaluate the services provided and activities carried out with
payments to States under this part.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2511, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3101; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2511 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238j of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-22 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-22. Report by Secretary
-STATUTE-
The Secretary shall annually prepare a report on the activities
of the States carried out pursuant to this part. Such report may
include any recommendations of the Secretary for appropriate
administrative and legislative initiatives. The report shall be
submitted to the Congress through inclusion in the comprehensive
report required in section 300cc(a) of this title.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2512, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3101; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(h) [(i)], Nov.
18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4243; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93,
Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2512 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238k of this title.
AMENDMENTS
1988 - Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "section 300cc(a)" for
"section 300cc".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-23 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-23. Definition
-STATUTE-
For purposes of this part, the term "infection with the etiologic
agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome" includes any
condition arising from such etiologic agent.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2513, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3102; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2513 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238l of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-24 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part A - Formula Grants to States
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-24. Funding
-STATUTE-
(a) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of making allotments under section 300ee-11(a) of
this title, there are authorized to be appropriated $165,000,000
for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of
the fiscal years 1990 and 1991.
(b) Availability to States
Any amounts paid to a State under section 300ee-11(a) of this
title shall remain available to the State until the expiration of
the 1-year period beginning on the date on which the State receives
such amounts.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2514, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3102; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2514 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts, see section 238m of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ee-17 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part B - National Information Programs 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part B - National Information Programs
-HEAD-
PART B - NATIONAL INFORMATION PROGRAMS
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-31 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part B - National Information Programs
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-31. Availability of information to general public
-STATUTE-
(a) Comprehensive information plan
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, shall annually prepare a
comprehensive plan, including a budget, for a National Acquired
Immune Deficiency Syndrome Information Program. The plan shall
contain provisions to implement the provisions of this subchapter.
The Director shall submit such plan to the Secretary. The authority
established in this subsection may not be construed to be the
exclusive authority for the Director to carry out information
activities with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(b) Clearinghouse
(1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, may establish a clearinghouse to
make information concerning acquired immune deficiency syndrome
available to Federal agencies, States, public and private entities,
and the general public.
(2) The clearinghouse may conduct or support programs -
(A) to develop and obtain educational materials, model
curricula, and methods directed toward reducing the transmission
of the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome;
(B) to provide instruction and support for individuals who
provide instruction in methods and techniques of education
relating to the prevention of acquired immune deficiency syndrome
and instruction in the use of the materials and curricula
described in subparagraph (A); and
(C) to conduct, or to provide for the conduct of, the
materials, curricula, and methods described in paragraph (1) and
the efficacy of such materials, curricula, and methods in
preventing infection with the the (!1) etiologic agent for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(c) Toll-free telephone communications
The Secretary shall provide for the establishment and maintenance
of toll-free telephone communications to provide information to,
and respond to queries from, the public concerning acquired immune
deficiency syndrome. Such communications shall be available on a
24-hour basis.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2521, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3102; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612; amended Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec.
312(d)(22), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3505.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1992 - Subsecs. (a), (b)(1). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease
Control".
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ee-34 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-32 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part B - National Information Programs
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-32. Public information campaigns
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, may make grants to public entities,
and to nonprofit private entities concerned with acquired immune
deficiency syndrome, and shall enter into contracts with public and
private entities, for the development and delivery of public
service announcements and paid advertising messages that warn
individuals about activities which place them at risk of infection
with the etiologic agent for such syndrome.
(b) Requirement of application
The Secretary may not provide financial assistance under
subsection (a) of this section unless -
(1) an application for such assistance is submitted to the
Secretary;
(2) with respect to carrying out the purpose for which the
assistance is to be provided, the application provides assurances
of compliance satisfactory to the Secretary; and
(3) the application otherwise is in such form, is made in such
manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information
as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this
section.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2522, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3103; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612; amended Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec.
312(d)(23), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3505.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1992 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease Control".
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ee-34 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-33 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part B - National Information Programs
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-33. Provision of information to underserved populations
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary may make grants to public entities, to migrant
health centers (as defined in section 254b(a) (!1) of this title),
to community health centers (as defined in section 254c(a) (!1) of
this title), and to nonprofit private entities concerned with
acquired immune deficiency syndrome, for the purpose of assisting
grantees in providing services to populations of individuals that
are underserved with respect to programs providing information on
the prevention of exposure to, and the transmission of, the
etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(b) Preferences in making grants
In making grants under subsection (a) of this section, the
Secretary shall give preference to any applicant for such a grant
that has the ability to disseminate rapidly the information
described in subsection (a) of this section (including any national
organization with such ability).
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2523, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3103; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93, Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16,
1989, 103 Stat. 612.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Sections 254b and 254c of this title, referred to in subsec. (a),
were in the original references to sections 329 and 330, meaning
sections 329 and 330 of act July 1, 1944, which were omitted in the
general amendment of subpart I (Sec. 254b et seq.) of part D of
subchapter II of this chapter by Pub. L. 104-299, Sec. 2, Oct. 11,
1996, 110 Stat. 3626. Sections 2 and 3(a) of Pub. L. 104-299
enacted new sections 330 and 330A of act July 1, 1944, which are
classified, respectively, to sections 254b and 254c of this title.
-MISC1-
REFERENCE TO COMMUNITY, MIGRANT, PUBLIC HOUSING, OR HOMELESS HEALTH
CENTER CONSIDERED REFERENCE TO HEALTH CENTER
Reference to community health center, migrant health center,
public housing health center, or homeless health center considered
reference to health center, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 104-299,
set out as a note under section 254b of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ee-34 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ee-34 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIII - PREVENTION OF ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME
Part B - National Information Programs
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ee-34. Authorization of appropriations
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
For the purpose of carrying out sections 300ee-31 through
300ee-33 of this title, there are authorized to be appropriated
$105,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary
for each of the fiscal years 1990 and 1991.
(b) Allocations
(1) Of the amounts appropriated pursuant to subsection (a) of
this section, the Secretary shall make available $45,000,000 to
carry out section 300ee-32 of this title and $30,000,000 to carry
out this part through financial assistance to minority entities for
the provision of services to minority populations.
(2) After consultation with the Director of the Office of
Minority Health and with the Indian Health Service, the Secretary,
acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, shall, not later than 90 days after November 4, 1988,
publish guidelines to provide procedures for applications for
funding pursuant to paragraph (1) and for public comment.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXV, formerly title XV, Sec. 2524, as
added Pub. L. 100-607, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat.
3103; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2619(i) [(j)], Nov.
18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4244; renumbered title XXV, Pub. L. 101-93,
Sec. 5(e)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 612; Pub. L. 102-531, title
III, Sec. 312(d)(24), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3505.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1992 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease Control".
1988 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100-690 substituted "the date of
the enactment of the AIDS Amendments of 1988" for "the date of the
enactment of this section", which for purposes of codification was
translated as "November 4, 1988".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-690 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 100-607, which was approved Nov. 4, 1988, see
section 2600 of Pub. L. 100-690, set out as a note under section
242m of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
-SECREF-
SUBCHAPTER REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This subchapter is referred to in sections 247c-2, 256b, 256d of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff. Purpose
-STATUTE-
It is the purpose of this Act to provide emergency assistance to
localities that are disproportionately affected by the Human
Immunodeficiency Virus epidemic and to make financial assistance
available to States and other public or private nonprofit entities
to provide for the development, organization, coordination and
operation of more effective and cost efficient systems for the
delivery of essential services to individuals and families with HIV
disease.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 101-381, Sec. 2, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 576.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 101-381, Aug. 18, 1990,
104 Stat. 576, known as the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS Resources
Emergency Act of 1990, which enacted this subchapter, transferred
section 300ee-6 of this title to section 300ff-48 of this title,
amended sections 284a, 286, 287a, 287c-2, 289f, 290aa-3a, 299c-5,
300ff-48, and 300aaa to 300aaa-13 [now 238 to 238m] of this title,
and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 201, 300x-4,
300ff-11, 300ff-46, and 300ff-80 of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990
Amendment note set out under section 201 of this title and Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS
Resources Emergency Act of 1990, and not as part of the Public
Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-1 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-1. Prohibition on use of funds
-STATUTE-
None of the funds made available under this Act, or an amendment
made by this Act, shall be used to provide individuals with
hypodermic needles or syringes so that such individuals may use
illegal drugs.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 101-381, title IV, Sec. 422, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat.
628.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 101-381, Aug. 18, 1990,
104 Stat. 576, known as the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS Resources
Emergency Act of 1990, which enacted this subchapter, transferred
section 300ee-6 of this title to section 300ff-48 of this title,
amended sections 284a, 286, 287a, 287c-2, 289f, 290aa-3a, 299c-5,
300ff-48, and 300aaa to 300aaa-13 [now 238 to 238m] of this title,
and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 201, 300x-4,
300ff-11, 300ff-46, and 300ff-80 of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990
Amendment note set out under section 201 of this title and Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS
Resources Emergency Act of 1990, and not as part of the Public
Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With
Substantial Need for Services 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
PART A - EMERGENCY RELIEF FOR AREAS WITH SUBSTANTIAL NEED FOR
SERVICES
-SECREF-
PART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This part is referred to in sections 300ff-28, 300ff-30,
300ff-51, 300ff-75, 300ff-75b, 300ff-77, 300ff-101 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-11 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-11. Establishment of program of grants
-STATUTE-
(a) Eligible areas
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health
Resources and Services Administration, shall, subject to
subsections (b) through (d) of this section, make grants in
accordance with section 300ff-13 of this title for the purpose of
assisting in the provision of the services specified in section
300ff-14 of this title in any metropolitan area for which there has
been reported to the Director of the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention a cumulative total of more than 2,000 cases of
acquired immune deficiency syndrome for the most recent period of 5
calendar years for which such data are available.
(b) Requirement regarding confirmation of cases
The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of this
section for a metropolitan area unless, before making any payments
under the grant, the cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome
reported for purposes of such subsection have been confirmed by the
Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention.
(c) Requirements regarding population
(1) Number of individuals
(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the Secretary may not
make a grant under this section for a metropolitan area unless
the area has a population of 500,000 or more individuals.
(B) Limitation
Subparagraph (A) does not apply to any metropolitan area that
was an eligible area under this part for fiscal year 1995 or
any prior fiscal year.
(2) Geographic boundaries
For purposes of eligibility under this part, the boundaries of
each metropolitan area are the boundaries that were in effect for
the area for fiscal year 1994.
(d) Continued status as eligible area
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a
metropolitan area that was an eligible area under this part for
fiscal year 1996 is an eligible area for fiscal year 1997 and each
subsequent fiscal year.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2601, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title I, Sec. 101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 576;
amended Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(25), Oct. 27, 1992,
106 Stat. 3505; Pub. L. 104-146, Secs. 3(a)(1), (2), 12(c)(1), May
20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1346, 1373.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2601 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238 of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(1), inserted
"section" before "300ff-14".
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(a)(1)(B), substituted "metropolitan area
for which there has been reported to the Director of the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative total of more than
2,000 cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome for the most
recent period of 5 calendar years for which such data are
available." for "metropolitan area for which, as of June 30, 1990,
in the case of grants for fiscal year 1991, and as of March 31 of
the most recent fiscal year for which such data is available in the
case of a grant for any subsequent fiscal year -
"(1) there has been reported to and confirmed by the Director
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative
total of more than 2,000 cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome; or
"(2) the per capita incidence of cumulative cases of such
syndrome (computed on the basis of the most recently available
data on the population of the area) is not less than 0.0025."
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(a)(1)(A), substituted "subject to
subsections (b) through (d)" for "subject to subsection (b)".
Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(a)(2), added subsecs.
(c) and (d).
1992 - Subsecs. (a)(1), (b). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease
Control".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Section 13 of Pub. L. 104-146 provided that:
"(a) In General. - Except as provided in subsection (b), this Act
[enacting sections 300ff-27a, 300ff-31, 300ff-33 to 300ff-37,
300ff-77, 300ff-78, and 300ff-101 of this title, amending this
section and sections 294n, 300d, 300ff-12 to 300ff-17, 300ff-21 to
300ff-23, 300ff-26 to 300ff-29, 300ff-47 to 300ff-49, 300ff-51,
300ff-52, 300ff-54, 300ff-55, 300ff-64, 300ff-71, 300ff-74,
300ff-76, and 300ff-84 of this title, transferring section 294n of
this title to section 300ff-111 of this title, repealing sections
300ff-18 and 300ff-30 of this title, and enacting provisions set
out as notes under sections 201, 300cc, and 300ff-33 of this title
and section 4103 of Title 5, Government Organization and
Employees], and the amendments made by this Act, shall become
effective on October 1, 1996.
"(b) Exception. - The amendments made by sections 3(a), 5, 6, and
7 of this Act to sections 2601(c), 2601(d), 2603(a), 2618(b), 2626,
2677, and 2691 of the Public Health Service Act [sections
300ff-11(c), (d), 300ff-13(a), 300ff-28(b), 300ff-34, 300ff-77, and
300ff-101 of this title], shall become effective on the date of
enactment of this Act [May 20, 1996]."
STUDIES BY INSTITUTE OF MEDICINE
Pub. L. 106-345, title V, Sec. 501, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat.
1352, provided that:
"(a) State Surveillance Systems on Prevalence of HIV. - The
Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section
as the 'Secretary') shall request the Institute of Medicine to
enter into an agreement with the Secretary under which such
Institute conducts a study to provide the following:
"(1) A determination of whether the surveillance system of each
of the States regarding the human immunodeficiency virus provides
for the reporting of cases of infection with the virus in a
manner that is sufficient to provide adequate and reliable
information on the number of such cases and the demographic
characteristics of such cases, both for the State in general and
for specific geographic areas in the State.
"(2) A determination of whether such information is
sufficiently accurate for purposes of formula grants under parts
A and B of title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act [this part
and part B of this subchapter].
"(3) With respect to any State whose surveillance system does
not provide adequate and reliable information on cases of
infection with the virus, recommendations regarding the manner in
which the State can improve the system.
"(b) Relationship Between Epidemiological Measures and Health
Care for Certain Individuals With HIV Disease. -
"(1) In general. - The Secretary shall request the Institute of
Medicine to enter into an agreement with the Secretary under
which such Institute conducts a study concerning the appropriate
epidemiological measures and their relationship to the financing
and delivery of primary care and health-related support services
for low-income, uninsured, and under-insured individuals with HIV
disease.
"(2) Issues to be considered. - The Secretary shall ensure that
the study under paragraph (1) considers the following:
"(A) The availability and utility of health outcomes measures
and data for HIV primary care and support services and the
extent to which those measures and data could be used to
measure the quality of such funded services.
"(B) The effectiveness and efficiency of service delivery
(including the quality of services, health outcomes, and
resource use) within the context of a changing health care and
therapeutic environment, as well as the changing epidemiology
of the epidemic, including determining the actual costs,
potential savings, and overall financial impact of modifying
the program under title XIX of the Social Security Act [section
1396 et seq. of this title] to establish eligibility for
medical assistance under such title on the basis of infection
with the human immunodeficiency virus rather than providing
such assistance only if the infection has progressed to
acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
"(C) Existing and needed epidemiological data and other
analytic tools for resource planning and allocation decisions,
specifically for estimating severity of need of a community and
the relationship to the allocations process.
"(D) Other factors determined to be relevant to assessing an
individual's or community's ability to gain and sustain access
to quality HIV services.
"(c) Other Entities. - If the Institute of Medicine declines to
conduct a study under this section, the Secretary shall enter into
an agreement with another appropriate public or nonprofit private
entity to conduct the study.
"(d) Report. - The Secretary shall ensure that -
"(1) not later than 3 years after the date of the enactment of
this Act [Oct. 20, 2000], the study required in subsection (a) is
completed and a report describing the findings made in the study
is submitted to the appropriate committees of the Congress; and
"(2) not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of
this Act, the study required in subsection (b) is completed and a
report describing the findings made in the study is submitted to
such committees."
STUDY REGARDING HIV DISEASE IN RURAL AREAS
Pub. L. 101-381, title IV, Sec. 403, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 622
directed Secretary of Health and Human Services, after consultation
with Director of the Office of Rural Health Policy, to conduct
study for purpose of estimating incidence and prevalence in rural
areas of cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome and cases of
infection with etiologic agent for such syndrome and determine
adequacy in rural areas of services for diagnosing and providing
treatment for such cases that are in early stages of infection, and
provided that, not later than 1 year after Aug. 18, 1990, Secretary
was to submit report to Congress.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-12, 300ff-13,
300ff-14, 300ff-15, 300ff-16, 300ff-17 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-12 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-12. Administration and planning council
-STATUTE-
(a) Administration
(1) In general
Assistance made available under grants awarded under this part
shall be directed to the chief elected official of the city or
urban county that administers the public health agency that
provides outpatient and ambulatory services to the greatest
number of individuals with AIDS, as reported to and confirmed by
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in the eligible
area that is awarded such a grant.
(2) Requirements
(A) In general
To receive assistance under section 300ff-11(a) of this
title, the chief elected official of the eligible area involved
shall -
(i) establish, through intergovernmental agreements with
the chief elected officials of the political subdivisions
described in subparagraph (B), an administrative mechanism to
allocate funds and services based on -
(I) the number of AIDS cases in such subdivisions;
(II) the severity of need for outpatient and ambulatory
care services in such subdivisions; and
(III) the health and support services personnel needs of
such subdivisions; and
(ii) establish an HIV health services planning council in
accordance with subsection (b) of this section.
(B) Local political subdivision
The political subdivisions referred to in subparagraph (A)
are those political subdivisions in the eligible area -
(i) that provide HIV-related health services; and
(ii) for which the number of cases reported for purposes of
section 300ff-11(a) of this title constitutes not less than
10 percent of the number of such cases reported for the
eligible area.
(b) HIV health services planning council
(1) Establishment
To be eligible for assistance under this part, the chief
elected official described in subsection (a)(1) of this section
shall establish or designate an HIV health services planning
council that shall reflect in its composition the demographics of
the population of individuals with HIV disease in the eligible
area involved, with particular consideration given to
disproportionately affected and historically underserved groups
and subpopulations. Nominations for membership on the council
shall be identified through an open process and candidates shall
be selected based on locally delineated and publicized criteria.
Such criteria shall include a conflict-of-interest standard that
is in accordance with paragraph (5).
(2) Representation
The HIV health services planning council shall include
representatives of -
(A) health care providers, including federally qualified
health centers;
(B) community-based organizations serving affected
populations and AIDS service organizations;
(C) social service providers, including providers of housing
and homeless services;
(D) mental health and substance abuse providers;
(E) local public health agencies;
(F) hospital planning agencies or health care planning
agencies;
(G) affected communities, including people with HIV disease
and historically underserved groups and subpopulations;
(H) nonelected community leaders;
(I) State government (including the State medicaid agency and
the agency administering the program under part B) of this
subchapter;
(J) grantees under subpart II (!1) of part C of this
subchapter;
(K) grantees under section 300ff-71 of this title, or, if
none are operating in the area, representatives of
organizations with a history of serving children, youth, women,
and families living with HIV and operating in the area;
(L) grantees under other Federal HIV programs, including but
not limited to providers of HIV prevention services; and
(M) representatives of individuals who formerly were Federal,
State, or local prisoners, were released from the custody of
the penal system during the preceding 3 years, and had HIV
disease as of the date on which the individuals were so
released.
(3) Method of providing for council
(A) In general
In providing for a council for purposes of paragraph (1), a
chief elected official receiving a grant under section
300ff-11(a) of this title may establish the council directly or
designate an existing entity to serve as the council, subject
to subparagraph (B).
(B) Consideration regarding designation of council
In making a determination of whether to establish or
designate a council under subparagraph (A), a chief elected
official receiving a grant under section 300ff-11(a) of this
title shall give priority to the designation of an existing
entity that has demonstrated experience in planning for the HIV
health care service needs within the eligible area and in the
implementation of such plans in addressing those needs. Any
existing entity so designated shall be expanded to include a
broad representation of the full range of entities that provide
such services within the geographic area to be served.
(4) Duties
The planning council established or designated under paragraph
(1) shall -
(A) determine the size and demographics of the population of
individuals with HIV disease;
(B) determine the needs of such population, with particular
attention to -
(i) individuals with HIV disease who know their HIV status
and are not receiving HIV-related services; and
(ii) disparities in access and services among affected
subpopulations and historically underserved communities;
(C) establish priorities for the allocation of funds within
the eligible area, including how best to meet each such
priority and additional factors that a grantee should consider
in allocating funds under a grant based on the -
(i) size and demographics of the population of individuals
with HIV disease (as determined under subparagraph (A)) and
the needs of such population (as determined under
subparagraph (B));
(ii) demonstrated (or probable) cost effectiveness and
outcome effectiveness of proposed strategies and
interventions, to the extent that data are reasonably
available;
(iii) priorities of the communities with HIV disease for
whom the services are intended;
(iv) coordination in the provision of services to such
individuals with programs for HIV prevention and for the
prevention and treatment of substance abuse, including
programs that provide comprehensive treatment for such abuse;
(v) availability of other governmental and non-governmental
resources, including the State medicaid plan under title XIX
of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] and the
State Children's Health Insurance Program under title XXI of
such Act [42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.] to cover health care
costs of eligible individuals and families with HIV disease;
and
(vi) capacity development needs resulting from disparities
in the availability of HIV-related services in historically
underserved communities;
(D) develop a comprehensive plan for the organization and
delivery of health and support services described in section
300ff-14 of this title that -
(i) includes a strategy for identifying individuals who
know their HIV status and are not receiving such services and
for informing the individuals of and enabling the individuals
to utilize the services, giving particular attention to
eliminating disparities in access and services among affected
subpopulations and historically underserved communities, and
including discrete goals, a timetable, and an appropriate
allocation of funds;
(ii) includes a strategy to coordinate the provision of
such services with programs for HIV prevention (including
outreach and early intervention) and for the prevention and
treatment of substance abuse (including programs that provide
comprehensive treatment services for such abuse); and
(iii) is compatible with any State or local plan for the
provision of services to individuals with HIV disease;
(E) assess the efficiency of the administrative mechanism in
rapidly allocating funds to the areas of greatest need within
the eligible area, and at the discretion of the planning
council, assess the effectiveness, either directly or through
contractual arrangements, of the services offered in meeting
the identified needs;
(F) participate in the development of the statewide
coordinated statement of need initiated by the State public
health agency responsible for administering grants under part B
of this subchapter;
(G) establish methods for obtaining input on community needs
and priorities which may include public meetings (in accordance
with paragraph (7)), conducting focus groups, and convening
ad-hoc panels; and
(H) coordinate with Federal grantees that provide HIV-related
services within the eligible area.
(5) Conflicts of interest
(A) In general
The planning council under paragraph (1) may not be directly
involved in the administration of a grant under section
300ff-11(a) of this title. With respect to compliance with the
preceding sentence, the planning council may not designate (or
otherwise be involved in the selection of) particular entities
as recipients of any of the amounts provided in the grant.
(B) Required agreements
An individual may serve on the planning council under
paragraph (1) only if the individual agrees that if the
individual has a financial interest in an entity, if the
individual is an employee of a public or private entity, or if
the individual is a member of a public or private organization,
and such entity or organization is seeking amounts from a grant
under section 300ff-11(a) of this title, the individual will
not, with respect to the purpose for which the entity seeks
such amounts, participate (directly or in an advisory capacity)
in the process of selecting entities to receive such amounts
for such purpose.
(C) Composition of council
The following applies regarding the membership of a planning
council under paragraph (1):
(i) Not less than 33 percent of the council shall be
individuals who are receiving HIV-related services pursuant
to a grant under section 300ff-11(a) of this title, are not
officers, employees, or consultants to any entity that
receives amounts from such a grant, and do not represent any
such entity, and reflect the demographics of the population
of individuals with HIV disease as determined under paragraph
(4)(A). For purposes of the preceding sentence, an individual
shall be considered to be receiving such services if the
individual is a parent of, or a caregiver for, a minor child
who is receiving such services.
(ii) With respect to membership on the planning council,
clause (i) may not be construed as having any effect on
entities that receive funds from grants under any of parts B
through F of this subchapter but do not receive funds from
grants under section 300ff-11(a) of this title, on officers
or employees of such entities, or on individuals who
represent such entities.
(6) Grievance procedures
A planning council under paragraph (1) shall develop procedures
for addressing grievances with respect to funding under this
part, including procedures for submitting grievances that cannot
be resolved to binding arbitration. Such procedures shall be
described in the by-laws of the planning council and be
consistent with the requirements of subsection (c) of this
section.
(7) Public deliberations
With respect to a planning council under paragraph (1), the
following applies:
(A) The council may not be chaired solely by an employee of
the grantee under section 300ff-11(a) of this title.
(B) In accordance with criteria established by the Secretary:
(i) The meetings of the council shall be open to the public
and shall be held only after adequate notice to the public.
(ii) The records, reports, transcripts, minutes, agenda, or
other documents which were made available to or prepared for
or by the council shall be available for public inspection
and copying at a single location.
(iii) Detailed minutes of each meeting of the council shall
be kept. The accuracy of all minutes shall be certified to by
the chair of the council.
(iv) This subparagraph does not apply to any disclosure of
information of a personal nature that would constitute a
clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, including
any disclosure of medical information or personnel matters.
(c) Grievance procedures
(1) Federal responsibility
(A) Models
The Secretary shall, through a process that includes
consultations with grantees under this part and public and
private experts in grievance procedures, arbitration, and
mediation, develop model grievance procedures that may be
implemented by the planning council under subsection (b)(1) of
this section and grantees under this part. Such model
procedures shall describe the elements that must be addressed
in establishing local grievance procedures and provide grantees
with flexibility in the design of such local procedures.
(B) Review
The Secretary shall review grievance procedures established
by the planning council and grantees under this part to
determine if such procedures are adequate. In making such a
determination, the Secretary shall assess whether such
procedures permit legitimate grievances to be filed, evaluated,
and resolved at the local level.
(2) Grantees
To be eligible to receive funds under this part, a grantee
shall develop grievance procedures that are determined by the
Secretary to be consistent with the model procedures developed
under paragraph (1)(A). Such procedures shall include a process
for submitting grievances to binding arbitration.
(d) Process for establishing allocation priorities
Promptly after the date of the submission of the report required
in section 501(b) of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 2000
(relating to the relationship between epidemiological measures and
health care for certain individuals with HIV disease), the
Secretary, in consultation with planning councils and entities that
receive amounts from grants under section 300ff-11(a) or 300ff-21
of this title, shall develop epidemiologic measures -
(1) for establishing the number of individuals living with HIV
disease who are not receiving HIV-related health services; and
(2) for carrying out the duties under subsection (b)(4) of this
section and section 300ff-27(b) of this title.
(e) Training guidance and materials
The Secretary shall provide to each chief elected official
receiving a grant under section 300ff-11(a) of this title
guidelines and materials for training members of the planning
council under paragraph (1) regarding the duties of the council.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2602, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title I, Sec. 101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 577;
amended Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(26), Oct. 27, 1992,
106 Stat. 3505; Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1347; Pub. L. 106-345, title I, Secs. 101-102(c), 103, Oct.
20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1320-1323.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Subpart II of part C of this subchapter, referred to in subsec.
(b)(2)(J), was redesignated subpart I of part C of this subchapter
by Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 301(b)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1345, and is classified to section 300ff-51 et seq. of this
title.
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(4)(C)(v), is
act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Titles XIX
and XXI of the Act are classified generally to subchapters XIX
(Sec. 1396 et seq.) and XXI (Sec. 1397aa et seq.), respectively, of
chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.
Section 501 of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 2000,
referred to in subsec. (d), is section 501 of Pub. L. 106-345,
which is set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of this title.
Provisions relating to a report are contained in section 501(d) of
Pub. L. 106-345.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2602 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238a of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 101(a)(1),
substituted "demographics of the population of individuals with HIV
disease in the eligible area involved," for "demographics of the
epidemic in the eligible area involved,".
Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 101(a)(2)(A), inserted
before semicolon at end ", including providers of housing and
homeless services".
Subsec. (b)(2)(G). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 101(a)(2)(B), struck out
"or AIDS" after "HIV disease".
Subsec. (b)(2)(K). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 101(a)(2)(C), struck out
"and" after semicolon.
Subsec. (b)(2)(L). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 101(a)(2)(D),
substituted ", including but not limited to providers of HIV
prevention services; and" for period at end.
Subsec. (b)(2)(M). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 101(a)(2)(E), added
subpar. (M).
Subsec. (b)(3)(C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 103(1), struck out
heading and text of subpar. (C). Text read as follows: "A planning
council may not be chaired solely by an employee of the grantee."
Subsec. (b)(4)(A), (B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(a)(2), added
subpars. (A) and (B). Former subpars. (A) and (B) redesignated (C)
and (D), respectively.
Subsec. (b)(4)(C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(a)(1), redesignated
subpar. (A) as (C). Former subpar. (C) redesignated (E).
Subsec. (b)(4)(C)(i) to (vi). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(a)(3),
added cls. (i) to (vi) and struck out former cls. (i) to (iv) which
read as follows:
"(i) documented needs of the HIV-infected population;
"(ii) cost and outcome effectiveness of proposed strategies and
interventions, to the extent that such data are reasonably
available (either demonstrated or probable);
"(iii) priorities of the HIV-infected communities for whom the
services are intended; and
"(iv) availability of other governmental and nongovernmental
resources;".
Subsec. (b)(4)(D). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(a)(4), amended
subpar. (D) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (D) read as
follows: "develop a comprehensive plan for the organization and
delivery of health services described in section 300ff-14 of this
title that is compatible with any existing State or local plan
regarding the provision of health services to individuals with HIV
disease;".
Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(a)(1), redesignated subpar. (B) as (D).
Former subpar. (D) redesignated (F).
Subsec. (b)(4)(E), (F). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(a)(1),
redesignated subpars. (C) and (D) as (E) and (F), respectively.
Former subpar. (E) redesignated (G).
Subsec. (b)(4)(G). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(a)(1), (6)(A),
redesignated subpar. (E) as (G) and substituted "public meetings
(in accordance with paragraph (7))," for "public meetings,".
Subsec. (b)(4)(H). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(a)(5), (6)(B), (7),
added subpar. (H).
Subsec. (b)(5)(C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 101(b), added subpar.
(C).
Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 103(2), added par. (7).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(b), added subsec. (d).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(c), added subsec. (e).
1996 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(A)(ii),
inserted at end "Nominations for membership on the council shall be
identified through an open process and candidates shall be selected
based on locally delineated and publicized criteria. Such criteria
shall include a conflict-of-interest standard that is in accordance
with paragraph (5)."
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(A)(i), substituted "reflect in its
composition the demographics of the epidemic in the eligible area
involved, with particular consideration given to disproportionately
affected and historically underserved groups and subpopulations."
for "include representatives of -
"(A) health care providers;
"(B) community-based and AIDS service organizations;
"(C) social service providers;
"(D) mental health care providers;
"(E) local public health agencies;
"(F) hospital planning agencies or health care planning
agencies;
"(G) affected communities, including individuals with HIV
disease;
"(H) non-elected community leaders;
"(I) State government;
"(J) grantees under subpart II of part C of this subchapter;
and
"(K) the lead agency of any Health Resources and Services
Administration adult and pediatric HIV-related care demonstration
project operating in the area to be served."
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(E), added par. (2).
Former par. (2) redesignated (3).
Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(B), added
subpar. (C).
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(D), redesignated
par. (2) as (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (4).
Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(C)(i),
substituted "area, including how best to meet each such priority
and additional factors that a grantee should consider in allocating
funds under a grant based on the - " for "area;" and added cls. (i)
to (iv).
Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(C)(ii), struck
out "and" at end.
Subsec. (b)(3)(C). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(C)(iii),
substituted ", and at the discretion of the planning council,
assess the effectiveness, either directly or through contractual
arrangements, of the services offered in meeting the identified
needs;" for period at end.
Subsec. (b)(3)(D), (E). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(C)(iv),
added subpars. (D) and (E).
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(D), redesignated
par. (3) as (4).
Subsec. (b)(5), (6). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(F), added
pars. (5) and (6).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(F), added subsec. (c).
1992 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease Control".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2000 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 106-345, title VI, Sec. 601, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat.
1355, provided that: "This Act [see section 1 of Pub. L. 106-345,
set out as a Short Title of 2000 Amendments note under section 201
of this title] and the amendments made by this Act take effect
October 1, 2000, or upon the date of the enactment of this Act
[Oct. 20, 2000], whichever occurs later."
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-13, 300ff-14,
300ff-15, 300ff-23, 300ff-27 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-13 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-13. Type and distribution of grants
-STATUTE-
(a) Grants based on relative need of area
(1) In general
In carrying out section 300ff-11(a) of this title, the
Secretary shall make a grant for each eligible area for which an
application under section 300ff-15(a) of this title has been
approved. Each such grant shall be made in an amount determined
in accordance with paragraph (3).
(2) Expedited distribution
Not later than 60 days after an appropriation becomes available
to carry out this part for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall,
except in the case of waivers granted under section 300ff-15(c)
(!1) of this title, disburse 50 percent of the amount
appropriated under section 300ff-77 of this title for such fiscal
year through grants to eligible areas under section 300ff-11(a)
of this title, in accordance with paragraph (3). The Secretary
shall reserve an additional percentage of the amount appropriated
under section 300ff-77 of this title for a fiscal year for grants
under this part to make grants to eligible areas under section
300ff-11(a) of this title in accordance with paragraph (4).
(3) Amount of grant
(A) In general
Subject to the extent of amounts made available in
appropriations Acts, a grant made for purposes of this
paragraph to an eligible area shall be made in an amount equal
to the product of -
(i) an amount equal to the amount available for
distribution under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year
involved; and
(ii) the percentage constituted by the ratio of the
distribution factor for the eligible area to the sum of the
respective distribution factors for all eligible areas.
(B) Distribution factor
For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii), the term "distribution
factor" means an amount equal to the estimated number of living
cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome in the eligible
area involved, as determined under subparagraph (C).
(C) Estimate of living cases
The amount determined in this subparagraph is an amount equal
to the product of -
(i) the number of cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome in the eligible area during each year in the most
recent 120-month period for which data are available with
respect to all eligible areas, as indicated by the number of
such cases reported to and confirmed by the Director of the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for each year
during such period, except that (subject to subparagraph
(D)), for grants made pursuant to this paragraph for fiscal
year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years, the cases counted for
each 12-month period beginning on or after July 1, 2004,
shall be cases of HIV disease (as reported to and confirmed
by such Director) rather than cases of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome; and
(ii) with respect to -
(I) the first year during such period, .06;
(II) the second year during such period, .06;
(III) the third year during such period, .08;
(IV) the fourth year during such period, .10;
(V) the fifth year during such period, .16;
(VI) the sixth year during such period, .16;
(VII) the seventh year during such period, .24;
(VIII) the eighth year during such period, .40;
(IX) the ninth year during such period, .57; and
(X) the tenth year during such period, .88.
The yearly percentage described in subparagraph (ii) shall be
updated biennially by the Secretary, after consultation with
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and shall be
reported to the congressional committees of jurisdiction. The
first such update shall occur prior to the determination of
grant awards under this part for fiscal year 1998. Updates
shall as applicable take into account the counting of cases of
HIV disease pursuant to clause (i).
(D) Determination of Secretary regarding data on HIV cases
(i) In general
Not later than July 1, 2004, the Secretary shall determine
whether there is data on cases of HIV disease from all
eligible areas (reported to and confirmed by the Director of
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) sufficiently
accurate and reliable for use for purposes of subparagraph
(C)(i). In making such a determination, the Secretary shall
take into consideration the findings of the study under
section 501(b) of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 2000
(relating to the relationship between epidemiological
measures and health care for certain individuals with HIV
disease).
(ii) Effect of adverse determination
If under clause (i) the Secretary determines that data on
cases of HIV disease is not sufficiently accurate and
reliable for use for purposes of subparagraph (C)(i), then
notwithstanding such subparagraph, for any fiscal year prior
to fiscal year 2007 the references in such subparagraph to
cases of HIV disease do not have any legal effect.
(iii) Grants and technical assistance regarding counting of
HIV cases
Of the amounts appropriated under section 247c-2 of this
title for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve amounts
to make grants and provide technical assistance to States and
eligible areas with respect to obtaining data on cases of HIV
disease to ensure that data on such cases is available from
all States and eligible areas as soon as is practicable but
not later than the beginning of fiscal year 2007.
(E) Unexpended funds
The Secretary may, in determining the amount of a grant for a
fiscal year under this paragraph, adjust the grant amount to
reflect the amount of unexpended and uncanceled grant funds
remaining at the end of the fiscal year preceding the year for
which the grant determination is to be made. The amount of any
such unexpended funds shall be determined using the financial
status report of the grantee.
(4) Increases in grant
(A) In general
For each fiscal year in a protection period for an eligible
area, the Secretary shall increase the amount of the grant made
pursuant to paragraph (2) for the area to ensure that -
(i) for the first fiscal year in the protection period, the
grant is not less than 98 percent of the amount of the grant
made for the eligible area pursuant to such paragraph for the
base year for the protection period;
(ii) for any second fiscal year in such period, the grant
is not less than 95 percent of the amount of such base year
grant;
(iii) for any third fiscal year in such period, the grant
is not less than 92 percent of the amount of the base year
grant;
(iv) for any fourth fiscal year in such period, the grant
is not less than 89 percent of the amount of the base year
grant; and
(v) for any fifth or subsequent fiscal year in such period,
if, pursuant to paragraph (3)(D)(ii), the references in
paragraph (3)(C)(i) to HIV disease do not have any legal
effect, the grant is not less than 85 percent of the amount
of the base year grant.
(B) Special rule
If for fiscal year 2005, pursuant to paragraph (3)(D)(ii),
data on cases of HIV disease are used for purposes of paragraph
(3)(C)(i), the Secretary shall increase the amount of a grant
made pursuant to paragraph (2) for an eligible area to ensure
that the grant is not less than 98 percent of the amount of the
grant made for the area in fiscal year 2004.
(C) Base year; protection period
With respect to grants made pursuant to paragraph (2) for an
eligible area:
(i) The base year for a protection period is the fiscal
year preceding the trigger grant-reduction year.
(ii) The first trigger grant-reduction year is the first
fiscal year (after fiscal year 2000) for which the grant for
the area is less than the grant for the area for the
preceding fiscal year.
(iii) A protection period begins with the trigger
grant-reduction year and continues until the beginning of the
first fiscal year for which the amount of the grant
determined pursuant to paragraph (2) for the area equals or
exceeds the amount of the grant determined under subparagraph
(A).
(iv) Any subsequent trigger grant-reduction year is the
first fiscal year, after the end of the preceding protection
period, for which the amount of the grant is less than the
amount of the grant for the preceding fiscal year.
(b) Supplemental grants
(1) In general
Not later than 150 days after the date on which appropriations
are made under section 300ff-77 of this title for a fiscal year,
the Secretary shall disburse the remainder of amounts not
disbursed under subsection (a)(2) of this section for such fiscal
year for the purpose of making grants under section 300ff-11(a)
of this title to eligible areas whose application under section
300ff-15(b) of this title -
(A) contains a report concerning the dissemination of
emergency relief funds under subsection (a) of this section and
the plan for utilization of such funds;
(B) demonstrates the severe need in such area for
supplemental financial assistance to combat the HIV epidemic;
(C) demonstrates the existing commitment of local resources
of the area, both financial and in-kind, to combating the HIV
epidemic;
(D) demonstrates the ability of the area to utilize such
supplemental financial resources in a manner that is
immediately responsive and cost effective;
(E) demonstrates that resources will be allocated in
accordance with the local demographic incidence of AIDS
including appropriate allocations for services for infants,
children, youth, women, and families with HIV disease;
(F) demonstrates the inclusiveness of the planning council
membership, with particular emphasis on affected communities
and individuals with HIV disease; and
(G) demonstrates the manner in which the proposed services
are consistent with the local needs assessment and the
statewide coordinated statement of need.
(2) Amount of grant
(A) In general
The amount of each grant made for purposes of this subsection
shall be determined by the Secretary based on a weighting of
factors under paragraph (1), with severe need under
subparagraph (B) of such paragraph counting one-third.
(B) Severe need
In determining severe need in accordance with paragraph
(1)(B), the Secretary shall consider the ability of the
qualified applicant to expend funds efficiently and the impact
of relevant factors on the cost and complexity of delivering
health care and support services to individuals with HIV
disease in the eligible area, including factors such as -
(i) sexually transmitted diseases, substance abuse,
tuberculosis, severe mental illness, or other comorbid
factors determined relevant by the Secretary;
(ii) new or growing subpopulations of individuals with HIV
disease;
(iii) homelessness;
(iv) the current prevalence of HIV disease;
(v) an increasing need for HIV-related services, including
relative rates of increase in the number of cases of HIV
disease; and
(vi) unmet need for such services, as determined under
section 300ff-12(b)(4) of this title.
(C) Prevalence
In determining the impact of the factors described in
subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall, to the extent
practicable, use national, quantitative incidence data that are
available for each eligible area. Not later than 18 months
after October 20, 2000, the Secretary shall develop a mechanism
to utilize such data. Such a mechanism shall be modified to
reflect the findings of the study under section 501(b) of the
Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 2000 (relating to the
relationship between epidemiological measures and health care
for certain individuals with HIV disease). In the absence of
such data, the Secretary may consider a detailed description
and qualitative analysis of severe need, as determined under
subparagraph (B), including any local prevalence data gathered
and analyzed by the eligible area.
(D) Priority
Subsequent to the development of the quantitative mechanism
described in subparagraph (C), the Secretary shall phase in,
over a 3-year period beginning in fiscal year 1998, the use of
such a mechanism to determine the severe need of an eligible
area compared to other eligible areas and to determine, in
part, the amount of supplemental funds awarded to the eligible
area under this part.
(3) Remainder of amounts
In determining the amount of funds to be obligated under
paragraph (1), the Secretary shall include amounts that are not
paid to the eligible areas under expedited procedures under
subsection (a)(2) of this section as a result of -
(A) the failure of any eligible area to submit an application
under section 300ff-15(c) (!2) of this title; or
(B) any eligible area informing the Secretary that such
eligible area does not intend to expend the full amount of its
grant under such section.
(4) Failure to submit
(A) In general
The failure of an eligible area to submit an application for
an expedited grant under subsection (a)(2) of this section
shall not result in such area being ineligible for a grant
under this subsection.
(B) Application
The application of an eligible area submitted under section
300ff-15(b) of this title shall contain the assurances required
under subsection (a) of such section if such eligible area
fails to submit an application for an expedited grant under
subsection (a)(2) of this section.
(c) Compliance with priorities of HIV planning council
Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Secretary,
in carrying out section 300ff-11(a) of this title, may not make any
grant under subsection (a) or (b) of this section to an eligible
area unless the application submitted by such area under section
300ff-15 of this title for the grant involved demonstrates that the
grants made under subsections (a) and (b) of this section to the
area for the preceding fiscal year (if any) were expended in
accordance with the priorities applicable to such year that were
established, pursuant to section 300ff-12(b)(4)(C) of this title,
by the planning council serving the area.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2603, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title I, Sec. 101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 578;
amended Pub. L. 101-502, Sec. 6(a), Nov. 3, 1990, 104 Stat. 1289;
Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(27), Oct. 27, 1992, 106
Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104-146, Secs. 3(b)(2), (3), 4, 6(c)(1),
12(c)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1349, 1350, 1364, 1367, 1373;
Pub. L. 106-345, title I, Secs. 102(d), 111, 112, Oct. 20, 2000,
114 Stat. 1323, 1326.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-15 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2)
and (b)(3)(A), was amended by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(C),
(D), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1353, to add a new subsec. (c),
relating to single application and grant awards, and redesignate
former subsec. (c), relating to date for submission of grant
applications, as (d).
Section 501(b) of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 2000,
referred to in subsecs. (a)(3)(D)(i) and (b)(2)(C), is section
501(b) of Pub. L. 106-345, which is set out in a note under section
300ff-11 of this title.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2603 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238b of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 111(a), substituted
"for a fiscal year" for "for each of the fiscal years 1996 through
2000" in first sentence.
Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(i). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 111(b)(1)(A),
inserted before semicolon ", except that (subject to subparagraph
(D)), for grants made pursuant to this paragraph for fiscal year
2005 and subsequent fiscal years, the cases counted for each
12-month period beginning on or after July 1, 2004, shall be cases
of HIV disease (as reported to and confirmed by such Director)
rather than cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome".
Subsec. (a)(3)(C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 111(b)(1)(B), in
concluding provisions, inserted before period at end of first
sentence ", and shall be reported to the congressional committees
of jurisdiction" and inserted at end "Updates shall as applicable
take into account the counting of cases of HIV disease pursuant to
clause (i)."
Subsec. (a)(3)(D), (E). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 111(b)(2), added
subpar. (D) and redesignated former subpar. (D) as (E).
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 111(c), amended heading and
text of par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
follows: "With respect to an eligible area under section
300ff-11(a) of this title, the Secretary shall increase the amount
of a grant under paragraph (2) for a fiscal year to ensure that
such eligible area receives not less than -
"(A) with respect to fiscal year 1996, 100 percent;
"(B) with respect to fiscal year 1997, 99 percent;
"(C) with respect to fiscal year 1998, 98 percent;
"(D) with respect to fiscal year 1999, 96.5 percent; and
"(E) with respect to fiscal year 2000, 95 percent;
of the amount allocated for fiscal year 1995 to such entity under
this subsection."
Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(b), inserted
"youth," after "children,".
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(a)(1), substituted
"Amount of grant" for "Definition" in heading.
Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(a)(3), added subpar.
(A). Former subpar. (A) redesignated (B).
Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(a)(2), (4),
redesignated subpar. (A) as (B) and added cls. (iv) to (vi). Former
subpar. (B) redesignated (C).
Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(a)(5)(C), inserted
after second sentence "Such a mechanism shall be modified to
reflect the findings of the study under section 501(b) of the Ryan
White CARE Act Amendments of 2000 (relating to the relationship
between epidemiological measures and health care for certain
individuals with HIV disease)."
Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(a)(5)(B), in second sentence,
substituted "18 months after October 20, 2000" for "2 years after
May 20, 1996".
Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(a)(5)(A), substituted "subparagraph
(B)" for "subparagraph (A)" in two places.
Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(a)(2), redesignated subpar. (B) as (C).
Former subpar. (C) redesignated (D).
Subsec. (b)(2)(D). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(a)(2), (6),
redesignated subpar. (C) as (D) and substituted "subparagraph (C)"
for "subparagraph (B)".
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(c)(1), (2),
redesignated par. (5) as (4) and struck out heading and text of
former par. (4). Text read as follows: "The amount of each grant
made for purposes of this subsection shall be determined by the
Secretary based on the application submitted by the eligible area
under section 300ff-15(b) of this title."
Subsec. (b)(4)(B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(c)(3), substituted
"an expedited grant" for "an expedited grants".
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 112(c)(2), redesignated
par. (5) as (4).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 102(d), substituted "section
300ff-12(b)(4)(C) of this title" for "section 300ff-12(b)(3)(A) of
this title".
1996 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 6(c)(1)(A),
substituted "section 300ff-77" for "section 300ff-18".
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(3)(A), inserted ", in accordance with
paragraph (3)" after "section 300ff-11(a) of this title" and "The
Secretary shall reserve an additional percentage of the amount
appropriated under section 300ff-77 of this title for a fiscal year
for grants under this part to make grants to eligible areas under
section 300ff-11(a) of this title in accordance with paragraph
(4)." at end.
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(2)(A), substituted "Not later than 60
days after an appropriation becomes available to carry out this
part for each of the fiscal years 1996 through 2000, the Secretary
shall" for "Not later than -
"(A) 90 days after an appropriation becomes available to carry
out this part for fiscal year 1991; and
"(B) 60 days after an appropriation becomes available to carry
out this part for each of fiscal years 1992 through 1995;
the Secretary shall".
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 4, amended par. (3)
generally, revising and restating provisions of former subpars. (A)
to (C) relating to amount of grants under par. (3) as subpars. (A)
to (D).
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(3)(B), added par. (4).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 6(c)(1)(B), substituted
"section 300ff-77" for "section 300ff-18" in introductory
provisions.
Subsec. (b)(1)(F), (G). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(2)(B)(i),
added subpars. (F) and (G).
Subsec. (b)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(2)(B)(ii),
(iii), added par. (2) and redesignated former pars. (2) and (3) as
(3) and (4), respectively. Former par. (4) redesignated (5).
Subsec. (b)(4)(B). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(2), which directed
substitution of "an expedited grant" for "an expedited grants" in
par. (4)(B), could not be executed because the words "an expedited
grants" did not appear in par. (4)(B) subsequent to redesignation
of par. (4) as (5) by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(2)(B)(ii). See
above.
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(2)(B)(ii),
redesignated par. (4) as (5).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(3)(C), added subsec. (c).
1992 - Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease
Control".
1990 - Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 101-502 amended par. (3)
generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows:
"(A) In general. - Subject to the extent of amounts made
available in appropriations Acts, a grant made for purposes of this
paragraph for an eligible area shall be made in an amount equal to
the sum of -
"(i) an amount determined in accordance with subparagraph (B);
and
"(ii) an amount determined in accordance with subparagraph (C).
"(B) Amount relating to cumulative number of cases. - The amount
referred to in clause (i) of subparagraph (A) is an amount equal to
the product of -
"(i) an amount equal to 75 percent of the amounts available for
distribution under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year involved;
and
"(ii) a percentage equal to the quotient of -
"(I) the cumulative number of cases of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome in the eligible area involved, as indicated
by the number of such cases reported to and confirmed by the
Director of the Centers for Disease Control on the applicable
date described in section 300ff-11(a) of this title; divided by
"(II) the sum of the cumulative number of such cases in all
eligible areas for which an application for a grant under
paragraph (1) has been approved.
"(C) Amount relating to per capita incidence of cases. - The
amount referred to in clause (ii) of subparagraph (A) is an amount
equal to the product of -
"(i) an amount equal to 25 percent of the amounts available for
distribution under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year involved;
and
"(ii) a percentage developed by the Secretary through
consideration of the ratio of -
"(I) the per capita incidence of cumulative cases of acquired
immune deficiency syndrome in the eligible area involved
(computed on the basis of the most recently available data on
the population of the area); to
"(II) the per capita incidence of such cumulative cases in
all eligible areas for which an application for a grant under
paragraph (1) has been approved (computed on the basis of the
most recently available data on the population of such areas)."
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by sections 3(b)(2), (3), 4, 6(c)(1)(B), and 12(c)(2)
of Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, and amendment by section
6(c)(1)(A) of Pub. L. 104-146 effective May 20, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-11, 300ff-15,
300ff-28 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
(!2) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-14 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-14. Use of amounts
-STATUTE-
(a) Requirements
The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff-11(a) of
this title to the chief elected official of an eligible area unless
such political subdivision agrees that -
(1) subject to paragraph (2), the allocation of funds and
services within the eligible area will be made in accordance with
the priorities established, pursuant to section 300ff-12(b)(3)(A)
(!1) of this title, by the HIV health services planning council
that serves such eligible area; and
(2) funds provided under section 300ff-11 of this title will be
expended only for the purposes described in subsections (b) and
(c) (!1) of this section.
(b) Primary purposes
(1) In general
The chief elected official shall use amounts received under a
grant under section 300ff-11 of this title to provide direct
financial assistance to entities described in paragraph (2) for
the purpose of delivering or enhancing HIV-related services, as
follows:
(A) Outpatient and ambulatory health services, including
substance abuse treatment, mental health treatment, and
comprehensive treatment services, which shall include treatment
education and prophylactic treatment for opportunistic
infections, for individuals and families with HIV disease.
(B) Outpatient and ambulatory support services (including
case management), to the extent that such services facilitate,
enhance, support, or sustain the delivery, continuity, or
benefits of health services for individuals and families with
HIV disease.
(C) Inpatient case management services that prevent
unnecessary hospitalization or that expedite discharge, as
medically appropriate, from inpatient facilities.
(D) Outreach activities that are intended to identify
individuals with HIV disease who know their HIV status and are
not receiving HIV-related services, and that are -
(i) necessary to implement the strategy under section
300ff-12(b)(4)(D) of this title, including activities
facilitating the access of such individuals to HIV-related
primary care services at entities described in paragraph
(3)(A);
(ii) conducted in a manner consistent with the requirements
under sections 300ff-15(a)(3) and 300ff-51(b)(2) of this
title; and
(iii) supplement, and do not supplant, such activities that
are carried out with amounts appropriated under section 247b
of this title.
(2) Appropriate entities
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), direct financial assistance may
be provided under paragraph (1) to public or nonprofit private
entities,,(!2) or private for-profit entities if such entities
are the only available provider of quality HIV care in the
area, including hospitals (which may include Department of
Veterans Affairs facilities), community-based organizations,
hospices, ambulatory care facilities, community health centers,
migrant health centers, homeless health centers, substance
abuse treatment programs, and mental health programs.
(B) Priority
In providing direct financial assistance under paragraph (1)
the chief elected official shall give priority to entities that
are currently participating in Health Resources and Services
Administration HIV health care demonstration projects.
(3) Early intervention services
(A) In general
The purposes for which a grant under section 300ff-11 of this
title may be used include providing to individuals with HIV
disease early intervention services described in section
300ff-51(b)(2) of this title, with follow-up referral provided
for the purpose of facilitating the access of individuals
receiving the services to HIV-related health services. The
entities through which such services may be provided under the
grant include public health departments, emergency rooms,
substance abuse and mental health treatment programs,
detoxification centers, detention facilities, clinics regarding
sexually transmitted diseases, homeless shelters, HIV disease
counseling and testing sites, health care points of entry
specified by eligible areas, federally qualified health
centers, and entities described in section 300ff-52(a) of this
title that constitute a point of access to services by
maintaining referral relationships.
(B) Conditions
With respect to an entity that proposes to provide early
intervention services under subparagraph (A), such subparagraph
applies only if the entity demonstrates to the satisfaction of
the chief elected official for the eligible area involved that
-
(i) Federal, State, or local funds are otherwise inadequate
for the early intervention services the entity proposes to
provide; and
(ii) the entity will expend funds pursuant to such
subparagraph to supplement and not supplant other funds
available to the entity for the provision of early
intervention services for the fiscal year involved.
(4) Priority for women, infants and children
(A) In general
For the purpose of providing health and support services to
infants, children, youth, and women with HIV disease, including
treatment measures to prevent the perinatal transmission of
HIV, the chief elected official of an eligible area, in
accordance with the established priorities of the planning
council, shall for each of such populations in the eligible
area use, from the grants made for the area under section
300ff-11(a) of this title for a fiscal year, not less than the
percentage constituted by the ratio of the population involved
(infants, children, youth, or women in such area) with acquired
immune deficiency syndrome to the general population in such
area of individuals with such syndrome.
(B) Waiver
With respect to the population involved, the Secretary may
provide to the chief elected official of an eligible area a
waiver of the requirement of subparagraph (A) if such official
demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the
population is receiving HIV-related health services through the
State medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security
Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.], the State children's health
insurance program under title XXI of such Act [42 U.S.C. 1397aa
et seq.], or other Federal or State programs.
(c) Quality management
(1) Requirement
The chief elected official of an eligible area that receives a
grant under this part shall provide for the establishment of a
quality management program to assess the extent to which HIV
health services provided to patients under the grant are
consistent with the most recent Public Health Service guidelines
for the treatment of HIV disease and related opportunistic
infection, and as applicable, to develop strategies for ensuring
that such services are consistent with the guidelines for
improvement in the access to and quality of HIV health services.
(2) Use of funds
From amounts received under a grant awarded under this part for
a fiscal year, the chief elected official of an eligible area may
(in addition to amounts to which subsection (f)(1) of this
section applies) use for activities associated with the quality
management program required in paragraph (1) not more than the
lesser of -
(A) 5 percent of amounts received under the grant; or
(B) $3,000,000.
(d) Limited expenditures for personnel needs
(1) In general
A chief elected official, in accordance with paragraph (3), may
use not to exceed 10 percent of amounts received under a grant
under section 300ff-11 of this title to provide financial
assistance or services, for the purposes described in paragraph
(2), to any public or nonprofit private entity, including
hospitals (which may include Veterans Administration facilities),
nursing homes, subacute and transitional care facilities, and
hospices that -
(A) provide HIV-related care or services to a
disproportionate share of low-income individuals and families
with HIV disease;
(B) incur uncompensated costs in the provision of such care
or services to such individuals and families;
(C) have established, and agree to implement, a plan to
evaluate the utilization of services provided in the care of
individuals and families with HIV disease; and
(D) have established a system designed to ensure that such
individuals and families are referred to the most medically
appropriate level of care as soon as such referral is medically
indicated.
(2) Use
A chief elected official may use amounts referred to in
paragraph (1) to -
(A) provide direct financial assistance to institutions and
entities of the type referred to in such paragraph to assist
such institutions and entities in recruiting or training and
paying compensation to qualified personnel determined, under
paragraph (3), to be necessary by the HIV health services
planning council, specifically for the care of individuals with
HIV disease; or
(B) in lieu of providing direct financial assistance, make
arrangements for the provision of the services of such
qualified personnel to such institutions and entities.
(3) Requirement of determination by council
A chief elected official shall not use any of the amounts
received under a grant under section 300ff-11(a) of this title to
provide assistance or services under paragraph (2) unless the HIV
health services planning council of the eligible area has made a
determination that, with respect to the care of individuals with
HIV disease -
(A) a shortage of specific health, mental health or support
service personnel exists within specific institutions or
entities in the eligible area;
(B) the shortage of such personnel has resulted in the
inappropriate utilization of inpatient services within the
area; and
(C) assistance or services provided to an institution or
entity under paragraph (2), will not be used to supplant the
existing resources devoted by such institution or entity to the
uses described in such paragraph.
(e) Requirement of status as medicaid provider
(1) Provision of service
Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary may not make a grant
under section 300ff-11(a) of this title for the provision of
services under this section in a State unless, in the case of any
such service that is available pursuant to the State plan
approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C.
1396 et seq.] for the State -
(A) the political subdivision involved will provide the
service directly, and the political subdivision has entered
into a participation agreement under the State plan and is
qualified to receive payments under such plan; or
(B) the political subdivision will enter into an agreement
with a public or nonprofit private entity under which the
entity will provide the service, and the entity has entered
into such a participation agreement and is qualified to receive
such payments.
(2) Waiver
(A) In general
In the case of an entity making an agreement pursuant to
paragraph (1)(B) regarding the provision of services, the
requirement established in such paragraph shall be waived by
the HIV health services planning council for the eligible area
if the entity does not, in providing health care services,
impose a charge or accept reimbursement available from any
third-party payor, including reimbursement under any insurance
policy or under any Federal or State health benefits program.
(B) Determination
A determination by the HIV health services planning council
of whether an entity referred to in subparagraph (A) meets the
criteria for a waiver under such subparagraph shall be made
without regard to whether the entity accepts voluntary
donations for the purpose of providing services to the public.
(f) Administration
(1) In general
The chief executive officer of an eligible area shall not use
in excess of 5 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded
under this part for administration,.(!3) In the case of entities
and subcontractors to which such officer allocates amounts
received by the officer under the grant, the officer shall ensure
that, of the aggregate amount so allocated, the total of the
expenditures by such entities for administrative expenses does
not exceed 10 percent (without regard to whether particular
entities expend more than 10 percent for such expenses).
(2) Administrative activities
For the purposes of paragraph (1), amounts may be used for
administrative activities that include -
(A) routine grant administration and monitoring activities,
including the development of applications for part A funds, the
receipt and disbursal of program funds, the development and
establishment of reimbursement and accounting systems, the
preparation of routine programmatic and financial reports, and
compliance with grant conditions and audit requirements; and
(B) all activities associated with the grantee's contract
award procedures, including the development of requests for
proposals, contract proposal review activities, negotiation and
awarding of contracts, monitoring of contracts through
telephone consultation, written documentation or onsite visits,
reporting on contracts, and funding reallocation activities.
(3) Subcontractor administrative costs
For the purposes of this subsection, subcontractor
administrative activities include -
(A) usual and recognized overhead, including established
indirect rates for agencies;
(B) management oversight of specific programs funded under
this subchapter; and
(C) other types of program support such as quality assurance,
quality control, and related activities.
(g) Construction
A State may not use amounts received under a grant awarded under
this part to purchase or improve land, or to purchase, construct,
or permanently improve (other than minor remodeling) any building
or other facility, or to make cash payments to intended recipients
of services.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2604, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title I, Sec. 101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 580;
amended Pub. L. 103-446, title XII, Sec. 1203(a)(3), Nov. 2, 1994,
108 Stat. 4689; Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(4), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1351; Pub. L. 106-345, title I, Sec. 121, Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1326.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-12(b) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(1),
was amended by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(D), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1348, to redesignate pars. (2) and (3) as (3) and (4),
respectively. As so redesignated, par. (3)(A) relates to
establishment or designation of councils and par. (4)(A) relates to
establishment of priorities by planning councils.
Subsection (c) of this section, referred to in subsec. (a)(2),
was redesignated subsec. (d), and a new subsec. (c) was added, by
Pub. L. 106-345, title I, Sec. 121(d), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat.
1328.
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsecs. (b)(4)(B) and
(e)(1), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended.
Titles XIX and XXI of the Act are classified generally to
subchapters XIX (Sec. 1396 et seq.) and XXI (Sec. 1397aa et seq.),
respectively, of chapter 7 of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this
title and Tables.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2604 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238c of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 121(a)(1),
substituted "HIV-related services, as follows:" for "HIV-related -
" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 121(a)(2), substituted
"Outpatient and ambulatory health services, including substance
abuse treatment," for "outpatient and ambulatory health and support
services, including case management, substance abuse treatment and"
and substituted a period for "; and" at end.
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 121(a)(4), added subpar.
(B). Former subpar. (B) redesignated (C).
Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 121(a)(3), redesignated
subpar. (B) as (C) and substituted "Inpatient" for "inpatient".
Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 121(a)(5), added subpar.
(D).
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 121(b)(2), added par. (3).
Former par. (3) redesignated (4).
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 121(b)(1), (c),
redesignated par. (3) as (4) and amended heading and text of par.
(4) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "For the
purpose of providing health and support services to infants,
children, and women with HIV disease, including treatment measures
to prevent the perinatal transmission of HIV, the chief elected
official of an eligible area, in accordance with the established
priorities of the planning council, shall use, from the grants made
for the area under section 300ff-11(a) of this title for a fiscal
year, not less than the percentage constituted by the ratio of the
population in such area of infants, children, and women with
acquired immune deficiency syndrome to the general population in
such area of individuals with such syndrome."
Subsecs. (c) to (g). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 121(d), added subsec.
(c) and redesignated former subsecs. (c) to (f) as (d) to (g),
respectively.
1996 - Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(4)(A),
inserted ", substance abuse treatment and mental health treatment,"
after "case management" and "which shall include treatment
education and prophylactic treatment for opportunistic infections,"
after "treatment services,".
Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(4)(B), inserted ",
or private for-profit entities if such entities are the only
available provider of quality HIV care in the area," after
"nonprofit private entities," and substituted "homeless health
centers, substance abuse treatment programs, and mental health
programs" for "and homeless health centers".
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(4)(C), added par. (3).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(4)(C), struck out "and
planning" after "Administration" in heading, designated existing
provisions as par. (1), inserted par. heading, struck out
"accounting, reporting, and program oversight functions" after "for
administration,", inserted at end "In the case of entities and
subcontractors to which such officer allocates amounts received by
the officer under the grant, the officer shall ensure that, of the
aggregate amount so allocated, the total of the expenditures by
such entities for administrative expenses does not exceed 10
percent (without regard to whether particular entities expend more
than 10 percent for such expenses).", and added pars. (2) and (3).
1994 - Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103-446 substituted "Department
of Veterans Affairs facilities" for "Veterans Administration
facilities".
-CHANGE-
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to Veterans Administration deemed to refer to
Department of Veterans Affairs pursuant to section 10 of Pub. L.
100-527, set out as a Department of Veterans Affairs Act note under
section 301 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.
-MISC2-
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
REFERENCE TO COMMUNITY, MIGRANT, PUBLIC HOUSING, OR HOMELESS HEALTH
CENTER CONSIDERED REFERENCE TO HEALTH CENTER
Reference to community health center, migrant health center,
public housing health center, or homeless health center considered
reference to health center, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 104-299,
set out as a note under section 254b of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-11, 300ff-12,
300ff-15, 300ff-22 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
(!2) So in original.
(!3) So in original. The comma probably should not appear.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-15 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-15. Application
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
To be eligible to receive a grant under section 300ff-11 of this
title, an eligible area shall prepare and submit to the Secretary
an application, in accordance with subsection (c) of this section
regarding a single application and grant award, at such time, in
such form, and containing such information as the Secretary shall
require, including assurances adequate to ensure -
(1)(A) that funds received under a grant awarded under this
part will be utilized to supplement not supplant State funds made
available in the year for which the grant is awarded to provide
HIV-related services as described in section 300ff-14(b)(1) of
this title;
(B) that the political subdivisions within the eligible area
will maintain the level of expenditures by such political
subdivisions for HIV-related services as described in section
300ff-14(b)(1) of this title at a level that is equal to the
level of such expenditures by such political subdivisions for the
preceding fiscal year; and
(C) that political subdivisions within the eligible area will
not use funds received under a grant awarded under this part in
maintaining the level of expenditures for HIV-related services as
required in subparagraph (B);
(2) that the eligible area has an HIV health services planning
council and has entered into intergovernmental agreements
pursuant to section 300ff-12 of this title, and has developed or
will develop the comprehensive plan in accordance with section
300ff-12(b)(3)(B) (!1) of this title;
(3) that entities within the eligible area that receive funds
under a grant under this part will maintain appropriate
relationships with entities in the eligible area served that
constitute key points of access to the health care system for
individuals with HIV disease (including emergency rooms,
substance abuse treatment programs, detoxification centers, adult
and juvenile detention facilities, sexually transmitted disease
clinics, HIV counseling and testing sites, mental health
programs, and homeless shelters), and other entities under
section (!2) 300ff-14(b)(3) and 300ff-52(a) of this title, for
the purpose of facilitating early intervention for individuals
newly diagnosed with HIV disease and individuals knowledgeable of
their HIV status but not in care;
(4) that the chief elected official of the eligible area will
satisfy all requirements under section 300ff-14(c) of this title;
(5) that entities within the eligible area that will receive
funds under a grant provided under section 300ff-11(a) of this
title shall participate in an established HIV community-based
continuum of care if such continuum exists within the eligible
area;
(6) that funds received under a grant awarded under this part
will not be utilized to make payments for any item or service to
the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be
expected to be made, with respect to that item or service -
(A) under any State compensation program, under an insurance
policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program;
or
(B) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid
basis;
(7) to the maximum extent practicable, that -
(A) HIV health care and support services provided with
assistance made available under this part will be provided
without regard -
(i) to the ability of the individual to pay for such
services; and
(ii) to the current or past health condition of the
individual to be served;
(B) such services will be provided in a setting that is
accessible to low-income individuals with HIV-disease; and
(C) a program of outreach will be provided to low-income
individuals with HIV-disease to inform such individuals of such
services;
(8) that the applicant has participated, or will agree to
participate, in the statewide coordinated statement of need
process where it has been initiated by the State public health
agency responsible for administering grants under part B of this
subchapter, and ensure that the services provided under the
comprehensive plan are consistent with the statewide coordinated
statement of need; and
(9) that the eligible area has procedures in place to ensure
that services provided with funds received under this part meet
the criteria specified in section 300ff-14(b)(1) of this title.
(b) Application
An eligible area that desires to receive a grant under section
300ff-13(b) of this title shall prepare and submit to the Secretary
an application, in accordance with subsection (c) of this section
regarding a single application and grant award, at such time, in
such form, and containing such information as the Secretary shall
require, including the information required under such subsection
and information concerning -
(1) the number of individuals to be served within the eligible
area with assistance provided under the grant;
(2) demographic data on the population of such individuals;
(3) the average cost of providing each category of HIV-related
health services and the extent to which such cost is paid by
third-party payors; and
(4) the aggregate amounts expended for each such category of
services.
(c) Single application and grant award
(1) Application
The Secretary may phase in the use of a single application that
meets the requirements of subsections (a) and (b) of section
300ff-13 of this title with respect to an eligible area that
desires to receive grants under section 300ff-13 of this title
for a fiscal year.
(2) Grant award
The Secretary may phase in the awarding of a single grant to an
eligible area that submits an approved application under
paragraph (1) for a fiscal year.
(d) Date certain for submission
(1) Requirement
Except as provided in paragraph (2), to be eligible to receive
a grant under section 300ff-11(a) of this title for a fiscal
year, an application under subsection (a) of this section shall
be submitted not later than 45 days after the date on which
appropriations are made under section 300ff-77 of this title for
the fiscal year.
(2) Exception
The Secretary may extend the time for the submission of an
application under paragraph (1) for a period of not to exceed 60
days if the Secretary determines that the eligible area has made
a good faith effort to comply with the requirement of such
paragraph but has otherwise been unable to submit its
application.
(3) Distribution by Secretary
Not later than 45 days after receiving an application that
meets the requirements of subsection (a) of this section from an
eligible area, the Secretary shall distribute to such eligible
area the amounts awarded under the grant for which the
application was submitted.
(4) Redistribution
Any amounts appropriated in any fiscal year under this part and
not obligated to an eligible entity as a result of the failure of
such entity to submit an application shall be redistributed by
the Secretary to other eligible entities in proportion to the
original grants made to such eligible areas under section
300ff-11(a) of this title.
(e) Requirements regarding imposition of charges for services
(1) In general
The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff-11 of
this title to an eligible area unless the eligible area provides
assurances that in the provision of services with assistance
provided under the grant -
(A) in the case of individuals with an income less than or
equal to 100 percent of the official poverty line, the provider
will not impose charges on any such individual for the
provision of services under the grant;
(B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
100 percent of the official poverty line, the provider -
(i) will impose a charge on each such individual for the
provision of such services; and
(ii) will impose the charge according to a schedule of
charges that is made available to the public;
(C) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
100 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 200
percent of such poverty line, the provider will not, for any
calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 5 percent
of the annual gross income of the individual involved;
(D) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
200 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 300
percent of such poverty line, the provider will not, for any
calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 7 percent
of the annual gross income of the individual involved; and
(E) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
300 percent of the official poverty line, the provider will
not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount
exceeding 10 percent of the annual gross income of the
individual involved.
(2) Assessment of charge
With respect to compliance with the assurance made under
paragraph (1), a grantee or entity receiving assistance under
this part may, in the case of individuals subject to a charge for
purposes of such paragraph -
(A) assess the amount of the charge in the discretion of the
grantee, including imposing only a nominal charge for the
provision of services, subject to the provisions of such
paragraph regarding public schedules and regarding limitations
on the maximum amount of charges; and
(B) take into consideration the medical expenses of
individuals in assessing the amount of the charge, subject to
such provisions.
(3) Applicability of limitation on amount of charge
The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff-11 of
this title to an eligible area unless the eligible area agrees
that the limitations established in subparagraphs (C), (D) and
(E) of paragraph (1) regarding the imposition of charges for
services applies to the annual aggregate of charges imposed for
such services, without regard to whether they are characterized
as enrollment fees, premiums, deductibles, cost sharing,
copayments, coinsurance, or other charges.
(4) Waiver regarding secondary agreements
The requirements established in paragraphs (1) through (3)
shall be waived in accordance with section 300ff-14(d)(2) (!1) of
this title.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2605, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title I, Sec. 101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 582;
amended Pub. L. 104-146, Secs. 3(b)(5), 6(c)(2), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1352, 1368; Pub. L. 106-345, title I, Sec. 122, title V, Sec.
503(a)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1329, 1354.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-12(b) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(2),
was amended by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(1)(D), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1348, to redesignate pars. (2) and (3) as (3) and (4),
respectively. As so redesignated, par. (3)(B) relates to
consideration regarding designation of councils and par. (4)(B)
relates to development of a comprehensive plan.
Section 300ff-14(d)(2) of this title, referred to in subsec.
(e)(4), was redesignated section 300ff-14(e)(2) of this title by
Pub. L. 106-345, title I, Sec. 121(d)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat.
1328.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2605 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238d of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 122(b)(1)(A),
substituted "services as described in section 300ff-14(b)(1) of
this title" for "services to individuals with HIV disease".
Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 122(b)(1)(B),
substituted "services as described in section 300ff-14(b)(1) of
this title" for "services for individuals with HIV disease".
Subsec. (a)(3) to (8). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 122(a), added pars.
(3) and (4) and redesignated former pars. (3) to (6) as (5) to (8),
respectively.
Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 122(b)(2)-(4), added par.
(9).
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 503(a)(1)(A), made
technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in
text as reference to section 300ff-77 of this title.
Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 503(a)(1)(B), inserted
"section" before "300ff-11(a) of this title".
1996 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(A)(i), inserted
", in accordance with subsection (c) of this section regarding a
single application and grant award," after "application" in
introductory provisions.
Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(A)(ii),
substituted "preceding fiscal year" for "1-year period preceding
the first fiscal year for which a grant is received by the eligible
area".
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(A)(iii)-(v), added
par. (6).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(B), substituted
"Application" for "Additional application" in heading and
substituted "application, in accordance with subsection (c) of this
section regarding a single application and grant award," for
"additional application" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(D), added subsec. (c).
Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 6(c)(2), which directed
substitution of "section 300ff-77 of this title" for "section
300ff-18 of this title" in subsec. (c)(1), could not be executed
because phrase "section 300ff-18 of this title" did not appear in
text of subsec. (c)(1) subsequent to redesignation of subsec. (c)
as (d) by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(C). See below.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(C), redesignated
subsec. (c) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(5)(C), redesignated
subsec. (d) as (e).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-13, 300ff-14 of
this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
(!2) So in original. Probably should be "sections".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-16 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-16. Technical assistance
-STATUTE-
The Administrator of the Health Resources and Services
Administration shall, beginning on August 18, 1990, provide
technical assistance, including assistance from other grantees,
contractors or subcontractors under this subchapter to assist newly
eligible metropolitan areas in the establishment of HIV health
services planning councils and, to assist entities in complying
with the requirements of this part in order to make such entities
eligible to receive a grant under this part. The Administrator may
make planning grants available to metropolitan areas, in an amount
not to exceed $75,000 for any metropolitan area, projected to be
eligible for funding under section 300ff-11 of this title in the
following fiscal year. Such grant amounts shall be deducted from
the first year formula award to eligible areas accepting such
grants. Not to exceed 1 percent of the amount appropriated for a
fiscal year under section 300ff-77 of this title for grants under
this part may be used to carry out this section.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2606, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title I, Sec. 101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 585;
amended Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(b)(6), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1353.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2606 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238e of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146 substituted "Administration shall" for
"Administration may", inserted ", including assistance from other
grantees, contractors or subcontractors under this subchapter to
assist newly eligible metropolitan areas in the establishment of
HIV health services planning councils and," after "technical
assistance", and inserted at end "The Administrator may make
planning grants available to metropolitan areas, in an amount not
to exceed $75,000 for any metropolitan area, projected to be
eligible for funding under section 300ff-11 of this title in the
following fiscal year. Such grant amounts shall be deducted from
the first year formula award to eligible areas accepting such
grants. Not to exceed 1 percent of the amount appropriated for a
fiscal year under section 300ff-77 of this title for grants under
this part may be used to carry out this section."
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-17 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-17. Definitions
-STATUTE-
For purposes of this part:
(1) Eligible area
The term "eligible area" means a metropolitan area meeting the
requirements of section 300ff-11 of this title that are
applicable to the area.
(2) Metropolitan area
The term "metropolitan area" means an area referred to in the
HIV/AIDS Surveillance Report of the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention as a metropolitan area.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2607, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title I, Sec. 101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 585;
amended Pub. L. 101-557, title IV, Sec. 401(b)(1), Nov. 15, 1990,
104 Stat. 2771; Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(28), Oct.
27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(a)(3), May 20,
1996, 110 Stat. 1347.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2607 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238f of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Par. (1). Pub. L. 104-146 substituted "The term 'eligible
area' means a metropolitan area meeting the requirements of section
300ff-11 of this title that are applicable to the area." for "The
term 'eligible area' means a metropolitan area described in section
300ff-11(a) of this title."
1992 - Par. (2). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease Control".
1990 - Par. (1). Pub. L. 101-557 substituted "300ff-11(a)" for
"300ff-11(a)(1)".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-18 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part A - Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for
Services
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-18. Repealed. Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 6(b), May 20, 1996,
110 Stat. 1367
-MISC1-
Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2608, as
added Aug. 18, 1990, Pub. L. 101-381, title I, Sec. 101(3), 104
Stat. 585, authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1991 through
1995.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104-146,
set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section
300ff-11 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part B - Care Grant Program 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
-HEAD-
PART B - CARE GRANT PROGRAM
-SECREF-
PART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This part is referred to in sections 300ff-12, 300ff-15,
300ff-27a, 300ff-51, 300ff-71, 300ff-75, 300ff-75b, 300ff-77,
300ff-101 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart i - general grant provisions 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
SUBPART I - GENERAL GRANT PROVISIONS
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 7(b)(1), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1368, added heading "subpart i - general grant provisions".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-21 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-21. Grants
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary shall, subject to the availability of
appropriations, make grants to States to enable such States to
improve the quality, availability and organization of health care
and support services for individuals and families with HIV disease.
The authority of the Secretary to provide grants under this part is
subject to section 300ff-34(e)(2) (!1) of this title (relating to
the decrease in perinatal transmission of HIV disease).
(b) Priority for women, infants and children
(1) In general
For the purpose of providing health and support services to
infants, children, youth, and women with HIV disease, including
treatment measures to prevent the perinatal transmission of HIV,
a State shall for each of such populations use, of the funds
allocated under this part to the State for a fiscal year, not
less than the percentage constituted by the ratio of the
population involved (infants, children, youth, or women in the
State) with acquired immune deficiency syndrome to the general
population in the State of individuals with such syndrome.
(2) Waiver
With respect to the population involved, the Secretary may
provide to a State a waiver of the requirement of paragraph (1)
if the State demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary
that the population is receiving HIV-related health services
through the State medicaid program under title XIX of the Social
Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.], the State children's
health insurance program under title XXI of such Act [42 U.S.C.
1397aa et seq.], or other Federal or State programs.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2611, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 586; amended
Pub. L. 104-146, Secs. 3(c)(1), 7(b)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1353, 1368; Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1329.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-34(e)(2) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a),
was repealed by Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 211(1), Oct. 20,
2000, 114 Stat. 1339.
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act
Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Titles XIX and
XXI of the Act are classified generally to subchapters XIX (Sec.
1396 et seq.) and XXI (Sec. 1397aa et seq.), respectively, of
chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2611 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238j of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106-345 amended heading and text of
subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
"For the purpose of providing health and support services to
infants, children, and women with HIV disease, including treatment
measures to prevent the perinatal transmission of HIV, a State
shall use, of the funds allocated under this part to the State for
a fiscal year, not less than the percentage constituted by the
ratio of the population in the State of infants, children, and
women with acquired immune deficiency syndrome to the general
population in the State of individuals with such syndrome."
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(1), designated existing
provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec. (b).
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 7(b)(2), inserted at end "The
authority of the Secretary to provide grants under this part is
subject to section 300ff-34(e)(2) of this title (relating to the
decrease in perinatal transmission of HIV disease)."
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-12, 300ff-22,
300ff-27, 300ff-28 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-22 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-22. General use of grants
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
A State may use amounts provided under grants made under this
part -
(1) to provide the services described in section 300ff-14(b)(1)
of this title for individuals with HIV disease;
(2) to establish and operate HIV care consortia within areas
most affected by HIV disease that shall be designed to provide a
comprehensive continuum of care to individuals and families with
HIV disease in accordance with section 300ff-23 of this title;
(3) to provide home- and community-based care services for
individuals with HIV disease in accordance with section 300ff-24
of this title;
(4) to provide assistance to assure the continuity of health
insurance coverage for individuals with HIV disease in accordance
with section 300ff-25 of this title; and
(5) to provide therapeutics to treat HIV disease to individuals
with HIV disease in accordance with section 300ff-26 of this
title.
Services described in paragraph (1) shall be delivered through
consortia designed as described in paragraph (2), where such
consortia exist, unless the State demonstrates to the Secretary
that delivery of such services would be more effective when other
delivery mechanisms are used. In making a determination regarding
the delivery of services, the State shall consult with appropriate
representatives of service providers and recipients of services who
would be affected by such determination, and shall include in its
demonstration to the Secretary the findings of the State regarding
such consultation.
(b) Support services; outreach
The purposes for which a grant under this part may be used
include delivering or enhancing the following:
(1) Outpatient and ambulatory support services under section
300ff-21(a) of this title (including case management) to the
extent that such services facilitate, enhance, support, or
sustain the delivery, continuity, or benefits of health services
for individuals and families with HIV disease.
(2) Outreach activities that are intended to identify
individuals with HIV disease who know their HIV status and are
not receiving HIV-related services, and that are -
(A) necessary to implement the strategy under section
300ff-27(b)(4)(B) of this title, including activities
facilitating the access of such individuals to HIV-related
primary care services at entities described in subsection
(c)(1) of this section;
(B) conducted in a manner consistent with the requirement
under section (!1) 300ff-27(b)(6)(G) and 300ff-51(b)(2) of this
title; and
(C) supplement, and do not supplant, such activities that are
carried out with amounts appropriated under section 247b of
this title.
(c) Early intervention services
(1) In general
The purposes for which a grant under this part may be used
include providing to individuals with HIV disease early
intervention services described in section 300ff-51(b)(2) of this
title, with follow-up referral provided for the purpose of
facilitating the access of individuals receiving the services to
HIV-related health services. The entities through which such
services may be provided under the grant include public health
departments, emergency rooms, substance abuse and mental health
treatment programs, detoxification centers, detention facilities,
clinics regarding sexually transmitted diseases, homeless
shelters, HIV disease counseling and testing sites, health care
points of entry specified by States or eligible areas, federally
qualified health centers, and entities described in section
300ff-52(a) of this title that constitute a point of access to
services by maintaining referral relationships.
(2) Conditions
With respect to an entity that proposes to provide early
intervention services under paragraph (1), such paragraph applies
only if the entity demonstrates to the satisfaction of the State
involved that -
(A) Federal, State, or local funds are otherwise inadequate
for the early intervention services the entity proposes to
provide; and
(B) the entity will expend funds pursuant to such paragraph
to supplement and not supplant other funds available to the
entity for the provision of early intervention services for the
fiscal year involved.
(d) Quality management
(1) Requirement
Each State that receives a grant under this part shall provide
for the establishment of a quality management program to assess
the extent to which HIV health services provided to patients
under the grant are consistent with the most recent Public Health
Service guidelines for the treatment of HIV disease and related
opportunistic infection, and as applicable, to develop strategies
for ensuring that such services are consistent with the
guidelines for improvement in the access to and quality of HIV
health services.
(2) Use of funds
From amounts received under a grant awarded under this part for
a fiscal year, the State may (in addition to amounts to which
section 300ff-28(b)(5) of this title applies) use for activities
associated with the quality management program required in
paragraph (1) not more than the lesser of -
(A) 5 percent of amounts received under the grant; or
(B) $3,000,000.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2612, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 586; amended
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1354; Pub.
L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 202, title V, Sec. 503(b), Oct. 20,
2000, 114 Stat. 1330, 1355.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Another section 3(c)(2) of Pub. L. 104-146 amended section
300ff-23 of this title.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2612 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238k of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 202(1), designated existing
provisions as subsec. (a) and inserted heading.
Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 503(b), made technical
amendment to directory language of Pub. L. 104-146, Sec.
3(c)(2)(A)(iii). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 202(2), added subsecs.
(b) to (d).
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(A), as amended by Pub. L.
106-345, Sec. 503(b), struck out "(a) In general" before "A State
may use amounts", added par. (1), redesignated former pars. (1) to
(4) as (2) to (5), respectively, substituted "therapeutics to treat
HIV disease" for "treatments, that have been determined to prolong
life or prevent serious deterioration of health," in par. (5), and
inserted after par. (5) "Services described in paragraph (1) shall
be delivered through consortia designed as described in paragraph
(2), where such consortia exist, unless the State demonstrates to
the Secretary that delivery of such services would be more
effective when other delivery mechanisms are used. In making a
determination regarding the delivery of services, the State shall
consult with appropriate representatives of service providers and
recipients of services who would be affected by such determination,
and shall include in its demonstration to the Secretary the
findings of the State regarding such consultation."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(B), struck out heading
and text of subsec. (b). Text read as follows: "A State shall use
not less than 15 percent of funds allocated under this part to
provide health and support services to infants, children, women,
and families with HIV disease."
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-23, 300ff-24,
300ff-25, 300ff-26, 300ff-27, 300ff-29, 300ff-30, 300ff-51 of this
title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be "sections".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-23 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-23. Grants to establish HIV care consortia
-STATUTE-
(a) Consortia
A State may use amounts provided under a grant awarded under this
part to provide assistance under section 300ff-22(a)(1) (!1) of
this title to an entity that -
(1) is an association of one or more public, and one or more
nonprofit private,(!2) (or private for-profit providers or
organizations if such entities are the only available providers
of quality HIV care in the area) (!2) health care and support
service providers and community based organizations operating
within areas determined by the State to be most affected by HIV
disease; and
(2) agrees to use such assistance for the planning, development
and delivery, through the direct provision of services or through
entering into agreements with other entities for the provision of
such services, of comprehensive outpatient health and support
services for individuals with HIV disease, that may include -
(A) essential health services such as case management
services, medical, nursing, substance abuse treatment, mental
health treatment, and dental care, diagnostics, monitoring,
prophylactic treatment for opportunistic infections, treatment
education to take place in the context of health care delivery,
and medical follow-up services, mental health, developmental,
and rehabilitation services, home health and hospice care; and
(B) essential support services such as transportation
services, attendant care, homemaker services, day or respite
care, benefits advocacy, advocacy services provided through
public and nonprofit private entities, and services that are
incidental to the provision of health care services for
individuals with HIV disease including nutrition services,
housing referral services, and child welfare and family
services (including foster care and adoption services).
An entity or entities of the type described in this subsection
shall hereinafter be referred to in this subchapter as a
"consortium" or "consortia".
(b) Assurances
(1) Requirement
To receive assistance from a State under subsection (a) of this
section, an applicant consortium shall provide the State with
assurances that -
(A) within any locality in which such consortium is to
operate, the populations and subpopulations of individuals and
families with HIV disease have been identified by the
consortium, particularly those experiencing disparities in
access and services and those who reside in historically
underserved communities;
(B) the service plan established under subsection (c)(2) of
this section by such consortium is consistent with the
comprehensive plan under section 300ff-27(b)(4) of this title
and addresses the special care and service needs of the
populations and subpopulations identified under subparagraph
(A); and
(C) except as provided in paragraph (2), the consortium will
be a single coordinating entity that will integrate the
delivery of services among the populations and subpopulations
identified under subparagraph (A).
(2) Exception
Subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) shall not apply to any
applicant consortium that the State determines will operate in a
community or locality in which it has been demonstrated by the
applicant consortium that -
(A) subpopulations exist within the community to be served
that have unique service requirements; and
(B) such unique service requirements cannot be adequately and
efficiently addressed by a single consortium serving the entire
community or locality.
(c) Application
(1) In general
To receive assistance from the State under subsection (a) of
this section, a consortium shall prepare and submit to the State,
an application that -
(A) demonstrates that the consortium includes agencies and
community-based organizations -
(i) with a record of service to populations and
subpopulations with HIV disease requiring care within the
community to be served; and
(ii) that are representative of populations and
subpopulations reflecting the local incidence of HIV and that
are located in areas in which such populations reside;
(B) demonstrates that the consortium has carried out an
assessment of service needs within the geographic area to be
served and, after consultation with the entities described in
paragraph (2), has established a plan to ensure the delivery of
services to meet such identified needs that shall include -
(i) assurances that service needs will be addressed through
the coordination and expansion of existing programs before
new programs are created;
(ii) assurances that, in metropolitan areas, the geographic
area to be served by the consortium corresponds to the
geographic boundaries of local health and support services
delivery systems to the extent practicable;
(iii) assurances that, in the case of services for
individuals residing in rural areas, the applicant consortium
shall deliver case management services that link available
community support services to appropriate specialized medical
services; and
(iv) assurances that the assessment of service needs and
the planning of the delivery of services will include
participation by individuals with HIV disease;
(C) demonstrates that adequate planning has occurred to meet
the special needs of families with HIV disease, including
family centered and youth centered care;
(D) demonstrates that the consortium has created a mechanism
to evaluate periodically -
(i) the success of the consortium in responding to
identified needs; and
(ii) the cost-effectiveness of the mechanisms employed by
the consortium to deliver comprehensive care;
(E) demonstrates that the consortium will report to the State
the results of the evaluations described in subparagraph (D)
and shall make available to the State or the Secretary, on
request, such data and information on the program methodology
that may be required to perform an independent evaluation; and
(F) demonstrates that adequate planning occurred to address
disparities in access and services and historically underserved
communities.
(2) Consultation
In establishing the plan required under paragraph (1)(B), the
consortium shall consult with -
(A)(i) the public health agency that provides or supports
ambulatory and outpatient HIV-related health care services
within the geographic area to be served; or
(ii) in the case of a public health agency that does not
directly provide such HIV-related health care services such
agency shall consult with an entity or entities that directly
provide ambulatory and outpatient HIV-related health care
services within the geographic area to be served;
(B) not less than one community-based organization that is
organized solely for the purpose of providing HIV-related
support services to individuals with HIV disease;
(C) grantees under section 300ff-71 of this title, or, if
none are operating in the area, representatives in the area of
organizations with a history of serving children, youth, women,
and families living with HIV; and
(D) the types of entities described in section 300ff-12(b)(2)
of this title.
The organization to be consulted under subparagraph (B) shall be
at the discretion of the applicant consortium.
(d) "Family centered care" defined
As used in this part, the term "family centered care" means the
system of services described in this section that is targeted
specifically to the special needs of infants, children, women, and
families. Family centered care shall be based on a partnership
between parents, professionals, and the community designed to
ensure an integrated, coordinated, culturally sensitive, and
community-based continuum of care for children, women, and families
with HIV disease.
(e) Priority
In providing assistance under subsection (a) of this section, the
State shall, among applicants that meet the requirements of this
section, give priority -
(1) first to consortia that are receiving assistance from the
Health Resources and Services Administration for adult and
pediatric HIV-related care demonstration projects; and then
(2) to any other existing HIV care consortia.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2613, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 586; amended
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1354; Pub.
L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 203, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1331.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-22 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was
amended by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(A)(i), (ii), May 20, 1996,
110 Stat. 1354, and Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 202(1), Oct.
20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1330, and as so amended, provisions formerly
contained in section 300ff-22(a)(1) are now contained in section
300ff-22(a)(2).
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Another section 3(c)(2) of Pub. L. 104-146 amended section
300ff-22 of this title.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2613 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238l of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 203(1)(A),
inserted ", particularly those experiencing disparities in access
and services and those who reside in historically underserved
communities" before semicolon.
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 203(1)(B), inserted "is
consistent with the comprehensive plan under section 300ff-27(b)(4)
of this title and" after "by such consortium".
Subsec. (c)(1)(F). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 203(2), added subpar.
(F).
Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 203(3), added subpar.
(D).
1996 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(A)(i),
inserted "(or private for-profit providers or organizations if such
entities are the only available providers of quality HIV care in
the area)" after "nonprofit private,".
Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(A)(ii), inserted
"substance abuse treatment, mental health treatment," after
"nursing," and "prophylactic treatment for opportunistic
infections, treatment education to take place in the context of
health care delivery," after "monitoring,".
Subsec. (c)(1)(C). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(B)(i), inserted
"and youth centered" after "family centered".
Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(B)(ii), added
subpar. (C).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-22, 300ff-28 of
this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
(!2) So in original. The comma probably should follow
parenthetical phrase.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-24 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-24. Grants for home- and community-based care
-STATUTE-
(a) Uses
A State may use amounts provided under a grant awarded under this
part to make grants under section 300ff-22(a)(2) (!1) of this title
to entities to -
(1) provide home- and community-based health services for
individuals with HIV disease pursuant to written plans of care
prepared by a case management team, that shall include
appropriate health care professionals, in such State for
providing such services to such individuals;
(2) provide outreach services to individuals with HIV disease,
including those individuals in rural areas; and
(3) provide for the coordination of the provision of services
under this section with the provision of HIV-related health
services provided by public and private entities.
(b) Priority
In awarding grants under subsection (a) of this section, a State
shall give priority to entities that provide assurances to the
State that -
(1) such entities will participate in HIV care consortia if
such consortia exist within the State; and
(2) such entities will utilize amounts provided under such
grants for the provision of home- and community-based services to
low-income individuals with HIV disease.
(c) "Home- and community-based health services" defined
As used in this part, the term "home- and community-based health
services" -
(1) means, with respect to an individual with HIV disease,
skilled health services furnished to the individual in the
individual's home pursuant to a written plan of care established
by a case management team, that shall include appropriate health
care professionals, for the provision of such services and items
described in paragraph (2);
(2) includes -
(A) durable medical equipment;
(B) homemaker or home health aide services and personal care
services furnished in the home of the individual;
(C) day treatment or other partial hospitalization services;
(D) home intravenous and aerosolized drug therapy (including
prescription drugs administered as part of such therapy);
(E) routine diagnostic testing administered in the home of
the individual; and
(F) appropriate mental health, developmental, and
rehabilitation services; and
(3) does not include -
(A) inpatient hospital services; and
(B) nursing home and other long term care facilities.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2614, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 589.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-22 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was
amended by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(A)(i), (ii), May 20, 1996,
110 Stat. 1354, and Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 202(1), Oct.
20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1330, and as so amended, provisions formerly
contained in section 300ff-22(a)(2) are now contained in section
300ff-22(a)(3).
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2614 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238m of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ff-22 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-25 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-25. Continuum of health insurance coverage
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
A State may use amounts received under a grant awarded under this
part to establish a program of financial assistance under section
300ff-22(a)(3) (!1) of this title to assist eligible low-income
individuals with HIV disease in -
(1) maintaining a continuity of health insurance; or
(2) receiving medical benefits under a health insurance
program, including risk-pools.
(b) Limitations
Assistance shall not be utilized under subsection (a) of this
section -
(1) to pay any costs associated with the creation,
capitalization, or administration of a liability risk pool (other
than those costs paid on behalf of individuals as part of premium
contributions to existing liability risk pools); and
(2) to pay any amount expended by a State under title XIX of
the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.].
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2615, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 590.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-22 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was
amended by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(A)(i), (ii), May 20, 1996,
110 Stat. 1354, and Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 202(1), Oct.
20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1330, and as so amended, provisions formerly
contained in section 300ff-22(a)(3) are now contained in section
300ff-22(a)(4).
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act
Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Title XIX of the
Social Security Act is classified generally to subchapter XIX (Sec.
1396 et seq.) of chapter 7 of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this
title and Tables.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-22, 300ff-27 of
this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-26 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-26. Provision of treatments
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
A State shall use a portion of the amounts provided under a grant
awarded under this part to establish a program under section
300ff-22(a)(5) of this title to provide therapeutics to treat HIV
disease or prevent the serious deterioration of health arising from
HIV disease in eligible individuals, including measures for the
prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections.
(b) Eligible individual
To be eligible to receive assistance from a State under this
section an individual shall -
(1) have a medical diagnosis of HIV disease; and
(2) be a low-income individual, as defined by the State.
(c) State duties
In carrying out this section the State shall -
(1) determine, in accordance with guidelines issued by the
Secretary, which treatments are eligible to be included under the
program established under this section;
(2) provide assistance for the purchase of treatments
determined to be eligible under paragraph (1), and the provision
of such ancillary devices that are essential to administer such
treatments;
(3) provide outreach to individuals with HIV disease, and as
appropriate to the families of such individuals;
(4) facilitate access to treatments for such individuals;
(5) document the progress made in making therapeutics described
in subsection (a) of this section available to individuals
eligible for assistance under this section; and
(6) encourage, support, and enhance adherence to and compliance
with treatment regimens, including related medical monitoring.
Of the amount reserved by a State for a fiscal year for use under
this section, the State may not use more than 5 percent to carry
out services under paragraph (6), except that the percentage
applicable with respect to such paragraph is 10 percent if the
State demonstrates to the Secretary that such additional services
are essential and in no way diminish access to the therapeutics
described in subsection (a) of this section.
(d) Duties of Secretary
In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall review the
current status of State drug reimbursement programs established
under section 300ff-22(2) (!1) of this title and assess barriers to
the expanded availability of the treatments described in subsection
(a) of this section. The Secretary shall also examine the extent to
which States coordinate with other grantees under this subchapter
to reduce barriers to the expanded availability of the treatments
described in subsection (a) of this section.
(e) Use of health insurance and plans
(1) In general
In carrying out subsection (a) of this section, a State may
expend a grant under this part to provide the therapeutics
described in such subsection by paying on behalf of individuals
with HIV disease the costs of purchasing or maintaining health
insurance or plans whose coverage includes a full range of such
therapeutics and appropriate primary care services.
(2) Limitation
The authority established in paragraph (1) applies only to the
extent that, for the fiscal year involved, the costs of the
health insurance or plans to be purchased or maintained under
such paragraph do not exceed the costs of otherwise providing
therapeutics described in subsection (a) of this section.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2616, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 590; amended
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1355; Pub.
L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 204, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1332.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-22(2) of this title, referred to in subsec. (d),
was redesignated section 300ff-22(a)(2) of this title by Pub. L.
106-345, title II, Sec. 202(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1330.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 204(a), added par. (6)
and concluding provisions.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 204(b), added subsec. (e).
1996 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(3)(A), substituted
"shall use a portion of the amounts" for "may use amounts" and
"section 300ff-22(a)(5) of this title to provide therapeutics to
treat HIV disease" for "section 300ff-22(a)(4) of this title to
provide treatments that have been determined to prolong life" and
inserted before period ", including measures for the prevention and
treatment of opportunistic infections".
Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(3)(B), added par. (5).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(3)(C), added subsec. (d).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-22, 300ff-28 of
this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-27 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-27. State application
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary shall not make a grant to a State under this part
for a fiscal year unless the State prepares and submits, to the
Secretary, an application at such time, in such form, and
containing such agreements, assurances, and information as the
Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this part.
(b) Description of intended uses and agreements
The application submitted under subsection (a) of this section
shall contain -
(1) a detailed description of the HIV-related services provided
in the State to individuals and families with HIV disease during
the year preceding the year for which the grant is requested, and
the number of individuals and families receiving such services,
that shall include -
(A) a description of the types of programs operated or funded
by the State for the provision of HIV-related services during
the year preceding the year for which the grant is requested
and the methods utilized by the State to finance such programs;
(B) an accounting of the amount of funds that the State has
expended for such services and programs during the year
preceding the year for which the grant is requested; and
(C) information concerning -
(i) the number of individuals to be served with assistance
provided under the grant;
(ii) demographic data on the population of the individuals
to be served;
(iii) the average cost of providing each category of
HIV-related health services and the extent to which such cost
is paid by third-party payors; and
(iv) the aggregate amounts expended for each such category
of services;
(2) a determination of the size and demographics of the
population of individuals with HIV disease in the State;
(3) a determination of the needs of such population, with
particular attention to -
(A) individuals with HIV disease who know their HIV status
and are not receiving HIV-related services; and
(B) disparities in access and services among affected
subpopulations and historically underserved communities;
(4) a comprehensive plan that describes the organization and
delivery of HIV health care and support services to be funded
with assistance received under this part that shall include a
description of the purposes for which the State intends to use
such assistance, and that -
(A) establishes priorities for the allocation of funds within
the State based on -
(i) size and demographics of the population of individuals
with HIV disease (as determined under paragraph (2)) and the
needs of such population (as determined under paragraph (3));
(ii) availability of other governmental and
non-governmental resources, including the State medicaid plan
under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et
seq.] and the State Children's Health Insurance Program under
title XXI of such Act [42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.] to cover
health care costs of eligible individuals and families with
HIV disease;
(iii) capacity development needs resulting from disparities
in the availability of HIV-related services in historically
underserved communities and rural communities; and
(iv) the efficiency of the administrative mechanism of the
State for rapidly allocating funds to the areas of greatest
need within the State;
(B) includes a strategy for identifying individuals who know
their HIV status and are not receiving such services and for
informing the individuals of and enabling the individuals to
utilize the services, giving particular attention to
eliminating disparities in access and services among affected
subpopulations and historically underserved communities, and
including discrete goals, a timetable, and an appropriate
allocation of funds;
(C) includes a strategy to coordinate the provision of such
services with programs for HIV prevention (including outreach
and early intervention) and for the prevention and treatment of
substance abuse (including programs that provide comprehensive
treatment services for such abuse);
(D) describes the services and activities to be provided and
an explanation of the manner in which the elements of the
program to be implemented by the State with such assistance
will maximize the quality of health and support services
available to individuals with HIV disease throughout the State;
(E) provides a description of the manner in which services
funded with assistance provided under this part will be
coordinated with other available related services for
individuals with HIV disease; and
(F) provides a description of how the allocation and
utilization of resources are consistent with the statewide
coordinated statement of need (including traditionally
underserved populations and subpopulations) developed in
partnership with other grantees in the State that receive
funding under this subchapter; and (!1)
(5) an assurance that the public health agency administering
the grant for the State will periodically convene a meeting of
individuals with HIV disease, representatives of grantees under
each part under this subchapter, providers, and public agency
representatives for the purpose of developing a statewide
coordinated statement of need; and
(6) an assurance by the State that -
(A) the public health agency that is administering the grant
for the State engages in a public advisory planning process,
including public hearings, that includes the participants under
paragraph (5), and the types of entities described in section
300ff-12(b)(2) of this title, in developing the comprehensive
plan under paragraph (4) and commenting on the implementation
of such plan;
(B) the State will -
(i) to the maximum extent practicable, ensure that
HIV-related health care and support services delivered
pursuant to a program established with assistance provided
under this part will be provided without regard to the
ability of the individual to pay for such services and
without regard to the current or past health condition of the
individual with HIV disease;
(ii) ensure that such services will be provided in a
setting that is accessible to low-income individuals with HIV
disease;
(iii) provide outreach to low-income individuals with HIV
disease to inform such individuals of the services available
under this part; and
(iv) in the case of a State that intends to use amounts
provided under the grant for purposes described in section
300ff-25 of this title, submit a plan to the Secretary that
demonstrates that the State has established a program that
assures that -
(I) such amounts will be targeted to individuals who
would not otherwise be able to afford health insurance
coverage; and
(II) income, asset, and medical expense criteria will be
established and applied by the State to identify those
individuals who qualify for assistance under such program,
and information concerning such criteria shall be made
available to the public;
(C) the State will provide for periodic independent peer
review to assess the quality and appropriateness of health and
support services provided by entities that receive funds from
the State under this part;
(D) the State will permit and cooperate with any Federal
investigations undertaken regarding programs conducted under
this part;
(E) the State will maintain HIV-related activities at a level
that is equal to not less than the level of such expenditures
by the State for the 1-year period preceding the fiscal year
for which the State is applying to receive a grant under this
part;
(F) the State will ensure that grant funds are not utilized
to make payments for any item or service to the extent that
payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be
made, with respect to that item or service -
(i) under any State compensation program, under an
insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health
benefits program; or
(ii) by an entity that provides health services on a
prepaid basis; and
(G) entities within areas in which activities under the grant
are carried out will maintain appropriate relationships with
entities in the area served that constitute key points of
access to the health care system for individuals with HIV
disease (including emergency rooms, substance abuse treatment
programs, detoxification centers, adult and juvenile detention
facilities, sexually transmitted disease clinics, HIV
counseling and testing sites, mental health programs, and
homeless shelters), and other entities under section (!2)
300ff-22(c) and 300ff-52(a) of this title, for the purpose of
facilitating early intervention for individuals newly diagnosed
with HIV disease and individuals knowledgeable of their HIV
status but not in care.
(c) Requirements regarding imposition of charges for services
(1) In general
The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff-21 of
this title to a State unless the State provides assurances that
in the provision of services with assistance provided under the
grant -
(A) in the case of individuals with an income less than or
equal to 100 percent of the official poverty line, the provider
will not impose charges on any such individual for the
provision of services under the grant;
(B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
100 percent of the official poverty line, the provider -
(i) will impose charges on each such individual for the
provision of such services; and
(ii) will impose charges according to a schedule of charges
that is made available to the public;
(C) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
100 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 200
percent of such poverty line, the provider will not, for any
calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 5 percent
of the annual gross income of the individual involved;
(D) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
200 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 300
percent of such poverty line, the provider will not, for any
calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 7 percent
of the annual gross income of the individual involved; and
(E) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
300 percent of the official poverty line, the provider will
not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount
exceeding 10 percent of the annual gross income of the
individual involved.
(2) Assessment of charge
With respect to compliance with the assurance made under
paragraph (1), a grantee under this part may, in the case of
individuals subject to a charge for purposes of such paragraph -
(A) assess the amount of the charge in the discretion of the
grantee, including imposing only a nominal charge for the
provision of services, subject to the provisions of such
paragraph regarding public schedules regarding limitation on
the maximum amount of charges; and
(B) take into consideration the medical expenses of
individuals in assessing the amount of the charge, subject to
such provisions.
(3) Applicability of limitation on amount of charge
The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff-21 of
this title unless the applicant of the grant agrees that the
limitations established in subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) of
paragraph (1) regarding the imposition of charges for services
applies to the annual aggregate of charges imposed for such
services, without regard to whether they are characterized as
enrollment fees, premiums, deductibles, cost sharing, copayments,
coinsurance, or other charges.
(4) Waiver
(A) In general
The State shall waive the requirements established in
paragraphs (1) through (3) in the case of an entity that does
not, in providing health care services, impose a charge or
accept reimbursement from any third-party payor, including
reimbursement under any insurance policy or under any Federal
or State health benefits program.
(B) Determination
A determination by the State of whether an entity referred to
in subparagraph (A) meets the criteria for a waiver under such
subparagraph shall be made without regard to whether the entity
accepts voluntary donations regarding the provision of services
to the public.
(d) Requirement of matching funds regarding State allotments
(1) In general
In the case of any State to which the criterion described in
paragraph (3) applies, the Secretary may not make a grant under
this part unless the State agrees that, with respect to the costs
to be incurred by the State in carrying out the program for which
the grant was awarded, the State will, subject to subsection
(b)(2) (!3) of this section, make available (directly or through
donations from public or private entities) non-Federal
contributions toward such costs in an amount equal to -
(A) for the first fiscal year of payments under the grant,
not less than 16 2/3 percent of such costs ($1 for each $5 of
Federal funds provided in the grant);
(B) for any second fiscal year of such payments, not less
than 20 percent of such costs ($1 for each $4 of Federal funds
provided in the grant);
(C) for any third fiscal year of such payments, not less than
25 percent of such costs ($1 for each $3 of Federal funds
provided in the grant);
(D) for any fourth fiscal year of such payments, not less
than 33 1/3 percent of such costs ($1 for each $2 of Federal
funds provided in the grant); and
(E) for any subsequent fiscal year of such payments, not less
than 33 1/3 percent of such costs ($1 for each $2 of Federal
funds provided in the grant).
(2) Determination of amount of non-Federal contribution
(A) In general
Non-Federal contributions required in paragraph (1) may be in
cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment,
or services. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, and
any portion of any service subsidized by the Federal
Government, may not be included in determining the amount of
such non-Federal contributions.
(B) Inclusion of certain amounts
(i) In making a determination of the amount of non-Federal
contributions made by a State for purposes of paragraph (1),
the Secretary shall, subject to clause (ii), include any
non-Federal contributions provided by the State for HIV-related
services, without regard to whether the contributions are made
for programs established pursuant to this subchapter;
(ii) In making a determination for purposes of clause (i),
the Secretary may not include any non-Federal contributions
provided by the State as a condition of receiving Federal funds
under any program under this subchapter (except for the program
established in this part) or under other provisions of law.
(3) Applicability of requirement
(A) Number of cases
A State referred to in paragraph (1) is any State for which
the number of cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome
reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention for the period described in
subparagraph (B) constitutes in excess of 1 percent of the
aggregate number of such cases reported to and confirmed by the
Director for such period for the United States.
(B) Period of time
The period referred to in subparagraph (A) is the 2-year
period preceding the fiscal year for which the State involved
is applying to receive a grant under subsection (a) of this
section.
(C) Puerto Rico
For purposes of paragraph (1), the number of cases of
acquired immune deficiency syndrome reported and confirmed for
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for any fiscal year shall be
deemed to be less than 1 percent.
(4) Diminished State contribution
With respect to a State that does not make available the entire
amount of the non-Federal contribution referred to in paragraph
(1), the State shall continue to be eligible to receive Federal
funds under a grant under this part, except that the Secretary in
providing Federal funds under the grant shall provide such funds
(in accordance with the ratios prescribed in paragraph (1)) only
with respect to the amount of funds contributed by such State.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2617, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 590; amended
Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(29), Oct. 27, 1992, 106
Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104-146, Secs. 3(c)(4), 12(c)(3), May 20, 1996,
110 Stat. 1355, 1373; Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 205, Oct. 20,
2000, 114 Stat. 1332.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(4)(A)(ii), is
act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Titles XIX
and XXI of the Act are classified generally to subchapters XIX
(Sec. 1396 et seq.) and XXI (Sec. 1397aa et seq.), respectively, of
chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.
Subsection (b)(2) of this section, referred to in subsec. (d)(1),
was redesignated subsec. (b)(4) by Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec.
205(a)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1332.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(2),
added pars. (2) and (3). Former pars. (2) and (3) redesignated (4)
and (5), respectively.
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(3)(A), (B), in
introductory provisions substituted "comprehensive plan that
describes the organization" for "comprehensive plan for the
organization" and ", and that - " for ", including - ".
Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(1), redesignated par. (2) as (4).
Former par. (4) redesignated (6).
Subsec. (b)(4)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(3)(D),
which directed the amendment of par. (4) by adding subpars. (A) to
(C) "before subparagraph (C)", was executed by adding them before
subpar. (D), to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Former
subpars. (A) to (C) redesignated (D) to (F), respectively.
Subsec. (b)(4)(D). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(3)(C), (E),
redesignated subpar. (A) as (D) and inserted "describes" before
"the services and activities".
Subsec. (b)(4)(E). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(3)(C), (F),
redesignated subpar. (B) as (E) and inserted "provides" before "a
description".
Subsec. (b)(4)(F). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(3)(C), (G),
redesignated subpar. (C) as (F) and inserted "provides" before "a
description".
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(1), (b)(1),
redesignated par. (3) as (5) and substituted "HIV disease" for
"HIV".
Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(a)(1), redesignated
par. (4) as (6).
Subsec. (b)(6)(A). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(b)(2), amended
subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as
follows: "the public health agency that is administering the grant
for the State will conduct public hearings concerning the proposed
use and distribution of the assistance to be received under this
part;".
Subsec. (b)(6)(G). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 205(c), added subpar.
(G).
1996 - Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(4)(A), added
subpar. (C).
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(4)(C), added par. (3).
Former par. (3) redesignated (4).
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(4)(B), redesignated
par. (3) as (4).
Subsec. (b)(4)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(3), which
directed amendment of par. (3)(B)(iv) by inserting "section" before
"300ff-25", was executed by making the amendment in par. (4)(B)(iv)
to reflect the probable intent of Congress and the redesignation of
par. (3) as (4) by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(4)(B). See above.
1992 - Subsec. (d)(3)(A). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease
Control".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-12, 300ff-22,
300ff-23, 300ff-30 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. The word "and" probably should not appear.
(!2) So in original. Probably should be "sections".
(!3) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-27a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-27a. Spousal notification
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall not make a grant
under part B of title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act (42
U.S.C. 300ff-21 et seq.) to any State unless such State takes
administrative or legislative action to require that a good faith
effort be made to notify a spouse of a known HIV-infected patient
that such spouse may have been exposed to the human
immunodeficiency virus and should seek testing.
(b) Definitions
For purposes of this section:
(1) Spouse
The term "spouse" means any individual who is the marriage
partner of an HIV-infected patient, or who has been the marriage
partner of that patient at any time within the 10-year period
prior to the diagnosis of HIV infection.
(2) HIV-infected patient
The term "HIV-infected patient" means any individual who has
been diagnosed to be infected with the human immunodeficiency
virus.
(3) State
The term "State" means any of the 50 States, the District of
Columbia, or any territory of the United States.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 8, May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1372.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Public Health Service Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act
July 1, 1944, ch. 373, 58 Stat. 682, as amended. Part B of title
XXVI of the Act is classified generally to this part. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set
out under section 201 of this title and Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments
of 1996, and not as part of the Public Health Service Act which
comprises this chapter.
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L.
104-146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under
section 300ff-11 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-28 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-28. Distribution of funds
-STATUTE-
(a) Amount of grant to State
(1) Minimum allotment
Subject to the extent of amounts made available under section
300ff-77 of this title, the amount of a grant to be made under
this part for -
(A) each of the several States and the District of Columbia
for a fiscal year shall be the greater of -
(i)(I) with respect to a State or District that has less
than 90 living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome,
as determined under paragraph (2)(D), $200,000; or
(II) with respect to a State or District that has 90 or
more living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome, as
determined under paragraph (2)(D), $500,000;
(ii) an amount determined under paragraph (2) and then, as
applicable, increased under paragraph (2)(H); and
(B) each territory of the United States, as defined in
paragraph (3), shall be the greater of $50,000 or an amount
determined under paragraph (2).
(2) Determination
(A) Formula
The amount referred to in paragraph (1)(A)(ii) for a State
and paragraph (1)(B) for a territory of the United States shall
be the product of -
(i) an amount equal to the amount appropriated under
section 300ff-77 of this title for the fiscal year involved
for grants under this part, subject to subparagraphs (H) and
(I); and
(ii) the percentage constituted by the sum of -
(I) the product of .80 and the ratio of the State
distribution factor for the State or territory (as
determined under subsection (B)) to the sum of the
respective State distribution factors for all States or
territories; and
(II) the product of .20 and the ratio of the non-EMA
distribution factor for the State or territory (as
determined under subparagraph (C)) to the sum of the
respective distribution factors for all States or
territories.
(B) State distribution factor
For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii)(I), the term "State
distribution factor" means an amount equal to the estimated
number of living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome
in the eligible area involved, as determined under subparagraph
(D).
(C) Non-EMA distribution factor
For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii)(II), the term "non-ema
(!1) distribution factor" means an amount equal to the sum of -
(i) the estimated number of living cases of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome in the State or territory involved, as
determined under subparagraph (D); less
(ii) the estimated number of living cases of acquired
immune deficiency syndrome in such State or territory that
are within an eligible area (as determined under part A of
this subchapter).
(D) Estimate of living cases
The amount determined in this subparagraph is an amount equal
to the product of -
(i) the number of cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome in the State or territory during each year in the
most recent 120-month period for which data are available
with respect to all States and territories, as indicated by
the number of such cases reported to and confirmed by the
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
for each year during such period, except that (subject to
subparagraph (E)), for grants made pursuant to this paragraph
or section 300ff-30 of this title for fiscal year 2005 and
subsequent fiscal years, the cases counted for each 12-month
period beginning on or after July 1, 2004, shall be cases of
HIV disease (as reported to and confirmed by such Director)
rather than cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome; and
(ii) with respect to each of the first through the tenth
year during such period, the amount referred to in section
300ff-13(a)(3)(C)(ii) of this title.
(E) Determination of Secretary regarding data on HIV cases
If under section 300ff-13(a)(3)(D)(i) of this title the
Secretary determines that data on cases of HIV disease are not
sufficiently accurate and reliable, then notwithstanding
subparagraph (D) of this paragraph, for any fiscal year prior
to fiscal year 2007 the references in such subparagraph to
cases of HIV disease do not have any legal effect.
(F) Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, Guam
For purposes of subparagraph (D), the cost index for Puerto
Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam shall be 1.0.
(G) Unexpended funds
The Secretary may, in determining the amount of a grant for a
fiscal year under this subsection, adjust the grant amount to
reflect the amount of unexpended and uncanceled grant funds
remaining at the end of the fiscal year preceding the year for
which the grant determination is to be made. The amount of any
such unexpended funds shall be determined using the financial
status report of the grantee.
(H) Limitation
(i) In general
The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of a grant
awarded to a State or territory under section 300ff-21 of
this title or subparagraph (I)(i) for a fiscal year is not
less than -
(I) with respect to fiscal year 2001, 99 percent;
(II) with respect to fiscal year 2002, 98 percent;
(III) with respect to fiscal year 2003, 97 percent;
(IV) with respect to fiscal year 2004, 96 percent; and
(V) with respect to fiscal year 2005, 95 percent,
of the amount such State or territory received for fiscal
year 2000 under section 300ff-21 of this title or
subparagraph (I)(i), respectively (notwithstanding such
subparagraph). In administering this subparagraph, the
Secretary shall, with respect to States or territories that
will under such section receive grants in amounts that exceed
the amounts that such States received under such section or
subparagraph for fiscal year 2000, proportionally reduce such
amounts to ensure compliance with this subparagraph. In
making such reductions, the Secretary shall ensure that no
such State receives less than that State received for fiscal
year 2000.
(ii) Ratable reduction
If the amount appropriated under section 300ff-77 of this
title for a fiscal year and available for grants under
section 300ff-21 of this title or subparagraph (I)(i) is less
than the amount appropriated and available for fiscal year
2000 under section 300ff-21 of this title or subparagraph
(I)(i), respectively, the limitation contained in clause (i)
for the grants involved shall be reduced by a percentage
equal to the percentage of the reduction in such amounts
appropriated and available.
(I) Appropriations for treatment drug program
(i) Formula grants
With respect to the fiscal year involved, if under section
300ff-77 of this title an appropriations Act provides an
amount exclusively for carrying out section 300ff-26 of this
title, the portion of such amount allocated to a State shall
be the product of -
(I) 100 percent of such amount, less the percentage
reserved under clause (ii)(V); and
(II) the percentage constituted by the ratio of the State
distribution factor for the State (as determined under
subparagraph (B)) to the sum of the State distribution
factors for all States.
(ii) Supplemental treatment drug grants
(I) In general
From amounts made available under subclause (V), the
Secretary shall make supplemental grants to States
described in subclause (II) to enable such States to
increase access to therapeutics described in section
300ff-26(a) of this title, as provided by the State under
section 300ff-26(c)(2) of this title.
(II) Eligible States
For purposes of subclause (I), a State described in this
subclause is a State that, in accordance with criteria
established by the Secretary, demonstrates a severe need
for a grant under such subclause. In developing such
criteria, the Secretary shall consider eligibility
standards, formulary composition, and the number of
eligible individuals at or below 200 percent of the
official poverty line to whom the State is unable to
provide therapeutics described in section 300ff-26(a) of
this title.
(III) State requirements
The Secretary may not make a grant to a State under this
clause unless the State agrees that -
(aa) the State will make available (directly or through
donations from public or private entities) non-Federal
contributions toward the activities to be carried out
under the grant in an amount equal to $1 for each $4 of
Federal funds provided in the grant; and
(bb) the State will not impose eligibility requirements
for services or scope of benefits limitations under
section 300ff-26(a) of this title that are more
restrictive than such requirements in effect as of
January 1, 2000.
(IV) Use and coordination
Amounts made available under a grant under this clause
shall only be used by the State to provide HIV/AIDS-related
medications. The State shall coordinate the use of such
amounts with the amounts otherwise provided under section
300ff-26(a) of this title in order to maximize drug
coverage.
(V) Funding
For the purpose of making grants under this clause, the
Secretary shall each fiscal year reserve 3 percent of the
amount referred to in clause (i) with respect to section
300ff-26 of this title, subject to subclause (VI).
(VI) Limitation
In reserving amounts under subclause (V) and making
grants under this clause for a fiscal year, the Secretary
shall ensure for each State that the total of the grant
under section 300ff-21 of this title for the State for the
fiscal year and the grant under clause (i) for the State
for the fiscal year is not less than such total for the
State for the preceding fiscal year.
(3) Definitions
As used in this subsection -
(A) the term "State" means each of the 50 States, the
District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Virgin Islands, and Guam; and
(B) the term "territory of the United States" means,(!2)
American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated
States of Micronesia, and the Republic of Palau, and only for
purposes of paragraph (1) the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
(b) Allocation of assistance by States
(1) Repealed. Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(5)(A), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1355
(2) Allowances
Prior to allocating assistance under this subsection, a State
shall consider the unmet needs of those areas that have not
received financial assistance under part A of this subchapter.
(3) Planning and evaluations
Subject to paragraph (5) and except as provided in paragraph
(6), a State may not use more than 10 percent of amounts received
under a grant awarded under this part for planning and evaluation
activities.
(4) Administration
(A) In general
Subject to paragraph (5) and except as provided in paragraph
(6), a State may not use more than 10 percent of amounts
received under a grant awarded under this part for
administration. In the case of entities and subcontractors to
which the State allocates amounts received by the State under
the grant (including consortia under section 300ff-23 of this
title), the State shall ensure that, of the aggregate amount so
allocated, the total of the expenditures by such entities for
administrative expenses does not exceed 10 percent (without
regard to whether particular entities expend more than 10
percent for such expenses).
(B) Administrative activities
For the purposes of subparagraph (A), amounts may be used for
administrative activities that include routine grant
administration and monitoring activities.
(C) Subcontractor administrative costs
For the purposes of this paragraph, subcontractor
administrative activities include -
(i) usual and recognized overhead, including established
indirect rates for agencies;
(ii) management oversight of specific programs funded under
this subchapter; and
(iii) other types of program support such as quality
assurance, quality control, and related activities.
(5) Limitation on use of funds
Except as provided in paragraph (6), a State may not use more
than a total of 15 percent of amounts received under a grant
awarded under this part for the purposes described in paragraphs
(3) and (4).
(6) Exception
With respect to a State that receives the minimum allotment
under subsection (a)(1) of this section for a fiscal year, such
State, from the amounts received under a grant awarded under this
part for such fiscal year for the activities described in
paragraphs (3) and (4), may, notwithstanding paragraphs (3), (4),
and (5), use not more than that amount required to support one
full-time-equivalent employee.
(7) Construction
A State may not use amounts received under a grant awarded
under this part to purchase or improve land, or to purchase,
construct, or permanently improve (other than minor remodeling)
any building or other facility, or to make cash payments to
intended recipients of services.
(c) Expedited distribution
(1) In general
Not less than 75 percent of the amounts received under a grant
awarded to a State under this part shall be obligated to specific
programs and projects and made available for expenditure not
later than -
(A) in the case of the first fiscal year for which amounts
are received, 150 days after the receipt of such amounts by the
State; and
(B) in the case of succeeding fiscal years, 120 days after
the receipt of such amounts by the State.
(2) Public comment
Within the time periods referred to in paragraph (1), the State
shall invite and receive public comment concerning methods for
the utilization of such amounts.
(d) Reallocation
Any amounts appropriated in any fiscal year and made available to
a State under this part that have not been obligated as described
in subsection (d) (!3) of this section shall be repaid to the
Secretary and reallotted to other States in proportion to the
original grants made to such States.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2618, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 595; amended
Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(30), Oct. 27, 1992, 106
Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104-146, Secs. 3(c)(5), (g)(2), 5, 6(c)(3), May
20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1355, 1363, 1365, 1368; Pub. L. 105-392, title
IV, Sec. 417, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3591; Pub. L. 106-345, title
II, Sec. 206, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1334.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Subsection (d) of this section, referred to in subsec. (d), was
redesignated subsection (c) by Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec.
206(a)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1334.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(a)(1), redesignated
subsec. (b) as (a).
Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(i). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(a)(2),
substituted "$200,000" for "$100,000" in subcl. (I) and "$500,000"
for "$250,000" in subcl. (II).
Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(c)(1), inserted
"and then, as applicable, increased under paragraph (2)(H)" before
semicolon.
Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(d), inserted "the
greater of $50,000 or" after "shall be".
Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(c)(2)(A),
substituted "subparagraphs (H) and (I)" for "subparagraph (H)".
Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(i). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(b)(1), inserted
before semicolon ", except that (subject to subparagraph (E)), for
grants made pursuant to this paragraph or section 300ff-30 of this
title for fiscal year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years, the cases
counted for each 12-month period beginning on or after July 1,
2004, shall be cases of HIV disease (as reported to and confirmed
by such Director) rather than cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome".
Subsec. (a)(2)(E) to (G). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(b)(2), (3),
added subpar. (E) and redesignated former subpars. (E) and (F) as
(F) and (G), respectively. Former subpar. (G) redesignated (H).
Subsec. (a)(2)(H). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(c)(2)(B), amended
heading and text of subpar. (H) generally. Prior to amendment, text
related to limitations on the amount of a grant awarded for fiscal
years 1996 to 2000 to a State or territory under this part in
relation to the amount received by the State or territory for
fiscal year 1995.
Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(b)(2), redesignated subpar. (G) as (H).
Former subpar. (H) redesignated (I).
Subsec. (a)(2)(I). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(e), reenacted
heading without change, designated existing provisions as cl. (i),
inserted cl. (i) heading, redesignated former cls. (i) and (ii) as
subcls. (I) and (II), respectively, in subcl. (I) inserted ", less
the percentage reserved under clause (ii)(V)" before semicolon, and
added cl. (ii).
Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(b)(2), redesignated subpar. (H) as (I).
Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(f), substituted "the
Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of
Micronesia, and the Republic of Palau, and only for purposes of
paragraph (1) the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico" for "and the
Republic of the Marshall Islands".
Subsecs. (b) to (e). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 206(a)(1),
redesignated subsecs. (c) to (e) as (b) to (d), respectively.
1998 - Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 105-392, Sec. 417(1),
substituted ", the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands,
and Guam" for "and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico".
Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 105-392, Sec. 417(2), struck out "the
Virgin Islands, Guam" after "means".
1996 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(g)(2), struck out
subsec. (a) which related to special projects of national
significance.
Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 6(c)(3)(A), which directed
amendment of subsec. (a)(1) by substituting "section 300ff-77" for
"section 300ff-30", could not be executed because of the repeal of
subsec. (a) by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(g)(2). See above.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 6(c)(3)(B), which directed
amendment of subsec. (b)(1) by substituting "section 300ff-77 of
this title" for "section 300ff-30 of this title", could not be
executed because the words "section 300ff-30 of this title" did not
appear subsequent to the general amendment of subsec. (b)(1) by
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 5. See below.
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 5, amended heading and text of par. (1)
generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Subject to
the extent of amounts made available under section 300ff-30 of this
title, the amount of a grant to be made under this part for -
"(A) each of the several States and the District of Columbia
for a fiscal year shall be the greater of -
"(i) $100,000, and
"(ii) an amount determined under paragraph (2); and
"(B) each territory of the United States, as defined in
paragraph 3, shall be an amount determined under paragraph (2)."
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 5, amended par. (2)
generally, substituting subpars. (A) to (H) for former subpars. (A)
and (B) relating to determination of amount of allotments.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(5)(A), struck out
heading and text of par. (1). Text read as follows: "In a State
that has reported 1 percent or more of all AIDS cases reported to
and confirmed by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in
all States, not less than 50 percent of the amount received by the
State under a grant awarded under this part shall be utilized for
the creation and operation of community-based comprehensive care
consortia under section 300ff-23 of this title, in those areas
within the State in which the largest number of individuals with
HIV disease reside."
Subsec. (c)(3), (4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(5)(B), amended
pars. (3) and (4) generally. Prior to amendment, pars. (3) and (4)
read as follows:
"(3) Planning and evaluations. - A State may not use in excess of
5 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under this part
for planning and evaluation activities.
"(4) Administration. - A State may not use in excess of 5 percent
of amounts received under a grant awarded under this part for
administration, accounting, reporting, and program oversight
functions."
Subsec. (c)(5) to (7). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(5)(C), (D),
added pars. (5) and (6) and redesignated former par. (5) as (7).
1992 - Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease Control".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by sections 3(c)(5), (g)(2) and 6(c)(3)(A) of Pub. L.
104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, and amendment by sections 5 and
6(c)(3)(B) of Pub. L. 104-146 effective May 20, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-22, 300ff-30,
300ff-38 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be " 'non-EMA".
(!2) So in original. The comma probably should not appear.
(!3) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-29 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-29. Technical assistance
-STATUTE-
The Secretary shall provide technical assistance in administering
and coordinating the activities authorized under section 300ff-22
of this title, including technical assistance for the development
and implementation of statewide coordinated statements of need.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2619, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title II, Sec. 201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 597; amended
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(6), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1356.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146 substituted "shall" for "may" and inserted
", including technical assistance for the development and
implementation of statewide coordinated statements of need" before
period at end.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, and
amendment by section 6(c)(1)(A) of Pub. L. 104-146 effective May
20, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note
under section 300ff-11 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-30 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-30. Supplemental grants
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary shall award supplemental grants to States
determined to be eligible under subsection (b) of this section to
enable such States to provide comprehensive services of the type
described in section 300ff-22(a) of this title to supplement the
services otherwise provided by the State under a grant under this
subpart in emerging communities within the State that are not
eligible to receive grants under part A of this subchapter.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a supplemental grant under subsection
(a) of this section, a State shall -
(1) be eligible to receive a grant under this subpart;
(2) demonstrate the existence in the State of an emerging
community as defined in subsection (d)(1) of this section; and
(3) submit the information described in subsection (c) of this
section.
(c) Reporting requirements
A State that desires a grant under this section shall, as part of
the State application submitted under section 300ff-27 of this
title, submit a detailed description of the manner in which the
State will use amounts received under the grant and of the severity
of need. Such description shall include -
(1) a report concerning the dissemination of supplemental funds
under this section and the plan for the utilization of such funds
in the emerging community;
(2) a demonstration of the existing commitment of local
resources, both financial and in-kind;
(3) a demonstration that the State will maintain HIV-related
activities at a level that is equal to not less than the level of
such activities in the State for the 1-year period preceding the
fiscal year for which the State is applying to receive a grant
under this part;
(4) a demonstration of the ability of the State to utilize such
supplemental financial resources in a manner that is immediately
responsive and cost effective;
(5) a demonstration that the resources will be allocated in
accordance with the local demographic incidence of AIDS including
appropriate allocations for services for infants, children,
women, and families with HIV disease;
(6) a demonstration of the inclusiveness of the planning
process, with particular emphasis on affected communities and
individuals with HIV disease; and
(7) a demonstration of the manner in which the proposed
services are consistent with local needs assessments and the
statewide coordinated statement of need.
(d) Definition of emerging community
In this section, the term "emerging community" means a
metropolitan area -
(1) that is not eligible for a grant under part A of this
subchapter; and
(2) for which there has been reported to the Director of the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative total of
between 500 and 1,999 cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome for the most recent period of 5 calendar years for which
such data are available (except that, for fiscal year 2005 and
subsequent fiscal years, cases of HIV disease shall be counted
rather than cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome if cases
of HIV disease are being counted for purposes of section
300ff-28(a)(2)(D)(i) of this title).
(e) Funding
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), with respect to each fiscal year
beginning with fiscal year 2001, the Secretary, to carry out this
section, shall utilize -
(A) the greater of -
(i) 25 percent of the amount appropriated under section
300ff-77 of this title to carry out this part, excluding the
amount appropriated under section 300ff-28(a)(2)(I) of this
title, for such fiscal year that is in excess of the amount
appropriated to carry out this part in the fiscal year
preceding the fiscal year involved; or
(ii) $5,000,000,
to provide funds to States for use in emerging communities with
at least 1,000, but less than 2,000, cases of AIDS as reported
to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention for the five year period preceding the
year for which the grant is being awarded; and
(B) the greater of -
(i) 25 percent of the amount appropriated under section
300ff-77 of this title to carry out this part, excluding the
amount appropriated under section 300ff-28(a)(2)(I) of this
title, for such fiscal year that is in excess of the amount
appropriated to carry out such part in the fiscal year
preceding the fiscal year involved; or
(ii) $5,000,000,
to provide funds to States for use in emerging communities with
at least 500, but less than 1,000, cases of AIDS reported to
and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention for the five year period preceding the
year for which the grant is being awarded.
(2) Trigger of funding
This section shall be effective only for fiscal years beginning
in the first fiscal year in which the amount appropriated under
section 300ff-77 of this title to carry out this part, excluding
the amount appropriated under section 300ff-28(a)(2)(I) of this
title, exceeds by at least $20,000,000 the amount appropriated
under section 300ff-77 of this title to carry out this part in
fiscal year 2000, excluding the amount appropriated under section
300ff-28(a)(2)(I) of this title.
(3) Minimum amount in future years
Beginning with the first fiscal year in which amounts provided
for emerging communities under paragraph (1)(A) equals $5,000,000
and under paragraph (1)(B) equals $5,000,000, the Secretary shall
ensure that amounts made available under this section for the
types of emerging communities described in each such paragraph in
subsequent fiscal years is at least $5,000,000.
(4) Distribution
Grants under this section for emerging communities shall be
formula grants. There shall be two categories of such formula
grants, as follows:
(A) One category of such grants shall be for emerging
communities for which the cumulative total of cases for
purposes of subsection (d)(2) of this section is 999 or fewer
cases. The grant made to such an emerging community for a
fiscal year shall be the product of -
(i) an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount available
pursuant to this subsection for the fiscal year involved; and
(ii) a percentage equal to the ratio constituted by the
number of cases for such emerging community for the fiscal
year over the aggregate number of such cases for such year
for all emerging communities to which this subparagraph
applies.
(B) The other category of formula grants shall be for
emerging communities for which the cumulative total of cases
for purposes of subsection (d)(2) of this section is 1,000 or
more cases. The grant made to such an emerging community for a
fiscal year shall be the product of -
(i) an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount available
pursuant to this subsection for the fiscal year involved; and
(ii) a percentage equal to the ratio constituted by the
number of cases for such community for the fiscal year over
the aggregate number of such cases for the fiscal year for
all emerging communities to which this subparagraph applies.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2620, as added Pub. L.
106-345, title II, Sec. 207(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1337.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 300ff-30, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI,
Sec. 2620, as added Aug. 18, 1990, Pub. L. 101-381, title II, Sec.
201, 104 Stat. 597, authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1991
through 1995, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-146, Secs. 6(b), 13,
May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1367, 1374, effective Oct. 1, 1996.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ff-28 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-31 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart i - general grant provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-31. Repealed. Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 207(1),
Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1337
-MISC1-
Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2621, as
added Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(7), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1356,
related to coordination of planning and implementation of Federal
HIV programs to facilitate the local development of a complete
continuum of HIV-related services for individuals with HIV disease
and those at risk of such disease and required a biennial report to
Congress on coordination efforts.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart ii - provisions concerning pregnancy and
perinatal transmission of hiv 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart ii - provisions concerning pregnancy and perinatal
transmission of hiv
-HEAD-
SUBPART II - PROVISIONS CONCERNING PREGNANCY AND PERINATAL
TRANSMISSION OF HIV
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-33 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart ii - provisions concerning pregnancy and perinatal
transmission of hiv
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-33. CDC guidelines for pregnant women
-STATUTE-
(a) Requirement
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a State shall, not
later than 120 days after May 20, 1996, certify to the Secretary
that such State has in effect regulations or measures to adopt the
guidelines issued by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
concerning recommendations for human immunodeficiency virus
counseling and voluntary testing for pregnant women.
(b) Noncompliance
If a State does not provide the certification required under
subsection (a) of this section within the 120-day period described
in such subsection, such State shall not be eligible to receive
assistance for HIV counseling and testing under this section until
such certification is provided.
(c) Additional funds regarding women and infants
(1) In general
If a State provides the certification required in subsection
(a) of this section and is receiving funds under this part for a
fiscal year, the Secretary may (from the amounts available
pursuant to paragraph (2)) make a grant to the State for the
fiscal year for the following purposes:
(A) Making available to pregnant women appropriate counseling
on HIV disease.
(B) Making available outreach efforts to pregnant women at
high risk of HIV who are not currently receiving prenatal care.
(C) Making available to such women voluntary HIV testing for
such disease.
(D) Offsetting other State costs associated with the
implementation of this section and subsections (a) and (b) of
section 300ff-34 of this title.
(E) Offsetting State costs associated with the implementation
of mandatory newborn testing in accordance with this subchapter
or at an earlier date than is required by this subchapter.
(F) Making available to pregnant women with HIV disease, and
to the infants of women with such disease, treatment services
for such disease in accordance with applicable recommendations
of the Secretary.
(2) Funding
(A) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this subsection, there are
authorized to be appropriated $30,000,000 for each of the
fiscal years 2001 through 2005. Amounts made available under
section 300ff-77 of this title for carrying out this part are
not available for carrying out this section unless otherwise
authorized.
(B) Allocations for certain States
(i) In general
Of the amounts appropriated under subparagraph (A) for a
fiscal year in excess of $10,000,000 -
(I) the Secretary shall reserve the applicable percentage
under clause (iv) for making grants under paragraph (1)
both to States described in clause (ii) and States
described in clause (iii); and
(II) the Secretary shall reserve the remaining amounts
for other States, taking into consideration the factors
described in subparagraph (C)(iii), except that this
subclause does not apply to any State that for the fiscal
year involved is receiving amounts pursuant to subclause
(I).
(ii) Required testing of newborns
For purposes of clause (i)(I), the States described in this
clause are States that under law (including under regulations
or the discretion of State officials) have -
(I) a requirement that all newborn infants born in the
State be tested for HIV disease and that the biological
mother of each such infant, and the legal guardian of the
infant (if other than the biological mother), be informed
of the results of the testing; or
(II) a requirement that newborn infants born in the State
be tested for HIV disease in circumstances in which the
attending obstetrician for the birth does not know the HIV
status of the mother of the infant, and that the biological
mother of each such infant, and the legal guardian of the
infant (if other than the biological mother), be informed
of the results of the testing.
(iii) Most significant reduction in cases of perinatal
transmission
For purposes of clause (i)(I), the States described in this
clause are the following (exclusive of States described in
clause (ii)), as applicable:
(I) For fiscal years 2001 and 2002, the two States that,
relative to other States, have the most significant
reduction in the rate of new cases of the perinatal
transmission of HIV (as indicated by the number of such
cases reported to the Director of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention for the most recent periods for
which the data are available).
(II) For fiscal years 2003 and 2004, the three States
that have the most significant such reduction.
(III) For fiscal year 2005, the four States that have the
most significant such reduction.
(iv) Applicable percentage
For purposes of clause (i), the applicable amount for a
fiscal year is as follows:
(I) For fiscal year 2001, 33 percent.
(II) For fiscal year 2002, 50 percent.
(III) For fiscal year 2003, 67 percent.
(IV) For fiscal year 2004, 75 percent.
(V) For fiscal year 2005, 75 percent.
(C) Certain provisions
With respect to grants under paragraph (1) that are made with
amounts reserved under subparagraph (B) of this paragraph:
(i) Such a grant may not be made in an amount exceeding
$4,000,000.
(ii) If pursuant to clause (i) or pursuant to an
insufficient number of qualifying applications for such
grants (or both), the full amount reserved under subparagraph
(B) for a fiscal year is not obligated, the requirement under
such subparagraph to reserve amounts ceases to apply.
(iii) In the case of a State that meets the conditions to
receive amounts reserved under subparagraph (B)(i)(II), the
Secretary shall in making grants consider the following
factors:
(I) The extent of the reduction in the rate of new cases
of the perinatal transmission of HIV.
(II) The extent of the reduction in the rate of new cases
of perinatal cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(III) The overall incidence of cases of infection with
HIV among women of childbearing age.
(IV) The overall incidence of cases of acquired immune
deficiency syndrome among women of childbearing age.
(V) The higher acceptance rate of HIV testing of pregnant
women.
(VI) The extent to which women and children with HIV
disease are receiving HIV-related health services.
(VII) The extent to which HIV-exposed children are
receiving health services appropriate to such exposure.
(3) Priority
In awarding grants under this subsection the Secretary shall
give priority to States that have the greatest proportion of HIV
seroprevalance among child bearing women using the most recent
data available as determined by the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention.
(4) Maintenance of effort
A condition for the receipt of a grant under paragraph (1) is
that the State involved agree that the grant will be used to
supplement and not supplant other funds available to the State to
carry out the purposes of the grant.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2625, as added Pub. L.
104-146, Sec. 7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1369; amended Pub.
L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 212(a), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (c)(1)(F). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 212(a)(1), added
subpar. (F).
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 212(a)(2), amended heading
and text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
follows: "For purposes of carrying out this subsection, there are
authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal
years 1996 through 2000. Amounts made available under section
300ff-77 of this title for carrying out this part are not available
for carrying out this section unless otherwise authorized."
Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 212(a)(3), added par. (4).
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L.
104-146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under
section 300ff-11 of this title.
PERINATAL TRANSMISSION OF HIV DISEASE; CONGRESSIONAL FINDINGS
Section 7(a) of Pub. L. 104-146 provided that: "The Congress
finds as follows:
"(1) Research studies and statewide clinical experiences have
demonstrated that administration of anti-retroviral medication
during pregnancy can significantly reduce the transmission of the
human immunodeficiency virus (commonly known as HIV) from an
infected mother to her baby.
"(2) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention have
recommended that all pregnant women receive HIV counseling;
voluntary, confidential HIV testing; and appropriate medical
treatment (including anti-retroviral therapy) and support
services.
"(3) The provision of such testing without access to such
counseling, treatment, and services will not improve the health
of the woman or the child.
"(4) The provision of such counseling, testing, treatment, and
services can reduce the number of pediatric cases of acquired
immune deficiency syndrome, can improve access to and provision
of medical care for the woman, and can provide opportunities for
counseling to reduce transmission among adults, and from mother
to child.
"(5) The provision of such counseling, testing, treatment, and
services can reduce the overall cost of pediatric cases of
acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
"(6) The cancellation or limitation of health insurance or
other health coverage on the basis of HIV status should be
impermissible under applicable law. Such cancellation or
limitation could result in disincentives for appropriate
counseling, testing, treatment, and services.
"(7) For the reasons specified in paragraphs (1) through (6) -
"(A) routine HIV counseling and voluntary testing of pregnant
women should become the standard of care; and
"(B) the relevant medical organizations as well as public
health officials should issue guidelines making such counseling
and testing the standard of care."
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-34 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart ii - provisions concerning pregnancy and perinatal
transmission of hiv
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-34. Perinatal transmission of HIV disease; contingent
requirement regarding State grants under this part
-STATUTE-
(a) Annual determination of reported cases
A State shall annually determine the rate of reported cases of
AIDS as a result of perinatal transmission among residents of the
State.
(b) Causes of perinatal transmission
In determining the rate under subsection (a) of this section, a
State shall also determine the possible causes of perinatal
transmission. Such causes may include -
(1) the inadequate provision within the State of prenatal
counseling and testing in accordance with the guidelines issued
by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
(2) the inadequate provision or utilization within the State of
appropriate therapy or failure of such therapy to reduce
perinatal transmission of HIV, including -
(A) that therapy is not available, accessible or offered to
mothers; or
(B) that available therapy is offered but not accepted by
mothers; or
(3) other factors (which may include the lack of prenatal care)
determined relevant by the State.
(c) CDC reporting system
Not later than 4 months after May 20, 1996, the Director of the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall develop and
implement a system to be used by States to comply with the
requirements of subsections (a) and (b) of this section. The
Director shall issue guidelines to ensure that the data collected
is statistically valid.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2626, as added Pub. L.
104-146, Sec. 7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1369; amended Pub.
L. 104-166, Sec. 5(1), July 29, 1996, 110 Stat. 1449; Pub. L.
106-345, title II, Sec. 211(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 106-345 struck out subsecs.
(d) to (f), which related, respectively, to determination by
Secretary, contingent applicability, and limitation regarding
availability of funds.
1996 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104-166, Sec. 5(1)(A), substituted
"(1) through (4)" for "(1) through (5)".
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 104-166, Sec. 5(1)(B), substituted "(1)
through (4)" for "(1) through (5)" in introductory provisions.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective May 20, 1996, see section 13(b) of Pub. L.
104-146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under
section 300ff-11 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-21, 300ff-33 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Secs. 300ff-35, 300ff-36 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart ii - provisions concerning pregnancy and perinatal
transmission of hiv
-HEAD-
Secs. 300ff-35, 300ff-36. Repealed. Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec.
211(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339
-MISC1-
Section 300ff-35, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2627, as added Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1371, related to testing of pregnant women and newborn
infants for HIV disease.
Section 300ff-36, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2628, as added Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1372, related to report to Congress by Institute of Medicine.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-37 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart ii - provisions concerning pregnancy and perinatal
transmission of hiv
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-37. State HIV testing programs established prior to or
after May 20, 1996
-STATUTE-
Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to disqualify a State
from receiving grants under this subchapter if such State has
established at any time prior to or after May 20, 1996, a program
of mandatory HIV testing.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2627, formerly Sec. 2629,
as added Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1372; renumbered Sec. 2627, Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 211(3),
Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2627 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to
section 300ff-35 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106-345.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L.
104-146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under
section 300ff-11 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-37a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart ii - provisions concerning pregnancy and perinatal
transmission of hiv
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-37a. Recommendations for reducing incidence of perinatal
transmission
-STATUTE-
(a) Study by Institute of Medicine
(1) In general
The Secretary shall request the Institute of Medicine to enter
into an agreement with the Secretary under which such Institute
conducts a study to provide the following:
(A) For the most recent fiscal year for which the information
is available, a determination of the number of newborn infants
with HIV born in the United States with respect to whom the
attending obstetrician for the birth did not know the HIV
status of the mother.
(B) A determination for each State of any barriers, including
legal barriers, that prevent or discourage an obstetrician from
making it a routine practice to offer pregnant women an HIV
test and a routine practice to test newborn infants for HIV
disease in circumstances in which the obstetrician does not
know the HIV status of the mother of the infant.
(C) Recommendations for each State for reducing the incidence
of cases of the perinatal transmission of HIV, including
recommendations on removing the barriers identified under
subparagraph (B).
If such Institute declines to conduct the study, the Secretary
shall enter into an agreement with another appropriate public or
nonprofit private entity to conduct the study.
(2) Report
The Secretary shall ensure that, not later than 18 months after
the effective date of this section, the study required in
paragraph (1) is completed and a report describing the findings
made in the study is submitted to the appropriate committees of
the Congress, the Secretary, and the chief public health official
of each of the States.
(b) Progress toward recommendations
In fiscal year 2004, the Secretary shall collect information from
the States describing the actions taken by the States toward
meeting the recommendations specified for the States under
subsection (a)(1)(C) of this section.
(c) Submission of reports to Congress
The Secretary shall submit to the appropriate committees of the
Congress reports describing the information collected under
subsection (b) of this section.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2628, as added Pub. L.
106-345, title II, Sec. 213, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1342.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this section, referred to in subsec.
(a)(2), is Oct. 20, 2000. See section 601 of Pub. L. 106-345, set
out as an Effective Date of 2000 Amendment note under section
300ff-12 of this title.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2628 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to
section 300ff-36 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106-345.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart iii - certain partner notification
programs 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart iii - certain partner notification programs
-HEAD-
SUBPART III - CERTAIN PARTNER NOTIFICATION PROGRAMS
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-38 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part B - Care Grant Program
subpart iii - certain partner notification programs
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-38. Grants for partner notification programs
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
In the case of States whose laws or regulations are in accordance
with subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary, subject to
subsection (c)(2) of this section, may make grants to the States
for carrying out programs to provide partner counseling and
referral services.
(b) Description of compliant State programs
For purposes of subsection (a) of this section, the laws or
regulations of a State are in accordance with this subsection if
under such laws or regulations (including programs carried out
pursuant to the discretion of State officials) the following
policies are in effect:
(1) The State requires that the public health officer of the
State carry out a program of partner notification to inform
partners of individuals with HIV disease that the partners may
have been exposed to the disease.
(2)(A) In the case of a health entity that provides for the
performance on an individual of a test for HIV disease, or that
treats the individual for the disease, the State requires,
subject to subparagraph (B), that the entity confidentially
report the positive test results to the State public health
officer in a manner recommended and approved by the Director of
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, together with
such additional information as may be necessary for carrying out
such program.
(B) The State may provide that the requirement of subparagraph
(A) does not apply to the testing of an individual for HIV
disease if the individual underwent the testing through a program
designed to perform the test and provide the results to the
individual without the individual disclosing his or her identity
to the program. This subparagraph may not be construed as
affecting the requirement of subparagraph (A) with respect to a
health entity that treats an individual for HIV disease.
(3) The program under paragraph (1) is carried out in
accordance with the following:
(A) Partners are provided with an appropriate opportunity to
learn that the partners have been exposed to HIV disease,
subject to subparagraph (B).
(B) The State does not inform partners of the identity of the
infected individuals involved.
(C) Counseling and testing for HIV disease are made available
to the partners and to infected individuals, and such
counseling includes information on modes of transmission for
the disease, including information on prenatal and perinatal
transmission and preventing transmission.
(D) Counseling of infected individuals and their partners
includes the provision of information regarding therapeutic
measures for preventing and treating the deterioration of the
immune system and conditions arising from the disease, and the
provision of other prevention-related information.
(E) Referrals for appropriate services are provided to
partners and infected individuals, including referrals for
support services and legal aid.
(F) Notifications under subparagraph (A) are provided in
person, unless doing so is an unreasonable burden on the State.
(G) There is no criminal or civil penalty on, or civil
liability for, an infected individual if the individual chooses
not to identify the partners of the individual, or the
individual does not otherwise cooperate with such program.
(H) The failure of the State to notify partners is not a
basis for the civil liability of any health entity who under
the program reported to the State the identity of the infected
individual involved.
(I) The State provides that the provisions of the program may
not be construed as prohibiting the State from providing a
notification under subparagraph (A) without the consent of the
infected individual involved.
(4) The State annually reports to the Director of the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention the number of individuals from
whom the names of partners have been sought under the program
under paragraph (1), the number of such individuals who provided
the names of partners, and the number of partners so named who
were notified under the program.
(5) The State cooperates with such Director in carrying out a
national program of partner notification, including the sharing
of information between the public health officers of the States.
(c) Reporting system for cases of HIV disease; preference in making
grants
In making grants under subsection (a) of this section, the
Secretary shall give preference to States whose reporting systems
for cases of HIV disease produce data on such cases that is
sufficiently accurate and reliable for use for purposes of section
300ff-28(a)(2)(D)(i) of this title.
(d) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002
through 2005.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2631, as added Pub. L.
106-345, title II, Sec. 221, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1343.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part C - Early Intervention Services 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
-HEAD-
PART C - EARLY INTERVENTION SERVICES
-SECREF-
PART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This part is referred to in sections 300ff-12, 300ff-101 of this
title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Secs. 300ff-41 to 300ff-50 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
-HEAD-
Secs. 300ff-41 to 300ff-50. Repealed. Pub. L. 106-345, title III,
Sec. 301(a), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345
-MISC1-
Section 300ff-41, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2641, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 597; amended Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec.
312(d)(31), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506, established program of
formula grants to States.
Section 300ff-42, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2642, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 599, related to provision of services through
medicaid providers.
Section 300ff-43, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2643, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 600; amended Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec.
312(d)(32), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506, related to requirement
of matching funds.
Section 300ff-44, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2644, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 601, related to the offering and encouraging of
early intervention services.
Section 300ff-45, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2645, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 602, related to notification of certain individuals
receiving blood transfusions.
Section 300ff-46, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2646, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 602, related to reporting and partner notification.
Section 300ff-47, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2647, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 603; amended Pub. L. 101-502, Sec. 6(c), Nov. 3,
1990, 104 Stat. 1291; Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(4), May 20, 1996,
110 Stat. 1373, related to requirement of State law protection
against intentional transmission.
Section 300ff-48, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2648, formerly Pub. L. 100-607, title IX, Sec. 902, Nov. 4, 1988,
102 Stat. 3171; amended Pub. L. 100-690, title II, Sec. 2605(a),
Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4234; renumbered Sec. 2648 and amended
Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(b), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat.
614; Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(5), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1374,
related to testing and other early intervention services for State
prisoners.
Section 300ff-49, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2649, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 604; amended Pub. L. 101-502, Sec. 6(b), Nov. 3,
1990, 104 Stat. 1290; Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(33),
Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(6), May
20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1374, related to determination of amount of
allotments.
Section 300ff-49a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2649A, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 605, related to miscellaneous prerequisites for the
Secretary to make a grant.
Section 300ff-50, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec.
2650, as added Pub. L. 101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18,
1990, 104 Stat. 606, authorized appropriations.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart i - categorical grants 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart i - categorical grants
-HEAD-
SUBPART I - CATEGORICAL GRANTS
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 301(b)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1345, redesignated subpart II as subpart I.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior subpart I, consisting of sections 300ff-41 to 300ff-50,
related to formula grants for States, prior to repeal by Pub. L.
106-345, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345.
-SECREF-
SUBPART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This subpart is referred to in sections 256b, 300ff-12 of this
title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-51 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart i - categorical grants
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-51. Establishment of program
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
For the purposes described in subsection (b) of this section, the
Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources
and Services Administration, may make grants to public and
nonprofit private entities specified in section 300ff-52(a) of this
title.
(b) Purposes of grants
(1) In general
The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of this
section unless the applicant for the grant agrees to expend the
grant for the purposes of providing, on an outpatient basis, each
of the early intervention services specified in paragraph (2)
with respect to HIV disease, and unless the applicant agrees to
expend not less than 50 percent of the grant for such services
that are specified in subparagraphs (B) through (E) of such
paragraph for individuals with HIV disease.
(2) Specification of early intervention services
The early intervention services referred to in paragraph (1)
are -
(A) counseling individuals with respect to HIV disease in
accordance with section 300ff-62 of this title;
(B) testing individuals with respect to such disease,
including tests to confirm the presence of the disease, tests
to diagnose the extent of the deficiency in the immune system,
and tests to provide information on appropriate therapeutic
measures for preventing and treating the deterioration of the
immune system and for preventing and treating conditions
arising from the disease;
(C) referrals described in paragraph (3);
(D) other clinical and diagnostic services regarding HIV
disease, and periodic medical evaluations of individuals with
the disease;
(E) providing the therapeutic measures described in
subparagraph (B).
(3) Referrals
The services referred to in paragraph (2)(C) are referrals of
individuals with HIV disease to appropriate providers of health
and support services, including, as appropriate -
(A) to entities receiving amounts under part A or B of this
subchapter for the provision of such services;
(B) to biomedical research facilities of institutions of
higher education that offer experimental treatment for such
disease, or to community-based organizations or other entities
that provide such treatment; or
(C) to grantees under section 300ff-71 of this title, in the
case of a pregnant woman.
(4) Requirement of availability of all early intervention
services through each grantee
(A) In general
The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of
this section unless the applicant for the grant agrees that
each of the early intervention services specified in paragraph
(2) will be available through the grantee. With respect to
compliance with such agreement, such a grantee may expend the
grant to provide the early intervention services directly, and
may expend the grant to enter into agreements with public or
nonprofit private entities, or private for-profit entities if
such entities are the only available provider of quality HIV
care in the area, under which the entities provide the
services.
(B) Other requirements
Grantees described in -
(i) paragraphs (1), (2), (5), and (6) of section
300ff-52(a) of this title shall use not less than 50 percent
of the amount of such a grant to provide the services
described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (D), and (E) of
paragraph (2) directly and on-site or at sites where other
primary care services are rendered; and
(ii) paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 300ff-52(a) of this
title shall ensure the availability of early intervention
services through a system of linkages to community-based
primary care providers, and to establish mechanisms for the
referrals described in paragraph (2)(C), and for follow-up
concerning such referrals.
(5) Optional services
A grantee under subsection (a) of this section -
(A) may expend the grant to provide outreach services to
individuals who may have HIV disease or may be at risk of the
disease, and who may be unaware of the availability and
potential benefits of early treatment of the disease, and to
provide outreach services to health care professionals who may
be unaware of such availability and potential benefits; and
(B) may, in the case of individuals who seek early
intervention services from the grantee, expend the grant -
(i) for case management to provide coordination in the
provision of health care services to the individuals and to
review the extent of utilization of the services by the
individuals; and
(ii) to provide assistance to the individuals regarding
establishing the eligibility of the individuals for financial
assistance and services under Federal, State, or local
programs providing for health services, mental health
services, social services, or other appropriate services.
(c) Participation in certain consortium
The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of this
section unless the applicant for the grant agrees to make
reasonable efforts to participate in a consortium established with
a grant under section 300ff-22(a)(1) (!1) of this title regarding
comprehensive services to individuals with HIV disease, if such a
consortium exists in the geographic area with respect to which the
applicant is applying to receive such a grant.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2651, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 606;
amended Pub. L. 101-557, title IV, Sec. 401(b)(2), Nov. 15, 1990,
104 Stat. 2771; Pub. L. 104-146, Secs. 3(d)(1), 12(c)(7), May 20,
1996, 110 Stat. 1357, 1374.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300ff-22 of this title, referred to in subsec. (c), was
amended by Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(c)(2)(A)(i), (ii), May 20, 1996,
110 Stat. 1354, and Pub. L. 106-345, title II, Sec. 202(1), Oct.
20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1330, and as so amended, provisions formerly
contained in section 300ff-22(a)(1) are now contained in section
300ff-22(a)(2).
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(d)(1)(A), inserted
before period ", and unless the applicant agrees to expend not less
than 50 percent of the grant for such services that are specified
in subparagraphs (B) through (E) of such paragraph for individuals
with HIV disease".
Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(7)(A), substituted
"facilities" for "facility".
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(d)(1)(B), designated
existing provisions as subpar. (A) and inserted heading, inserted
", or private for-profit entities if such entities are the only
available provider of quality HIV care in the area," after
"nonprofit private entities", realigned margin, and added subpar.
(B).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(7)(B), substituted
"exists" for "exist".
1990 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101-557 substituted "section
300ff-52(a)" for "section 300ff-52(a)(1)".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-14, 300ff-22,
300ff-52, 300ff-53, 300ff-54, 300ff-55, 300ff-61 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-52 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart i - categorical grants
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-52. Minimum qualifications of grantees
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The entities referred to in section 300ff-51(a) of this title are
public entities and nonprofit private entities that are -
(1) migrant health centers under section 254b (!1) of this
title or community health centers under section 254c (!1) of this
title;
(2) grantees under section 254b(h) of this title (regarding
health services for the homeless);
(3) grantees under section 300 of this title (regarding family
planning) other than States;
(4) comprehensive hemophilia diagnostic and treatment centers;
(5) Federally-qualified health centers under section
1905(l)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C.
1396d(l)(2)(B)]; or
(6) nonprofit private entities that provide comprehensive
primary care services to populations at risk of HIV disease.
(b) Status as medicaid provider
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary may not make a grant
under section 300ff-51 of this title for the provision of
services described in subsection (b) of such section in a State
unless, in the case of any such service that is available
pursuant to the State plan approved under title XIX of the Social
Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] for the State -
(A) the applicant for the grant will provide the service
directly, and the applicant has entered into a participation
agreement under the State plan and is qualified to receive
payments under such plan; or
(B) the applicant for the grant will enter into an agreement
with a public or nonprofit private entity, or a private
for-profit entity if such entity is the only available provider
of quality HIV care in the area, under which the entity will
provide the service, and the entity has entered into such a
participation agreement and is qualified to receive such
payments.
(2) Waiver regarding certain secondary agreements
(A) In the case of an entity making an agreement pursuant to
paragraph (1)(B) regarding the provision of services, the
requirement established in such paragraph regarding a
participation agreement shall be waived by the Secretary if the
entity does not, in providing health care services, impose a
charge or accept reimbursement available from any third-party
payor, including reimbursement under any insurance policy or
under any Federal or State health benefits program.
(B) A determination by the Secretary of whether an entity
referred to in subparagraph (A) meets the criteria for a waiver
under such subparagraph shall be made without regard to whether
the entity accepts voluntary donations regarding the provision of
services to the public.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2652, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 607;
amended Pub. L. 101-557, title IV, Sec. 401(b)(3), Nov. 15, 1990,
104 Stat. 2771; Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(d)(2), May 20, 1996, 110
Stat. 1357; Pub. L. 107-251, title VI, Sec. 601(a), Oct. 26, 2002,
116 Stat. 1664.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Sections 254b and 254c of this title, referred to in subsec.
(a)(1), were in the original references to sections 329 and 330,
meaning sections 329 and 330 of act July 1, 1944, which were
omitted in the general amendment of subpart I (Sec. 254b et seq.)
of part D of subchapter II of this chapter by Pub. L. 104-299, Sec.
2, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3626. Sections 2 and 3(a) of Pub. L.
104-299 enacted new sections 330 and 330A of act July 1, 1944,
which are classified, respectively, to sections 254b and 254c of
this title.
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is act
Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Title XIX of the
Social Security Act is classified generally to subchapter XIX (Sec.
1396 et seq.) of chapter 7 of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this
title and Tables.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2002 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 107-251 substituted "254b(h)" for
"256".
1996 - Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104-146 inserted ", or a
private for-profit entity if such entity is the only available
provider of quality HIV care in the area," after "nonprofit private
entity".
1990 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101-557 substituted "referred to in
section 300ff-51(a) of this title" for "referred to in subsection
(b) of this section", redesignated pars. (A) to (F) as (1) to (6),
respectively, and substituted "nonprofit private entities that
provide" for "a nonprofit private entity that provides" in par.
(6).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
REFERENCE TO COMMUNITY, MIGRANT, PUBLIC HOUSING, OR HOMELESS HEALTH
CENTER CONSIDERED REFERENCE TO HEALTH CENTER
Reference to community health center, migrant health center,
public housing health center, or homeless health center considered
reference to health center, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 104-299,
set out as a note under section 254b of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-14, 300ff-15,
300ff-22, 300ff-27, 300ff-51, 300ff-64 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-53 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart i - categorical grants
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-53. Preferences in making grants
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
In making grants under section 300ff-51 of this title, the
Secretary shall give preference to any qualified applicant
experiencing an increase in the burden of providing services
regarding HIV disease, as indicated by the factors specified in
subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Specification of factors
(1) In general
In the case of the geographic area with respect to which the
entity involved is applying for a grant under section 300ff-51 of
this title, the factors referred to in subsection (a) of this
section, as determined for the period specified in paragraph (2),
are -
(A) the number of cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome;
(B) the rate of increase in such cases;
(C) the lack of availability of early intervention services;
(D) the number of other cases of sexually transmitted
diseases, and the number of cases of tuberculosis and of drug
abuse;
(E) the rate of increase in each of the cases specified in
subparagraph (D);
(F) the lack of availability of primary health services from
providers other than such applicant; and
(G) the distance between such area and the nearest community
that has an adequate level of availability of appropriate
HIV-related services, and the length of time required to travel
such distance.
(2) Relevant period of time
The period referred to in paragraph (1) is the 2-year period
preceding the fiscal year for which the entity involved is
applying to receive a grant under section 300ff-51 of this title.
(c) Equitable allocations
In providing preferences for purposes of subsection (b) of this
section, the Secretary shall equitably allocate the preferences
among urban and rural areas.
(d) Certain areas
Of the applicants who qualify for preference under this section -
(1) the Secretary shall give preference to applicants that will
expend the grant under section 300ff-51 of this title to provide
early intervention under such section in rural areas; and
(2) the Secretary shall give special consideration to areas
that are underserved with respect to such services.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2653, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 608;
amended Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 311, Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1345.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106-345 added subsec. (d).
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-54 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart i - categorical grants
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-54. Miscellaneous provisions
-STATUTE-
(a) Services for individuals with hemophilia
In making grants under section 300ff-51 of this title, the
Secretary shall ensure that any such grants made regarding the
provision of early intervention services to individuals with
hemophilia are made through the network of comprehensive hemophilia
diagnostic and treatment centers.
(b) Technical assistance
The Secretary may, directly or through grants or contracts,
provide technical assistance to nonprofit private entities
regarding the process of submitting to the Secretary applications
for grants under section 300ff-51 of this title, and may provide
technical assistance with respect to the planning, development, and
operation of any program or service carried out pursuant to such
section.
(c) Planning and development grants
(1) In general
The Secretary may provide planning grants to public and
nonprofit private entities for purposes of -
(A) enabling such entities to provide HIV early intervention
services; and
(B) assisting the entities in expanding their capacity to
provide HIV-related health services, including early
intervention services, in low-income communities and affected
subpopulations that are underserved with respect to such
services (subject to the condition that a grant pursuant to
this subparagraph may not be expended to purchase or improve
land, or to purchase, construct, or permanently improve, other
than minor remodeling, any building or other facility).
(2) Requirement
The Secretary may only award a grant to an entity under
paragraph (1) if the Secretary determines that the entity will
use such grant to assist the entity in qualifying for a grant
under section 300ff-51 of this title.
(3) Preference
In awarding grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall
give preference to entities that provide primary care services in
rural or underserved communities.
(4) Amount and duration of grants
(A) Early intervention services
A grant under paragraph (1)(A) may be made in an amount not
to exceed $50,000.
(B) Capacity development
(i) Amount
A grant under paragraph (1)(B) may be made in an amount not
to exceed $150,000.
(ii) Duration
The total duration of a grant under paragraph (1)(B),
including any renewal, may not exceed 3 years.
(5) Limitation
Not to exceed 5 percent of the amount appropriated for a fiscal
year under section 300ff-55 of this title may be used to carry
out this section.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2654, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 608;
amended Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(d)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1357; Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 312, Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1345.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 312(a), substituted
"planning grants to public and nonprofit private entities for
purposes of - " and subpars. (A) and (B) for "planning grants, in
an amount not to exceed $50,000 for each such grant, to public and
nonprofit private entities for the purpose of enabling such
entities to provide HIV early intervention services."
Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 312(b)(2), added par. (4).
Former par. (4) redesignated (5).
Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 312(b)(1), (c),
redesignated par. (4) as (5) and substituted "5 percent" for "1
percent".
1996 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104-146 added subsec. (c).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-55 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart i - categorical grants
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-55. Authorization of appropriations
-STATUTE-
For the purpose of making grants under section 300ff-51 of this
title, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be
necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2655, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 609;
amended Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(d)(4), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1358; Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 313, Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1346.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Pub. L. 106-345 substituted "for each of the fiscal years
2001 through 2005" for "in each of the fiscal years 1996, 1997,
1998, 1999, and 2000".
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146 substituted "such sums as may be necessary
in each of the fiscal years 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, and 2000." for
"$75,000,000 for fiscal years 1991, and such sums as may be
necessary for each of the fiscal years 1992 through 1995."
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ff-54 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart ii - general provisions 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart ii - general provisions
-HEAD-
SUBPART II - GENERAL PROVISIONS
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior subpart II, consisting of sections 300ff-51 to 300ff-55,
was redesignated subpart I of this part by Pub. L. 106-345, title
III, Sec. 301(b)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345.
AMENDMENTS
Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 301(b)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1345, redesignated subpart III as subpart II.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-61 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart ii - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-61. Confidentiality and informed consent
-STATUTE-
(a) Confidentiality
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless, in the
case of any entity applying for a grant under section 300ff-51 of
this title, the entity agrees to ensure that information regarding
the receipt of early intervention services pursuant to the grant is
maintained confidentially in a manner not inconsistent with
applicable law.
(b) Informed consent
(1) In general
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, in testing an individual for
HIV disease, the applicant will test an individual only after
obtaining from the individual a statement, made in writing and
signed by the individual, declaring that the individual has
undergone the counseling described in section 300ff-62(a) of this
title and that the decision of the individual with respect to
undergoing such testing is voluntarily made.
(2) Provisions regarding anonymous testing
(A) If, pursuant to section 300ff-64(b) of this title, an
individual will undergo testing pursuant to this part through the
use of a pseudonym, a grantee under such section shall be
considered to be in compliance with the agreement made under
paragraph (1) if the individual signs the statement described in
such subsection using the pseudonym.
(B) If, pursuant to section 300ff-64(b) of this title, an
individual will undergo testing pursuant to this part without
providing any information relating to the identity of the
individual, a grantee under such section shall be considered to
be in compliance with the agreement made under paragraph (1) if
the individual orally provides the declaration described in such
paragraph.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2661, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 609;
amended Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 301(b)(2), Oct. 20, 2000,
114 Stat. 1345.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106-345 struck out par. (1) and par.
(2) designation. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "in
the case of any State applying for a grant under section 300ff-41
of this title, the State agrees to ensure that information
regarding the receipt of early intervention services is maintained
confidentially pursuant to law or regulations in a manner not
inconsistent with applicable law; and".
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ff-63 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-62 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart ii - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-62. Provision of certain counseling services
-STATUTE-
(a) Counseling before testing
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, before testing an individual
for HIV disease, the applicant will provide to the individual
appropriate counseling regarding the disease (based on the most
recently available scientific data), including counseling on -
(1) measures for the prevention of exposure to, and the
transmission of, HIV;
(2) the accuracy and reliability of the results of testing for
HIV disease;
(3) the significance of the results of such testing, including
the potential for developing acquired immune deficiency syndrome;
(4) encouraging the individual, as appropriate, to undergo such
testing;
(5) the benefits of such testing, including the medical
benefits of diagnosing HIV disease in the early stages and the
medical benefits of receiving early intervention services during
such stages;
(6) provisions of law relating to the confidentiality of the
process of receiving such services, including information
regarding any disclosures that may be authorized under applicable
law and information regarding the availability of anonymous
counseling and testing pursuant to section 300ff-64(b) of this
title; and
(7) provisions of applicable law relating to discrimination
against individuals with HIV disease.
(b) Counseling of individuals with negative test results
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, if the results of testing
conducted for HIV disease indicate that an individual does not have
the disease, the applicant will review for the individual the
information provided pursuant to subsection (a) of this section,
including -
(1) the information described in paragraphs (1) through (3) of
such subsection; and
(2) the appropriateness of further counseling, testing, and
education of the individual regarding such disease.
(c) Counseling of individuals with positive test results
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, if the results of testing for
HIV disease indicate that the individual has the disease, the
applicant will provide to the individual appropriate counseling
regarding such disease, including -
(1) reviewing the information described in paragraphs (1)
through (3) of subsection (a) of this section;
(2) reviewing the appropriateness of further counseling,
testing, and education of the individual regarding such disease;
and
(3) providing counseling -
(A) on the availability, through the applicant, of early
intervention services;
(B) on the availability in the geographic area of appropriate
health care, mental health care, and social and support
services, including providing referrals for such services, as
appropriate;
(C)(i) that explains the benefits the benefits of locating
and counseling any individual by whom the infected individual
may have been exposed to HIV and any individual whom the
infected individual may have exposed to HIV; and
(ii) that emphasizes it is the duty of infected individuals
to disclose their infected status to their sexual partners and
their partners in the sharing of hypodermic needles; that
provides advice to infected individuals on the manner in which
such disclosures can be made; and that emphasizes that it is
the continuing duty of the individuals to avoid any behaviors
that will expose others to HIV.(!1)
(D) on the availability of the services of public health
authorities with respect to locating and counseling any
individual described in subparagraph (C).
(d) Additional requirements regarding appropriate counseling
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, in counseling individuals with
respect to HIV disease, the applicant will ensure that the
counseling is provided under conditions appropriate to the needs of
the individuals.
(e) Counseling of emergency response employees
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part to a State
unless the State agrees that, in counseling individuals with
respect to HIV disease, the State will ensure that, in the case of
emergency response employees, the counseling is provided to such
employees under conditions appropriate to the needs of the
employees regarding the counseling.
(f) Rule of construction regarding counseling without testing
Agreements made pursuant to this section may not be construed to
prohibit any grantee under this part from expending the grant for
the purpose of providing counseling services described in this
section to an individual who does not undergo testing for HIV
disease as a result of the grantee or the individual determining
that such testing of the individual is not appropriate.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2662, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 610;
amended Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Sec. 321, Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1346.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 321(1), in
introductory provisions struck out "on" after "counseling".
Subsec. (c)(3)(A), (B). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 321(2), inserted
"on" before "the availability".
Subsec. (c)(3)(C). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 321(3), designated
existing provisions as cl. (i), inserted "that explains" before
"the benefits", and added cl. (ii).
Subsec. (c)(3)(D). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 321(2), inserted "on"
before "the availability".
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-51, 300ff-61,
300ff-63 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. The period probably should be "; and".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-63 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart ii - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-63. Applicability of requirements regarding
confidentiality, informed consent, and counseling
-STATUTE-
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, with respect to testing for
HIV disease, any such testing carried out by the applicant will,
without regard to whether such testing is carried out with Federal
funds, be carried out in accordance with conditions described in
sections 300ff-61 and 300ff-62 of this title.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2663, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 611.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-64 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart ii - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-64. Additional required agreements
-STATUTE-
(a) Reports to Secretary
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless -
(1) the applicant submits to the Secretary -
(A) a specification of the expenditures made by the applicant
for early intervention services for the fiscal year preceding
the fiscal year for which the applicant is applying to receive
the grant; and
(B) an estimate of the number of individuals to whom the
applicant has provided such services for such fiscal year; and
(2) the applicant agrees to submit to the Secretary a report
providing -
(A) the number of individuals to whom the applicant provides
early intervention services pursuant to the grant;
(B) epidemiological and demographic data on the population of
such individuals;
(C) the extent to which the costs of HIV-related health care
for such individuals are paid by third-party payors;
(D) the average costs of providing each category of early
intervention service; and
(E) the aggregate amounts expended for each such category.
(b) Provision of opportunities for anonymous counseling and testing
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, to the extent permitted under
State law, regulation or rule, the applicant will offer substantial
opportunities for an individual -
(1) to undergo counseling and testing regarding HIV disease
without being required to provide any information relating to the
identity of the individual; and
(2) to undergo such counseling and testing through the use of a
pseudonym.
(c) Prohibition against requiring testing as condition of receiving
other health services
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, with respect to an individual
seeking health services from the applicant, the applicant will not
require the individual to undergo testing for HIV as a condition of
receiving any health services unless such testing is medically
indicated in the provision of the health services sought by the
individual.
(d) Maintenance of support
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees to maintain the expenditures of the
applicant for early intervention services at a level equal to not
less than the level of such expenditures maintained by the State
for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the
applicant is applying to receive the grant.
(e) Requirements regarding imposition of charges for services
(1) In general
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless,
subject to paragraph (5), the applicant for the grant agrees that
-
(A) in the case of individuals with an income less than or
equal to 100 percent of the official poverty line, the
applicant will not impose a charge on any such individual for
the provision of early intervention services under the grant;
(B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
100 percent of the official poverty line, the applicant -
(i) will impose a charge on each such individual for the
provision of such services; and
(ii) will impose the charge according to a schedule of
charges that is made available to the public.
(2) Limitation on charges regarding individuals subject to
charges
With respect to the imposition of a charge for purposes of
paragraph (1)(B)(ii), the Secretary may not make a grant under
this part unless, subject to paragraph (5), the applicant for the
grant agrees that -
(A) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
100 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 200
percent of such poverty line, the applicant will not, for any
calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 5 percent
of the annual gross income of the individual involved;
(B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
200 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 300
percent of such poverty line, the applicant will not, for any
calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 7 percent
of the annual gross income of the individual involved; and
(C) in the case of individuals with an income greater than
300 percent of the official poverty line, the applicant will
not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount
exceeding 10 percent of the annual gross income of the
individual involved.
(3) Assessment of charge
With respect to compliance with the agreement made under
paragraph (1), a grantee under this part may, in the case of
individuals subject to a charge for purposes of such paragraph -
(A) assess the amount of the charge in the discretion of the
grantee, including imposing only a nominal charge for the
provision of services, subject to the provisions of such
paragraph regarding public schedules and of paragraph (2)
regarding limitations on the maximum amount of charges; and
(B) take into consideration the medical expenses of
individuals in assessing the amount of the charge, subject to
such provisions.
(4) Applicability of limitation on amount of charge
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that the limitations established
in paragraph (2) regarding the imposition of charges for services
applies to the annual aggregate of charges imposed for such
services, without regard to whether they are characterized as
enrollment fees, premiums, deductibles, cost sharing, copayments,
coinsurance, or similar charges.
(5) Waiver regarding certain secondary agreements
The requirement established in paragraph (1)(B)(i) shall be
waived by the Secretary in the case of any entity for whom the
Secretary has granted a waiver under section 300ff-52(b)(2) of
this title.
(f) Relationship to items and services under other programs
(1) In general
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that, subject to paragraph (2),
the grant will not be expended by the applicant, or by any entity
receiving amounts from the applicant for the provision of early
intervention services, to make payment for any such service to
the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be
expected to be made, with respect to such service -
(A) under any State compensation program, under an insurance
policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program;
or
(B) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid
basis.
(2) Applicability to certain secondary agreements for provision
of services
An agreement made under paragraph (1) shall not apply in the
case of an entity through which a grantee under this part
provides early intervention services if the Secretary has
provided a waiver under section 300ff-52(b)(2) of this title
regarding the entity.
(g) Administration of grant
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
applicant for the grant agrees that -
(1) the applicant will not expend amounts received pursuant to
this part for any purpose other than the purposes described in
the subpart under which the grant involved is made;
(2) the applicant will establish such procedures for fiscal
control and fund accounting as may be necessary to ensure proper
disbursement and accounting with respect to the grant;
(3) the applicant will not expend more than 10 percent
including planning and evaluation of the grant for administrative
expenses with respect to the grant;
(4) the applicant will submit evidence that the proposed
program is consistent with the statewide coordinated statement of
need and agree to participate in the ongoing revision of such
statement of need; and
(5) the applicant will provide for the establishment of a
quality management program -
(A) to assess the extent to which medical services funded
under this subchapter that are provided to patients are
consistent with the most recent Public Health Service
guidelines for the treatment of HIV disease and related
opportunistic infections, and as applicable, to develop
strategies for ensuring that such services are consistent with
the guidelines; and
(B) to ensure that improvements in the access to and quality
of HIV health services are addressed.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2664, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 611;
amended Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(d)(5), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1358; Pub. L. 106-345, title III, Secs. 301(b)(3), 322, Oct. 20,
2000, 114 Stat. 1345, 1346.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsecs. (e)(5), (f)(2). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec.
301(b)(3)(A), (B), struck out "300ff-42(b) or" after "a waiver
under section".
Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 322(1)(A), substituted "10
percent" for "7.5 percent".
Subsec. (g)(5). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 322(1)(B), (2), (3), added
par. (5).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 301(b)(3)(C), struck out
heading and text of subsec. (h). Text read as follows: "A State may
not use amounts received under a grant awarded under section
300ff-41 of this title to purchase or improve land, or to purchase,
construct, or permanently improve (other than minor remodeling) any
building or other facility, or to make cash payments to intended
recipients of services."
1996 - Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(d)(5)(B)(i),
substituted "7.5 percent including planning and evaluation" for "5
percent".
Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(d)(5)(A), (B)(ii), (C),
added par. (4).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-61, 300ff-62,
300ff-65 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-65 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart ii - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-65. Requirement of submission of application containing
certain agreements and assurances
-STATUTE-
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless -
(1) an application for the grant is submitted to the Secretary
containing agreements and assurances in accordance with this part
and containing the information specified in section
300ff-64(a)(1) of this title;
(2) with respect to such agreements, the application provides
assurances of compliance satisfactory to the Secretary; and
(3) the application otherwise is in such form, is made in such
manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information
as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this
part.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2665, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 614.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-66 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart ii - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-66. Provision by Secretary of supplies and services in
lieu of grant funds
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
Upon the request of a grantee under this part, the Secretary may,
subject to subsection (b) of this section, provide supplies,
equipment, and services for the purpose of aiding the grantee in
providing early intervention services and, for such purpose, may
detail to the State any officer or employee of the Department of
Health and Human Services.
(b) Limitation
With respect to a request described in subsection (a) of this
section, the Secretary shall reduce the amount of payments under
the grant involved by an amount equal to the costs of detailing
personnel and the fair market value of any supplies, equipment, or
services provided by the Secretary. The Secretary shall, for the
payment of expenses incurred in complying with such request, expend
the amounts withheld.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2666, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 614.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-67 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part C - Early Intervention Services
subpart ii - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-67. Use of funds
-STATUTE-
Counseling programs carried out under this part -
(1) shall not be designed to promote or encourage, directly,
intravenous drug abuse or sexual activity, homosexual or
heterosexual;
(2) shall be designed to reduce exposure to and transmission of
HIV disease by providing accurate information; and
(3) shall provide information on the health risks of
promiscuous sexual activity and intravenous drug abuse.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2667, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title III, Sec. 301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 614.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part D - General Provisions 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
PART D - GENERAL PROVISIONS
-SECREF-
PART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This part is referred to in sections 300ff-12, 300ff-101 of this
title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-71 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-71. Grants for coordinated services and access to
research for women, infants, children, and youth
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health
Resources and Services Administration and in consultation with the
Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall make grants to
public and nonprofit private entities that provide primary care
(directly or through contracts) for the following purposes:
(1) Providing through such entities, in accordance with this
section, opportunities for women, infants, children, and youth to
be voluntary participants in research of potential clinical
benefit to individuals with HIV disease.
(2) In the case of women, infants, children, and youth with HIV
disease, and the families of such individuals, providing to such
individuals -
(A) health care on an outpatient basis; and
(B) additional services in accordance with subsection (d) of
this section.
(b) Provisions regarding participation in research
(1) In general
With respect to the projects of research with which an
applicant under subsection (a) of this section is concerned, the
Secretary may make a grant under such subsection to the applicant
only if the following conditions are met:
(A) The applicant agrees to make reasonable efforts -
(i) to identify which of the patients of the applicant are
women, infants, children, and youth who would be appropriate
participants in the projects;
(ii) to carry out clause (i) through the use of criteria
provided for such purpose by the entities that will be
conducting the projects of research; and
(iii) to offer women, infants, children, and youth the
opportunity to participate in the projects (as appropriate),
including the provision of services under subsection (d)(3)
of this section.
(B) The applicant agrees that, in the case of the
research-related functions to be carried out by the applicant
pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this section, the applicant
will comply with accepted standards that are applicable to such
functions (including accepted standards regarding informed
consent and other protections for human subjects).
(C) The applicant will demonstrate linkages to research and
how access to such research is being offered to patients.
(2) Prohibition
Receipt of services by a patient shall not be conditioned upon
the consent of the patient to participate in research.
(c) Provisions regarding conduct of research
(1) In general
With respect to eligibility for a grant under subsection (a) of
this section:
(A) A project of research for which subjects are sought
pursuant to such subsection may be conducted by the applicant
for the grant, or by an entity with which the applicant has
made arrangements for purposes of the grant. The grant may not
be expended for the conduct of any project of research, except
for such research-related functions as are appropriate for
providing opportunities under subsection (a)(1) of this section
(including the functions specified in subsection (b)(1) of this
section).
(B) The grant may be made only if the Secretary makes the
following determinations:
(i) The applicant or other entity (as the case may be under
subparagraph (A)) is appropriately qualified to conduct the
project of research. An entity shall be considered to be so
qualified if any research protocol of the entity has been
recommended for funding under this chapter pursuant to
technical and scientific peer review through the National
Institutes of Health.
(ii) The project of research is being conducted in
accordance with a research protocol to which the Secretary
gives priority regarding the prevention or treatment of HIV
disease in women, infants, children, or youth, subject to
paragraph (2).
(2) List of research protocols
(A) In general
From among the research protocols described in paragraph
(1)(B)(ii), the Secretary shall establish a list of research
protocols that are appropriate for purposes of subsection
(a)(1) of this section. Such list shall be established only
after consultation with public and private entities that
conduct such research, and with providers of services under
subsection (a) of this section and recipients of such services.
(B) Discretion of Secretary
The Secretary may authorize the use, for purposes of
subsection (a)(1) of this section, of a research protocol that
is not included on the list under subparagraph (A). The
Secretary may waive the requirement specified in paragraph
(1)(B)(ii) in such circumstances as the Secretary determines to
be appropriate.
(d) Additional services for patients and families
A grant under subsection (a) of this section may be made only if
the applicant for the grant agrees as follows:
(1) The applicant will provide for the case management of the
patient involved and the family of the patient.
(2) The applicant will provide for the patient and the family
of the patient -
(A) referrals for inpatient hospital services, treatment for
substance abuse, and mental health services; and
(B) referrals for other social and support services, as
appropriate.
(3) The applicant will provide the patient and the family of
the patient with such transportation, child care, and other
incidental services as may be necessary to enable the patient and
the family to participate in the program established by the
applicant pursuant to such subsection.
(4) The applicant will provide individuals with information and
education on opportunities to participate in HIV/AIDS-related
clinical research.
(e) Coordination with other entities
A grant under subsection (a) of this section may be made only if
the applicant for the grant agrees as follows:
(1) The applicant will coordinate activities under the grant
with other providers of health care services under this chapter,
and under title V of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 701 et
seq.].
(2) The applicant will participate in the statewide coordinated
statement of need under part B of this subchapter (where it has
been initiated by the public health agency responsible for
administering grants under part B of this subchapter) and in
revisions of such statement.
(f) Administration
(1) Application
A grant under subsection (a) of this section may be made only
if an application for the grant is submitted to the Secretary and
the application is in such form, is made in such manner, and
contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the
Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this section.
(2) Quality management program
A grantee under this section shall implement a quality
management program to assess the extent to which HIV health
services provided to patients under the grant are consistent with
the most recent Public Health Service guidelines for the
treatment of HIV disease and related opportunistic infection, and
as applicable, to develop strategies for ensuring that such
services are consistent with the guidelines for improvement in
the access to and quality of HIV health services.
(g) Coordination with National Institutes of Health
The Secretary shall develop and implement a plan that provides
for the coordination of the activities of the National Institutes
of Health with the activities carried out under this section. In
carrying out the preceding sentence, the Secretary shall ensure
that projects of research conducted or supported by such Institutes
are made aware of applicants and grantees under subsection (a) of
this section, shall require that the projects, as appropriate,
enter into arrangements for purposes of such subsection, and shall
require that each project entering into such an arrangement inform
the applicant or grantee under such subsection of the needs of the
project for the participation of women, infants, children, and
youth. The Secretary acting through the Director of NIH, shall
examine the distribution and availability of ongoing and
appropriate HIV/AIDS-related research projects to existing sites
under this section for purposes of enhancing and expanding
voluntary access to HIV-related research, especially within
communities that are not reasonably served by such projects. Not
later than 12 months after October 20, 2000, the Secretary shall
prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a
report that describes the findings made by the Director and the
manner in which the conclusions based on those findings can be
addressed.
(h) Annual review of programs; evaluations
(1) Review regarding access to and participation in programs
With respect to a grant under subsection (a) of this section
for an entity for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall, not later
than 180 days after the end of the fiscal year, provide for the
conduct and completion of a review of the operation during the
year of the program carried out under such subsection by the
entity. The purpose of such review shall be the development of
recommendations, as appropriate, for improvements in the
following:
(A) Procedures used by the entity to allocate opportunities
and services under subsection (a) of this section among
patients of the entity who are women, infants, children, or
youth.
(B) Other procedures or policies of the entity regarding the
participation of such individuals in such program.
(2) Evaluations
The Secretary shall, directly or through contracts with public
and private entities, provide for evaluations of programs carried
out pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.
(i) Limitation on administrative expenses
(1) Determination by Secretary
Not later than 12 months after October 20, 2000, the Secretary,
in consultation with grantees under this part, shall conduct a
review of the administrative, program support, and direct
service-related activities that are carried out under this part
to ensure that eligible individuals have access to quality,
HIV-related health and support services and research
opportunities under this part, and to support the provision of
such services.
(2) Requirements
(A) In general
Not later than 180 days after the expiration of the 12-month
period referred to in paragraph (1) the Secretary, in
consultation with grantees under this part, shall determine the
relationship between the costs of the activities referred to in
paragraph (1) and the access of eligible individuals to the
services and research opportunities described in such
paragraph.
(B) Limitation
After a final determination under subparagraph (A), the
Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the
grantee complies with such requirements as may be included in
such determination.
(j) Training and technical assistance
Of the amounts appropriated under subsection (j) of this section
for a fiscal year, the Secretary may use not more than five percent
to provide, directly or through contracts with public and private
entities (which may include grantees under subsection (a) of this
section), training and technical assistance to assist applicants
and grantees under subsection (a) of this section in complying with
the requirements of this section.
(k) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are
authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for
each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2671, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 617; amended
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(e), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1358; Pub. L.
106-345, title IV, Sec. 401, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1347.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), is act
Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Title V of the
Act is classified generally to subchapter V (Sec. 701 et seq.) of
chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(a)-(d), which directed
amendments to subsecs. (b), (d), (f), and (g) of "section 2671",
without indicating the act to be amended, was executed by making
the amendments to this section, which is section 2671 of the Public
Health Service Act, to reflect the probable intent of Congress. See
below.
Subsec. (b)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(a)(1), added
subpar. (C) and struck out former subpars. (C) and (D) which read
as follows:
"(C) For the first and second fiscal years for which grants under
subsection (a) of this section are to be made to the applicant, the
applicant agrees that, not later than the end of the second fiscal
year of receiving such a grant, a significant number of women,
infants, children, and youth who are patients of the applicant will
be participating in the projects of research.
"(D) Except as provided in paragraph (3) (and paragraph (4), as
applicable), for the third and subsequent fiscal years for which
such grants are to be made to the applicant, the Secretary has
determined that a significant number of such individuals are
participating in the projects."
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(a)(2), struck out
heading and text of par. (3). Text read as follows: "In
administering the requirement of paragraph (1)(D), the Secretary
shall take into account circumstances in which a grantee under
subsection (a) of this section is temporarily unable to comply with
the requirement for reasons beyond the control of the grantee, and
shall in such circumstances provide to the grantee a reasonable
period of opportunity in which to reestablish compliance with the
requirement."
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(a)(2), struck out
heading and text of par. (4). Text consisted of subpars. (A) and
(B) relating to a temporary waiver of requirement of significant
participation for original grantees.
Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(b), added par. (4).
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(c), substituted
"Administration" for "Application" in subsec. heading, designated
existing provisions as par. (1), inserted par. (1) heading, and
added par. (2).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(d), inserted at end "The
Secretary acting through the Director of NIH, shall examine the
distribution and availability of ongoing and appropriate
HIV/AIDS-related research projects to existing sites under this
section for purposes of enhancing and expanding voluntary access to
HIV-related research, especially within communities that are not
reasonably served by such projects. Not later than 12 months after
October 20, 2000, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the
appropriate committees of Congress a report that describes the
findings made by the Director and the manner in which the
conclusions based on those findings can be addressed."
Subsecs. (i), (j). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(e), added subsec.
(i) and redesignated former subsec. (i) as (j). Former subsec. (j)
redesignated (k).
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(f), substituted "fiscal
years 2001 through 2005" for "fiscal years 1996 through 2000".
Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 401(e)(1), redesignated subsec. (j) as (k).
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146 amended section generally, substituting
provisions authorizing grants for coordinated services and access
to research for women, infants, children, and youth living with the
HIV virus for provisions authorizing demonstration grants for
research and services for pediatric patients regarding AIDS.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-12, 300ff-23,
300ff-51 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-72 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-72. Provisions relating to blood banks
-STATUTE-
(a) Informational and training programs
The Secretary shall -
(1) develop and make available to technical and supervisory
personnel employed at blood banks and facilities that produce
blood products, materials and information concerning measures
that may be implemented to protect the safety of the blood supply
with respect to the activities of such personnel, including -
(A) state-of-the-art diagnostic and testing procedures
relating to pathogens in the blood supply; and
(B) quality assurance procedures relating to the safety of
the blood supply and of blood products; and
(2) develop and implement a training program that is designed
to increase the number of employees of the Department of Health
and Human Services who are qualified to conduct inspections of
blood banks and facilities that produce blood products.
(b) Updates
The Secretary shall periodically review and update the materials
and information made available under informational or training
programs conducted under subsection (a) of this section.
(c) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this
section, $1,500,000 for fiscal year 1991, and such sums as may be
necessary in each of the fiscal years 1992 through 1995.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2672, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 618.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-73 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-73. Research, evaluation, and assessment program
-STATUTE-
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Agency for
Healthcare Research and Quality, shall establish a program to
enable independent research to be conducted by individuals and
organizations with appropriate expertise in the fields of health,
health policy, and economics (particularly health care economics)
to develop -
(1) a comparative assessment of the impact and
cost-effectiveness of major models for organizing and delivering
HIV-related health care, mental health care, early intervention,
and support services, that shall include a report concerning
patient outcomes, satisfaction, perceived quality of care, and
total cumulative cost, and a review of the appropriateness of
such models for the delivery of health and support services to
infants, children, women, and families with HIV disease;
(2) through a review of private sector financing mechanisms for
the delivery of HIV-related health and support services, an
assessment of strategies for maintaining private health benefits
for individuals with HIV disease and an assessment of specific
business practices or regulatory barriers that could serve to
reduce access to private sector benefit programs;
(3) an assessment of the manner in which different
points-of-entry to the health care system affect the cost,
quality, and outcome of the care and treatment of individuals and
families with HIV disease; and
(4) a summary report concerning the major and continuing unmet
needs in health care, mental health care, early intervention, and
support services for individuals and families with HIV disease in
urban and rural areas.
(b) Report
Not later than 2 years after August 18, 1990, and periodically
thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit, to the
Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives
and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, a
progress report that contains the findings and assessments
developed under subsection (a) of this section.
(c) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this
section, such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years
1991 through 1995.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2673, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 619; amended
Pub. L. 106-345, title V, Sec. 503(a)(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat.
1354.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106-345 substituted "the Director of
the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality" for "the Agency for
Health Care Policy and Research" in introductory provisions.
-CHANGE-
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives
treated as referring to Committee on Commerce of House of
Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104-14, set out as a
note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on
Commerce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Energy
and Commerce of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over
matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance
generally transferred to Committee on Financial Services of House
of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh
Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-74 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-74. Evaluations and reports
-STATUTE-
(a) Evaluations
The Secretary shall, directly or through grants and contracts,
evaluate programs carried out under this subchapter.
(b) Report to Congress
The Secretary shall, not later than October 1, 1996, and annually
thereafter, prepare and submit to the appropriate Committees of
Congress a report -
(1) evaluating the programs carried out under this subchapter;
and
(2) making such recommendations for administrative and
legislative initiatives with respect to this subchapter as the
Secretary determines to be appropriate.
(c) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this
section, such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years
2001 through 2005.
(d) Allocation of funds
The Secretary shall carry out this section with amounts available
under section 238j of this title. Such amounts are in addition to
any other amounts that are available to the Secretary for such
purpose.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2674, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 620; amended
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(f), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1362; Pub. L.
106-345, title IV, Sec. 411, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1350.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106-345 substituted "2001 through
2005" for "1991 through 1995".
1996 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(f)(1)(A), substituted
"not later than October 1, 1996," for "not later than 1 year after
the date on which amounts are first appropriated under this
subchapter," in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(f)(1)(B), added par. (1)
and struck out former par. (1) which read as follows: "summarizing
all of the reports that are required to be submitted to the
Secretary under this subchapter;".
Subsec. (b)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(f)(1)(B), (C),
redesignated par. (4) as (2) and struck out former pars. (2) and
(3) which read as follows:
"(2) recommending criteria to be used in determining the
geographic areas with the most substantial need for HIV-related
health services;
"(3) summarizing all of the evaluations carried out pursuant to
subsection (a) of this section during the period for which the
report under this subsection is prepared; and".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(f)(2), added subsec. (d).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-75 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-75. Coordination
-STATUTE-
(a) Requirement
The Secretary shall ensure that the Health Resources and Services
Administration, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, and the
Health Care Financing Administration coordinate the planning,
funding, and implementation of Federal HIV programs to enhance the
continuity of care and prevention services for individuals with HIV
disease or those at risk of such disease. The Secretary shall
consult with other Federal agencies, including the Department of
Veterans Affairs, as needed and utilize planning information
submitted to such agencies by the States and entities eligible for
support.
(b) Report
The Secretary shall biennially prepare and submit to the
appropriate committees of the Congress a report concerning the
coordination efforts at the Federal, State, and local levels
described in this section, including a description of Federal
barriers to HIV program integration and a strategy for eliminating
such barriers and enhancing the continuity of care and prevention
services for individuals with HIV disease or those at risk of such
disease.
(c) Integration by State
As a condition of receipt of funds under this subchapter, a State
shall assure the Secretary that health support services funded
under this subchapter will be integrated with each other, that
programs will be coordinated with other available programs
(including Medicaid) and that the continuity of care and prevention
services of individuals with HIV disease is enhanced.
(d) Integration by local or private entities
As a condition of receipt of funds under this subchapter, a local
government or private nonprofit entity shall assure the Secretary
that services funded under this subchapter will be integrated with
each other, that programs will be coordinated with other available
programs (including Medicaid) and that the continuity of care and
prevention services of individuals with HIV is enhanced.
(e) Recommendations regarding release of prisoners
After consultation with the Attorney General and the Director of
the Bureau of Prisons, with States, with eligible areas under part
A of this subchapter, and with entities that receive amounts from
grants under part A or B of this subchapter, the Secretary,
consistent with the coordination required in subsection (a) of this
section, shall develop a plan for the medical case management of
and the provision of support services to individuals who were
Federal or State prisoners and had HIV disease as of the date on
which the individuals were released from the custody of the penal
system. The Secretary shall submit the plan to the Congress not
later than 2 years after October 20, 2000.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2675, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 620; amended
Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec. 312(d)(34), Oct. 27, 1992, 106
Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 106-345, title IV, Secs. 413, 414, Oct. 20,
2000, 114 Stat. 1350, 1351.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 413(1), amended heading
and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
follows: "The Secretary shall assure that the Health Resources and
Services Administration and the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention will coordinate the planning of the funding of programs
authorized under this subchapter to assure that health support
services for individuals with HIV disease are integrated with each
other and that the continuity of care of individuals with HIV
disease is enhanced. In coordinating the allocation of funds made
available under this subchapter the Health Resources and Services
Administration and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
shall utilize planning information submitted to such agencies by
the States and entities eligible for support."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 413(3), added subsec. (b).
Former subsec. (b) redesignated (c).
Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 413(2), (4),
redesignated subsecs. (b) and (c) as (c) and (d), respectively, and
inserted "and prevention services" after "continuity of care".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 414, added subsec. (e).
1992 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102-531 substituted "Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention" for "Centers for Disease Control"
in two places.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-75a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-75a. Audits
-STATUTE-
For fiscal year 2002 and subsequent fiscal years, the Secretary
may reduce the amounts of grants under this subchapter to a State
or political subdivision of a State for a fiscal year if, with
respect to such grants for the second preceding fiscal year, the
State or subdivision fails to prepare audits in accordance with the
procedures of section 7502 of title 31. The Secretary shall
annually select representative samples of such audits, prepare
summaries of the selected audits, and submit the summaries to the
Congress.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2675A, as added Pub. L.
106-345, title IV, Sec. 415, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1351.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-75b 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-75b. Administrative simplification regarding parts A and
B
-STATUTE-
(a) Coordinated disbursement
After consultation with the States, with eligible areas under
part A of this subchapter, and with entities that receive amounts
from grants under part A or B of this subchapter, the Secretary
shall develop a plan for coordinating the disbursement of
appropriations for grants under part A of this subchapter with the
disbursement of appropriations for grants under part B of this
subchapter in order to assist grantees and other recipients of
amounts from such grants in complying with the requirements of such
parts. The Secretary shall submit the plan to the Congress not
later than 18 months after October 20, 2000. Not later than 2 years
after the date on which the plan is so submitted, the Secretary
shall complete the implementation of the plan, notwithstanding any
provision of this subchapter that is inconsistent with the plan.
(b) Biennial applications
After consultation with the States, with eligible areas under
part A of this subchapter, and with entities that receive amounts
from grants under part A or B of this subchapter, the Secretary
shall make a determination of whether the administration of parts A
and B of this subchapter by the Secretary, and the efficiency of
grantees under such parts in complying with the requirements of
such parts, would be improved by requiring that applications for
grants under such parts be submitted biennially rather than
annually. The Secretary shall submit such determination to the
Congress not later than 2 years after October 20, 2000.
(c) Application simplification
After consultation with the States, with eligible areas under
part A of this subchapter, and with entities that receive amounts
from grants under part A or B of this subchapter, the Secretary
shall develop a plan for simplifying the process for applications
under parts A and B of this subchapter. The Secretary shall submit
the plan to the Congress not later than 18 months after October 20,
2000. Not later than 2 years after the date on which the plan is so
submitted, the Secretary shall complete the implementation of the
plan, notwithstanding any provision of this subchapter that is
inconsistent with the plan.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2675B, as added Pub. L.
106-345, title IV, Sec. 416, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1351.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-76 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-76. Definitions
-STATUTE-
For purposes of this subchapter:
(1) Counseling
The term "counseling" means such counseling provided by an
individual trained to provide such counseling.
(2) Designated officer of emergency response employees
The term "designated officer of emergency response employees"
means an individual designated under section 300ff-86 of this
title by the public health officer of the State involved.
(3) Emergency
The term "emergency" means an emergency involving injury or
illness.
(4) Emergency response employees
The term "emergency response employees" means firefighters, law
enforcement officers, paramedics, emergency medical technicians,
funeral-service practitioners, and other individuals (including
employees of legally organized and recognized volunteer
organizations, without regard to whether such employees receive
nominal compensation) who, in the course of professional duties,
respond to emergencies in the geographic area involved.
(5) Employer of emergency response employees
The term "employer of emergency response employees" means an
organization that, in the course of professional duties, responds
to emergencies in the geographic area involved.
(6) Exposed
The term "exposed", with respect to HIV disease or any other
infectious disease, means to be in circumstances in which there
is a significant risk of becoming infected with the etiologic
agent for the disease involved.
(7) Families with HIV disease
The term "families with HIV disease" means families in which
one or more members have HIV disease.
(8) HIV
The term "HIV" means infection with the etiologic agent for
acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(9) HIV disease
The term "HIV disease" means infection with the etiologic agent
for acquired immune deficiency syndrome, and includes any
condition arising from such syndrome.
(10) Official poverty line
The term "official poverty line" means the poverty line
established by the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget and revised by the Secretary in accordance with section
9902(2) of this title.
(11) Person
The term "person" includes one or more individuals, governments
(including the Federal Government and the governments of the
States), governmental agencies, political subdivisions, labor
unions, partnerships, associations, corporations, legal
representatives, mutual companies, joint-stock companies, trusts,
unincorporated organizations, receivers, trustees, and trustees
in cases under title 11.
(12) State
The term "State", except as otherwise specifically provided,
means each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, the Virgin
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern
Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the Republic of the Marshall
Islands.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2676, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 620; amended
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(a), (c)(8), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1373,
1374.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Par. (2). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(8)(A), substituted
"section 300ff-86 of this title by the" for "section" and all that
followed through "by the".
Par. (4). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(a), inserted "funeral-service
practitioners," after "emergency medical technicians,".
Par. (10). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(8)(B), substituted
"section 9902(2)" for "section 9902(a)".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-77 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-77. Authorization of appropriations
-STATUTE-
(a) Part A
For the purpose of carrying out part A of this subchapter, there
are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for
each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
(b) Part B
For the purpose of carrying out part B of this subchapter, there
are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for
each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2677, as added Pub. L.
104-146, Sec. 6(a), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1367; amended Pub. L.
106-345, title IV, Sec. 417, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1352.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Pub. L. 106-345 amended section catchline and text
generally, substituting provisions authorizing appropriations for
parts A and B of this subchapter for fiscal years 2001 through 2005
for provisions authorizing appropriations to make grants under
parts A and B of this subchapter for fiscal years 1996 through 2000
and directing the Secretary to develop a methodology, to be
implemented if possible, for adjusting allocations to account for
grants to new eligible areas under part A of this subchapter and
other relevant factors and to report to Congress on the
methodology.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective May 20, 1996, see section 13(b) of Pub. L.
104-146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under
section 300ff-11 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-13, 300ff-15,
300ff-16, 300ff-28, 300ff-30, 300ff-33 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-78 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part D - General Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-78. Prohibition on promotion of certain activities
-STATUTE-
None of the funds authorized under this subchapter shall be used
to fund AIDS programs, or to develop materials, designed to promote
or encourage, directly, intravenous drug use or sexual activity,
whether homosexual or heterosexual. Funds authorized under this
subchapter may be used to provide medical treatment and support
services for individuals with HIV.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2678, as added Pub. L.
104-146, Sec. 10, May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1373.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L.
104-146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under
section 300ff-11 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part E - Emergency Response Employees 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
-HEAD-
PART E - EMERGENCY RESPONSE EMPLOYEES
-SECREF-
PART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This part is referred to in section 300ff-12 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart i - guidelines and model curriculum 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart i - guidelines and model curriculum
-HEAD-
SUBPART I - GUIDELINES AND MODEL CURRICULUM
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(9), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1374, made technical amendment to subpart heading.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-80 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart i - guidelines and model curriculum
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-80. Grants for implementation
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
With respect to the recommendations contained in the guidelines
and the model curriculum developed under section 300ee-2 of this
title, the Secretary shall make grants to States and political
subdivisions of States for the purpose of assisting grantees
regarding the initial implementation of such portions of the
recommendations as are applicable to emergency response employees.
(b) Requirement of application
The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of this
section unless an application for the grant is submitted to the
Secretary and the application is in such form, is made in such
manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information
as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this
section.
(c) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this section, there is authorized
to be appropriated $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1991
through 1995.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2680, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 622.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section 411(b) of Pub. L. 101-381 provided that: "Sections 2680
and 2681 of part E of title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act
[sections 300ff-80 and 300ff-81 of this title], as added by
subsection (a) of this section, shall take effect upon the date of
the enactment of this Act [Aug. 18, 1990]. Such part shall
otherwise take effect upon the expiration of the 30-day period
beginning on the date on which the Secretary issues guidelines
under section 2681(a)."
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to
infectious diseases 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
SUBPART II - NOTIFICATIONS OF POSSIBLE EXPOSURE TO INFECTIOUS
DISEASES
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(9), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1374, made technical amendment to heading.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-81 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-81. Infectious diseases and circumstances relevant to
notification requirements
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
Not later than 180 days after August 18, 1990, the Secretary
shall complete the development of -
(1) a list of potentially life-threatening infectious diseases
to which emergency response employees may be exposed in
responding to emergencies;
(2) guidelines describing the circumstances in which such
employees may be exposed to such diseases, taking into account
the conditions under which emergency response is provided; and
(3) guidelines describing the manner in which medical
facilities should make determinations for purposes of section
300ff-83(d) of this title.
(b) Specification of airborne infectious diseases
The list developed by the Secretary under subsection (a)(1) of
this section shall include a specification of those infectious
diseases on the list that are routinely transmitted through
airborne or aerosolized means.
(c) Dissemination
The Secretary shall -
(1) transmit to State public health officers copies of the list
and guidelines developed by the Secretary under subsection (a) of
this section with the request that the officers disseminate such
copies as appropriate throughout the States; and
(2) make such copies available to the public.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2681, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 623.)
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ff-83 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-82 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-82. Routine notifications with respect to airborne
infectious diseases in victims assisted
-STATUTE-
(a) Routine notification of designated officer
(1) Determination by treating facility
If a victim of an emergency is transported by emergency
response employees to a medical facility and the medical facility
makes a determination that the victim has an airborne infectious
disease, the medical facility shall notify the designated officer
of the emergency response employees who transported the victim to
the medical facility of the determination.
(2) Determination by facility ascertaining cause of death
If a victim of an emergency is transported by emergency
response employees to a medical facility and the victim dies at
or before reaching the medical facility, the medical facility
ascertaining the cause of death shall notify the designated
officer of the emergency response employees who transported the
victim to the initial medical facility of any determination by
the medical facility that the victim had an airborne infectious
disease.
(b) Requirement of prompt notification
With respect to a determination described in paragraph (1) or
(2), the notification required in each of such paragraphs shall be
made as soon as is practicable, but not later than 48 hours after
the determination is made.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2682, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 623.)
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-84, 300ff-85 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-83 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-83. Request for notifications with respect to victims
assisted
-STATUTE-
(a) Initiation of process by employee
If an emergency response employee believes that the employee may
have been exposed to an infectious disease by a victim of an
emergency who was transported to a medical facility as a result of
the emergency, and if the employee attended, treated, assisted, or
transported the victim pursuant to the emergency, then the
designated officer of the employee shall, upon the request of the
employee, carry out the duties described in subsection (b) of this
section regarding a determination of whether the employee may have
been exposed to an infectious disease by the victim.
(b) Initial determination by designated officer
The duties referred to in subsection (a) of this section are that
-
(1) the designated officer involved collect the facts relating
to the circumstances under which, for purposes of subsection (a)
of this section, the employee involved may have been exposed to
an infectious disease; and
(2) the designated officer evaluate such facts and make a
determination of whether, if the victim involved had any
infectious disease included on the list issued under paragraph
(1) of section 300ff-81(a) of this title, the employee would have
been exposed to the disease under such facts, as indicated by the
guidelines issued under paragraph (2) of such section.
(c) Submission of request to medical facility
(1) In general
If a designated officer makes a determination under subsection
(b)(2) of this section that an emergency response employee may
have been exposed to an infectious disease, the designated
officer shall submit to the medical facility to which the victim
involved was transported a request for a response under
subsection (d) of this section regarding the victim of the
emergency involved.
(2) Form of request
A request under paragraph (1) shall be in writing and be signed
by the designated officer involved, and shall contain a statement
of the facts collected pursuant to subsection (b)(1) of this
section.
(d) Evaluation and response regarding request to medical facility
(1) In general
If a medical facility receives a request under subsection (c)
of this section, the medical facility shall evaluate the facts
submitted in the request and make a determination of whether, on
the basis of the medical information possessed by the facility
regarding the victim involved, the emergency response employee
was exposed to an infectious disease included on the list issued
under paragraph (1) of section 300ff-81(a) of this title, as
indicated by the guidelines issued under paragraph (2) of such
section.
(2) Notification of exposure
If a medical facility makes a determination under paragraph (1)
that the emergency response employee involved has been exposed to
an infectious disease, the medical facility shall, in writing,
notify the designated officer who submitted the request under
subsection (c) of this section of the determination.
(3) Finding of no exposure
If a medical facility makes a determination under paragraph (1)
that the emergency response employee involved has not been
exposed to an infectious disease, the medical facility shall, in
writing, inform the designated officer who submitted the request
under subsection (c) of this section of the determination.
(4) Insufficient information
(A) If a medical facility finds in evaluating facts for
purposes of paragraph (1) that the facts are insufficient to make
the determination described in such paragraph, the medical
facility shall, in writing, inform the designated officer who
submitted the request under subsection (c) of this section of the
insufficiency of the facts.
(B)(i) If a medical facility finds in making a determination
under paragraph (1) that the facility possesses no information on
whether the victim involved has an infectious disease included on
the list under section 300ff-81(a) of this title, the medical
facility shall, in writing, inform the designated officer who
submitted the request under subsection (c) of this section of the
insufficiency of such medical information.
(ii) If after making a response under clause (i) a medical
facility determines that the victim involved has an infectious
disease, the medical facility shall make the determination
described in paragraph (1) and provide the applicable response
specified in this subsection.
(e) Time for making response
After receiving a request under subsection (c) of this section
(including any such request resubmitted under subsection (g)(2) of
this section), a medical facility shall make the applicable
response specified in subsection (d) of this section as soon as is
practicable, but not later than 48 hours after receiving the
request.
(f) Death of victim of emergency
(1) Facility ascertaining cause of death
If a victim described in subsection (a) of this section dies at
or before reaching the medical facility involved, and the medical
facility receives a request under subsection (c) of this section,
the medical facility shall provide a copy of the request to the
medical facility ascertaining the cause of death of the victim,
if such facility is a different medical facility than the
facility that received the original request.
(2) Responsibility of facility
Upon the receipt of a copy of a request for purposes of
paragraph (1), the duties otherwise established in this subpart
regarding medical facilities shall apply to the medical facility
ascertaining the cause of death of the victim in the same manner
and to the same extent as such duties apply to the medical
facility originally receiving the request.
(g) Assistance of public health officer
(1) Evaluation of response of medical facility regarding
insufficient facts
(A) In the case of a request under subsection (c) of this
section to which a medical facility has made the response
specified in subsection (d)(4)(A) of this section regarding the
insufficiency of facts, the public health officer for the
community in which the medical facility is located shall evaluate
the request and the response, if the designated officer involved
submits such documents to the officer with the request that the
officer make such an evaluation.
(B) As soon as is practicable after a public health officer
receives a request under paragraph (1), but not later than 48
hours after receipt of the request, the public health officer
shall complete the evaluation required in such paragraph and
inform the designated officer of the results of the evaluation.
(2) Findings of evaluation
(A) If an evaluation under paragraph (1)(A) indicates that the
facts provided to the medical facility pursuant to subsection (c)
of this section were sufficient for purposes of determinations
under subsection (d)(1) of this section -
(i) the public health officer shall, on behalf of the
designated officer involved, resubmit the request to the
medical facility; and
(ii) the medical facility shall provide to the designated
officer the applicable response specified in subsection (d) of
this section.
(B) If an evaluation under paragraph (1)(A) indicates that the
facts provided in the request to the medical facility were
insufficient for purposes of determinations specified in
subsection (c) of this section -
(i) the public health officer shall provide advice to the
designated officer regarding the collection and description of
appropriate facts; and
(ii) if sufficient facts are obtained by the designated
officer -
(I) the public health officer shall, on behalf of the
designated officer involved, resubmit the request to the
medical facility; and
(II) the medical facility shall provide to the designated
officer the appropriate response under subsection (c) of this
section.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2683, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 624.)
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300ff-81, 300ff-84,
300ff-85, 300ff-87 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-84 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-84. Procedures for notification of exposure
-STATUTE-
(a) Contents of notification to officer
In making a notification required under section 300ff-82 of this
title or section 300ff-83(d)(2) of this title, a medical facility
shall provide -
(1) the name of the infectious disease involved; and
(2) the date on which the victim of the emergency involved was
transported by emergency response employees to the medical
facility involved.
(b) Manner of notification
If a notification under section 300ff-82 of this title or section
300ff-83(d)(2) of this title is mailed or otherwise indirectly made
-
(1) the medical facility sending the notification shall, upon
sending the notification, inform the designated officer to whom
the notification is sent of the fact that the notification has
been sent; and
(2) such designated officer shall, not later than 10 days after
being informed by the medical facility that the notification has
been sent, inform such medical facility whether the designated
officer has received the notification.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2684, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 626;
amended Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 12(c)(10), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat.
1374.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104-146 substituted "section
300ff-83(d)(2)" for "section 300ff-82(d)(2)" in introductory
provisions.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-85 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-85. Notification of employee
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
After receiving a notification for purposes of section 300ff-82
or 300ff-83(d)(2) of this title, a designated officer of emergency
response employees shall, to the extent practicable, immediately
notify each of such employees who -
(1) responded to the emergency involved; and
(2) as indicated by guidelines developed by the Secretary, may
have been exposed to an infectious disease.
(b) Certain contents of notification to employee
A notification under this subsection to an emergency response
employee shall inform the employee of -
(1) the fact that the employee may have been exposed to an
infectious disease and the name of the disease involved;
(2) any action by the employee that, as indicated by guidelines
developed by the Secretary, is medically appropriate; and
(3) if medically appropriate under such criteria, the date of
such emergency.
(c) Responses other than notification of exposure
After receiving a response under paragraph (3) or (4) of
subsection (d) of section 300ff-83 of this title, or a response
under subsection (g)(1) of such section, the designated officer for
the employee shall, to the extent practicable, immediately inform
the employee of the response.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2685, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 626.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-86 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-86. Selection of designated officers
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
For the purposes of receiving notifications and responses and
making requests under this subpart on behalf of emergency response
employees, the public health officer of each State shall designate
1 official or officer of each employer of emergency response
employees in the State.
(b) Preference in making designations
In making the designations required in subsection (a) of this
section, a public health officer shall give preference to
individuals who are trained in the provision of health care or in
the control of infectious diseases.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2686, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 627.)
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300ff-76 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-87 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-87. Limitations with respect to duties of medical
facilities
-STATUTE-
The duties established in this subpart for a medical facility -
(1) shall apply only to medical information possessed by the
facility during the period in which the facility is treating the
victim for conditions arising from the emergency, or during the
60-day period beginning on the date on which the victim is
transported by emergency response employees to the facility,
whichever period expires first; and
(2) shall not apply to any extent after the expiration of the
30-day period beginning on the expiration of the applicable
period referred to in paragraph (1), except that such duties
shall apply with respect to any request under section 300ff-83(c)
of this title received by a medical facility before the
expiration of such 30-day period.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2687, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 627.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-88 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-88. Rules of construction
-STATUTE-
(a) Liability of medical facilities and designated officers
This subpart may not be construed to authorize any cause of
action for damages or any civil penalty against any medical
facility, or any designated officer, for failure to comply with the
duties established in this subpart.
(b) Testing
This subpart may not, with respect to victims of emergencies, be
construed to authorize or require a medical facility to test any
such victim for any infectious disease.
(c) Confidentiality
This subpart may not be construed to authorize or require any
medical facility, any designated officer of emergency response
employees, or any such employee, to disclose identifying
information with respect to a victim of an emergency or with
respect to an emergency response employee.
(d) Failure to provide emergency services
This subpart may not be construed to authorize any emergency
response employee to fail to respond, or to deny services, to any
victim of an emergency.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2688, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 627.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-89 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-89. Injunctions regarding violation of prohibition
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary may, in any court of competent jurisdiction,
commence a civil action for the purpose of obtaining temporary or
permanent injunctive relief with respect to any violation of this
subpart.
(b) Facilitation of information on violations
The Secretary shall establish an administrative process for
encouraging emergency response employees to provide information to
the Secretary regarding violations of this subpart. As appropriate,
the Secretary shall investigate alleged such violations and seek
appropriate injunctive relief.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2689, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 628.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-90 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part E - Emergency Response Employees
subpart ii - notifications of possible exposure to infectious
diseases
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-90. Applicability of subpart
-STATUTE-
This subpart shall not apply in a State if the chief executive
officer of the State certifies to the Secretary that the law of the
State is in substantial compliance with this subpart.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2690, as added Pub. L.
101-381, title IV, Sec. 411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 628.)
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part F - Demonstration and Training 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part F - Demonstration and Training
-HEAD-
PART F - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
-SECREF-
PART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This part is referred to in section 300ff-12 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart i - special projects of national
significance 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part F - Demonstration and Training
subpart i - special projects of national significance
-HEAD-
SUBPART I - SPECIAL PROJECTS OF NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-101 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part F - Demonstration and Training
subpart i - special projects of national significance
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-101. Special projects of national significance
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
Of the amount appropriated under each of parts A, B, C, and D of
this subchapter for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall use the
greater of $20,000,000 or 3 percent of such amount appropriated
under each such part, but not to exceed $25,000,000, to administer
a special projects of national significance program to award direct
grants to public and nonprofit private entities including
community-based organizations to fund special programs for the care
and treatment of individuals with HIV disease.
(b) Grants
The Secretary shall award grants under subsection (a) of this
section based on -
(1) the need to assess the effectiveness of a particular model
for the care and treatment of individuals with HIV disease;
(2) the innovative nature of the proposed activity; and
(3) the potential replicability of the proposed activity in
other similar localities or nationally.
(c) Special projects
Special projects of national significance shall include the
development and assessment of innovative service delivery models
that are designed to -
(1) address the needs of special populations;
(2) assist in the development of essential community-based
service delivery infrastructure; and
(3) ensure the ongoing availability of services for Native
American communities to enable such communities to care for
Native Americans with HIV disease.
(d) Special populations
Special projects of national significance may include the
delivery of HIV health care and support services to traditionally
underserved populations including -
(1) individuals and families with HIV disease living in rural
communities;
(2) adolescents with HIV disease;
(3) Indian individuals and families with HIV disease;
(4) homeless individuals and families with HIV disease;
(5) hemophiliacs with HIV disease; and
(6) incarcerated individuals with HIV disease.
(e) Service development grants
Special projects of national significance may include the
development of model approaches to delivering HIV care and support
services including -
(1) programs that support family-based care networks and
programs that build organizational capacity critical to the
delivery of care in minority communities;
(2) programs designed to prepare AIDS service organizations and
grantees under this subchapter for operation within the changing
health care environment; and
(3) programs designed to integrate the delivery of mental
health and substance abuse treatment with HIV services.
(f) Coordination
The Secretary may not make a grant under this section unless the
applicant submits evidence that the proposed program is consistent
with the statewide coordinated statement of need, and the applicant
agrees to participate in the ongoing revision process of such
statement of need.
(g) Replication
The Secretary shall make information concerning successful models
developed under this part available to grantees under this
subchapter for the purpose of coordination, replication, and
integration. To facilitate efforts under this subsection, the
Secretary may provide for peer-based technical assistance from
grantees funded under this part.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2691, as added Pub. L.
104-146, Sec. 3(g)(1), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1362.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
For effective date, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as
an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart ii - aids education and training centers 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part F - Demonstration and Training
subpart ii - aids education and training centers
-HEAD-
SUBPART II - AIDS EDUCATION AND TRAINING CENTERS
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300ff-111 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
Part F - Demonstration and Training
subpart ii - aids education and training centers
-HEAD-
Sec. 300ff-111. HIV/AIDS communities, schools, and centers
-STATUTE-
(a) Schools; centers
(1) In general
The Secretary may make grants and enter into contracts to
assist public and nonprofit private entities and schools and
academic health science centers in meeting the costs of projects
-
(A) to train health personnel, including practitioners in
programs under this subchapter and other community providers,
in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of HIV disease,
including the prevention of the perinatal transmission of the
disease, including measures for the prevention and treatment of
opportunistic infections, and including (as applicable to the
type of health professional involved), prenatal and other
gynecological care for women with HIV disease;
(B) to train the faculty of schools of, and graduate
departments or programs of, medicine, nursing, osteopathic
medicine, dentistry, public health, allied health, and mental
health practice to teach health professions students to provide
for the health care needs of individuals with HIV disease;
(C) to develop and disseminate curricula and resource
materials relating to the care and treatment of individuals
with such disease and the prevention of the disease among
individuals who are at risk of contracting the disease; and
(D) to develop protocols for the medical care of women with
HIV disease, including prenatal and other gynecological care
for such women.
(2) Preference in making grants
In making grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give
preference to qualified projects which will -
(A) train, or result in the training of, health professionals
who will provide treatment for minority individuals with HIV
disease and other individuals who are at high risk of
contracting such disease; and
(B) train, or result in the training of, minority health
professionals and minority allied health professionals to
provide treatment for individuals with such disease.
(3) Application
No grant or contract may be made under paragraph (1) unless an
application is submitted to the Secretary in such form, at such
time, and containing such information, as the Secretary may
prescribe.
(b) Dental schools
(1) In general
(A) Grants
The Secretary may make grants to dental schools and programs
described in subparagraph (B) to assist such schools and
programs with respect to oral health care to patients with HIV
disease.
(B) Eligible applicants
For purposes of this subsection, the dental schools and
programs referred to in this subparagraph are dental schools
and programs that were described in section 294o(b)(4)(B) of
this title as such section was in effect on the day before
November 13, 1998, and in addition dental hygiene programs that
are accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation.
(2) Application
Each dental school or program described in section (!1) the
section referred to in paragraph (1)(B) may annually submit an
application documenting the unreimbursed costs of oral health
care provided to patients with HIV disease by that school or
hospital during the prior year.
(3) Distribution
The Secretary shall distribute the available funds among all
eligible applicants, taking into account the number of patients
with HIV disease served and the unreimbursed oral health care
costs incurred by each institution as compared with the total
number of patients served and costs incurred by all eligible
applicants.
(4) Maintenance of effort
The Secretary shall not make a grant under this subsection if
doing so would result in any reduction in State funding allotted
for such purposes.
(5) Community-based care
The Secretary may make grants to dental schools and programs
described in paragraph (1)(B) that partner with community-based
dentists to provide oral health care to patients with HIV disease
in unserved areas. Such partnerships shall permit the training of
dental students and residents and the participation of community
dentists as adjunct faculty.
(c) Authorization of appropriations
(1) Schools; centers
For the purpose of grants under subsection (a) of this section,
there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be
necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
(2) Dental schools
(A) In general
For the purpose of grants under paragraphs (1) through (4) of
subsection (b) of this section, there are authorized to be
appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the
fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
(B) Community-based care
For the purpose of grants under subsection (b)(5) of this
section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through
2005.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, Sec. 2692, formerly title VII,
Sec. 776, as added Pub. L. 102-408, title I, Sec. 102, Oct. 13,
1992, 106 Stat. 2050; amended Pub. L. 102-531, title III, Sec.
313(a)(4), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507; renumbered title XXVI,
Sec. 2692, and amended Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(h), May 20, 1996,
110 Stat. 1363; Pub. L. 104-166, Sec. 5(2), July 29, 1996, 110
Stat. 1449; Pub. L. 106-345, title IV, Sec. 402(a)(1), (b), (c),
Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1348, 1349.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 294n of this title
prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 104-146.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 402(a)(1)(A),
substituted "to train" for "training", substituted ", including"
for "and including" after "transmission of the disease", and
inserted ", and including (as applicable to the type of health
professional involved), prenatal and other gynecological care for
women with HIV disease" before semicolon at end.
Subsec. (a)(1)(D). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 402(a)(1)(B)-(D), added
subpar. (D).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 402(b)(1), amended heading
and text of par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
follows: "The Secretary may make grants to assist dental schools
and programs described in section 294o(b)(4)(B) of this title with
respect to oral health care to patients with HIV disease."
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 402(b)(2), substituted "the
section referred to in paragraph (1)(B)" for "294o(b)(4)(B) of this
title".
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 402(b)(3), added par. (5).
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 402(c)(1), substituted
"fiscal years 2001 through 2005" for "fiscal years 1996 through
2000".
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 106-345, Sec. 402(c)(2), amended heading
and text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
follows: "For the purpose of grants under subsection (b) of this
section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1996 through 2000."
1996 - Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(h)(1), (2)(A), substituted
"HIV/AIDS communities, schools, and centers" for "Acquired immune
deficiency syndrome" as section catchline.
Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 104-166, Sec. 5(2)(A), substituted "in
programs under this subchapter" for "in subchapter XXIV programs"
and struck out "infection and" after "prevention of HIV".
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(h)(2)(B)(iii), added subpar. (A). Former
subpar. (A) redesignated (B).
Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(h)(2)(B)(iv), inserted
"and" after semicolon.
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(h)(2)(B)(i), (ii), redesignated subpar.
(A) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows:
"to train practitioners to provide for the health care needs of
such individuals;".
Subsec. (a)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(h)(2)(B)(i),
(ii), redesignated subpar. (D) as (C) and struck out former subpar.
(C) which read as follows: "with respect to improving clinical
skills in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of such disease,
to educate and train the health professionals and clinical staff of
schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, and dentistry; and".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104-166, Sec. 5(2)(B), added subsec. (c) and
struck out heading and text of former subsec. (c). Text read as
follows: "For purposes of this section:
"(1) The term 'HIV disease' means infection with the human
immunodeficiency virus, and includes any condition arising from
such infection.
"(2) The term 'human immunodeficiency virus' means the
etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome."
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104-166, Sec. 5(2)(B), struck out heading
and text of subsec. (d) relating to authorization of appropriations
for fiscal years 1996 through 2000. Text read as follows: "There
are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such
sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1996 through
2000."
Pub. L. 104-166, Sec. 5(2)(B), struck out heading and text of
subsec. (d) relating to authorization of appropriations for fiscal
years 1993 through 1995. Text read as follows:
"(1) Schools; centers. - For the purpose of grants under
subsection (a) of this section, there is authorized to be
appropriated $23,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1993 through
1995.
"(2) Dental schools. - For the purpose of grants under subsection
(b) of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated
$7,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1993 through 1995."
Pub. L. 104-146, Sec. 3(h)(4), added subsec. (d) relating to
authorization of appropriations for fiscal years 1996 through 2000.
1992 - Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 102-531, which directed the
substitution of "No grant" for "no grant" in par. (3), could not be
executed because the words "no grant" did not appear in par. (3).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section
13 of Pub. L. 104-146, set out as a note under section 300ff-11 of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 102-531 effective immediately after
enactment of Pub. L. 102-408, see section 313(c) of Pub. L.
102-531, set out as a note under section 292y of this title.
DISSEMINATION OF TREATMENT GUIDELINES; MEDICAL CONSULTATION
ACTIVITIES
Pub. L. 106-345, title IV, Sec. 402(a)(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 1349, provided that: "Not later than 90 days after the date
of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 20, 2000], the Secretary of
Health and Human Services shall issue and begin implementation of a
strategy for the dissemination of HIV treatment information to
health care providers and patients."
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH
INSURANCE COVERAGE 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-204, title VI, Sec. 604(a)(1), Sept. 26, 1996,
110 Stat. 2938, substituted "REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH
INSURANCE COVERAGE" for "ASSURING PORTABILITY, AVAILABILITY, AND
RENEWABILITY OF HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE" as subchapter heading.
-SECREF-
SUBCHAPTER REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This subchapter is referred to in sections 300bb-2, 1397cc,
1397ii of this title; title 26 sections 4980B, 9805; title 29
section 1162.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part A - Group Market Reforms 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
-HEAD-
PART A - GROUP MARKET REFORMS
-SECREF-
PART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This part is referred to in title 29 section 1181; title 42
section 300gg-61.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability
requirements 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
SUBPART 1 - PORTABILITY, ACCESS, AND RENEWABILITY REQUIREMENTS
-SECREF-
SUBPART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This subpart is referred to in section 300gg-21 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg. Increased portability through limitation on preexisting
condition exclusions
-STATUTE-
(a) Limitation on preexisting condition exclusion period; crediting
for periods of previous coverage
Subject to subsection (d) of this section, a group health plan,
and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance
coverage, may, with respect to a participant or beneficiary, impose
a preexisting condition exclusion only if -
(1) such exclusion relates to a condition (whether physical or
mental), regardless of the cause of the condition, for which
medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended or
received within the 6-month period ending on the enrollment date;
(2) such exclusion extends for a period of not more than 12
months (or 18 months in the case of a late enrollee) after the
enrollment date; and
(3) the period of any such preexisting condition exclusion is
reduced by the aggregate of the periods of creditable coverage
(if any, as defined in subsection (c)(1) of this section)
applicable to the participant or beneficiary as of the enrollment
date.
(b) Definitions
For purposes of this part -
(1) Preexisting condition exclusion
(A) In general
The term "preexisting condition exclusion" means, with
respect to coverage, a limitation or exclusion of benefits
relating to a condition based on the fact that the condition
was present before the date of enrollment for such coverage,
whether or not any medical advice, diagnosis, care, or
treatment was recommended or received before such date.
(B) Treatment of genetic information
Genetic information shall not be treated as a condition
described in subsection (a)(1) of this section in the absence
of a diagnosis of the condition related to such information.
(2) Enrollment date
The term "enrollment date" means, with respect to an individual
covered under a group health plan or health insurance coverage,
the date of enrollment of the individual in the plan or coverage
or, if earlier, the first day of the waiting period for such
enrollment.
(3) Late enrollee
The term "late enrollee" means, with respect to coverage under
a group health plan, a participant or beneficiary who enrolls
under the plan other than during -
(A) the first period in which the individual is eligible to
enroll under the plan, or
(B) a special enrollment period under subsection (f) of this
section.
(4) Waiting period
The term "waiting period" means, with respect to a group health
plan and an individual who is a potential participant or
beneficiary in the plan, the period that must pass with respect
to the individual before the individual is eligible to be covered
for benefits under the terms of the plan.
(c) Rules relating to crediting previous coverage
(1) "Creditable coverage" defined
For purposes of this subchapter, the term "creditable coverage"
means, with respect to an individual, coverage of the individual
under any of the following:
(A) A group health plan.
(B) Health insurance coverage.
(C) Part A or part B of title XVIII of the Social Security
Act [42 U.S.C. 1395c et seq., 1395j et seq.].
(D) Title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et
seq.], other than coverage consisting solely of benefits under
section 1928 [42 U.S.C. 1396s].
(E) Chapter 55 of title 10.
(F) A medical care program of the Indian Health Service or of
a tribal organization.
(G) A State health benefits risk pool.
(H) A health plan offered under chapter 89 of title 5.
(I) A public health plan (as defined in regulations).
(J) A health benefit plan under section 2504(e) of title 22.
Such term does not include coverage consisting solely of coverage
of excepted benefits (as defined in section 300gg-91(c) of this
title).
(2) Not counting periods before significant breaks in coverage
(A) In general
A period of creditable coverage shall not be counted, with
respect to enrollment of an individual under a group health
plan, if, after such period and before the enrollment date,
there was a 63-day period during all of which the individual
was not covered under any creditable coverage.
(B) Waiting period not treated as a break in coverage
For purposes of subparagraph (A) and subsection (d)(4) of
this section, any period that an individual is in a waiting
period for any coverage under a group health plan (or for group
health insurance coverage) or is in an affiliation period (as
defined in subsection (g)(2) of this section) shall not be
taken into account in determining the continuous period under
subparagraph (A).
(3) Method of crediting coverage
(A) Standard method
Except as otherwise provided under subparagraph (B), for
purposes of applying subsection (a)(3) of this section, a group
health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group
health insurance coverage, shall count a period of creditable
coverage without regard to the specific benefits covered during
the period.
(B) Election of alternative method
A group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering
group health insurance, may elect to apply subsection (a)(3) of
this section based on coverage of benefits within each of
several classes or categories of benefits specified in
regulations rather than as provided under subparagraph (A).
Such election shall be made on a uniform basis for all
participants and beneficiaries. Under such election a group
health plan or issuer shall count a period of creditable
coverage with respect to any class or category of benefits if
any level of benefits is covered within such class or category.
(C) Plan notice
In the case of an election with respect to a group health
plan under subparagraph (B) (whether or not health insurance
coverage is provided in connection with such plan), the plan
shall -
(i) prominently state in any disclosure statements
concerning the plan, and state to each enrollee at the time
of enrollment under the plan, that the plan has made such
election, and
(ii) include in such statements a description of the effect
of this election.
(D) Issuer notice
In the case of an election under subparagraph (B) with
respect to health insurance coverage offered by an issuer in
the small or large group market, the issuer -
(i) shall prominently state in any disclosure statements
concerning the coverage, and to each employer at the time of
the offer or sale of the coverage, that the issuer has made
such election, and
(ii) shall include in such statements a description of the
effect of such election.
(4) Establishment of period
Periods of creditable coverage with respect to an individual
shall be established through presentation of certifications
described in subsection (e) of this section or in such other
manner as may be specified in regulations.
(d) Exceptions
(1) Exclusion not applicable to certain newborns
Subject to paragraph (4), a group health plan, and a health
insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, may
not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of an
individual who, as of the last day of the 30-day period beginning
with the date of birth, is covered under creditable coverage.
(2) Exclusion not applicable to certain adopted children
Subject to paragraph (4), a group health plan, and a health
insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, may
not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of a
child who is adopted or placed for adoption before attaining 18
years of age and who, as of the last day of the 30-day period
beginning on the date of the adoption or placement for adoption,
is covered under creditable coverage. The previous sentence shall
not apply to coverage before the date of such adoption or
placement for adoption.
(3) Exclusion not applicable to pregnancy
A group health plan, and health insurance issuer offering group
health insurance coverage, may not impose any preexisting
condition exclusion relating to pregnancy as a preexisting
condition.
(4) Loss if break in coverage
Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall no longer apply to an individual
after the end of the first 63-day period during all of which the
individual was not covered under any creditable coverage.
(e) Certifications and disclosure of coverage
(1) Requirement for certification of period of creditable
coverage
(A) In general
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering
group health insurance coverage, shall provide the
certification described in subparagraph (B) -
(i) at the time an individual ceases to be covered under
the plan or otherwise becomes covered under a COBRA
continuation provision,
(ii) in the case of an individual becoming covered under
such a provision, at the time the individual ceases to be
covered under such provision, and
(iii) on the request on behalf of an individual made not
later than 24 months after the date of cessation of the
coverage described in clause (i) or (ii), whichever is later.
The certification under clause (i) may be provided, to the
extent practicable, at a time consistent with notices required
under any applicable COBRA continuation provision.
(B) Certification
The certification described in this subparagraph is a written
certification of -
(i) the period of creditable coverage of the individual
under such plan and the coverage (if any) under such COBRA
continuation provision, and
(ii) the waiting period (if any) (and affiliation period,
if applicable) imposed with respect to the individual for any
coverage under such plan.
(C) Issuer compliance
To the extent that medical care under a group health plan
consists of group health insurance coverage, the plan is deemed
to have satisfied the certification requirement under this
paragraph if the health insurance issuer offering the coverage
provides for such certification in accordance with this
paragraph.
(2) Disclosure of information on previous benefits
In the case of an election described in subsection (c)(3)(B) of
this section by a group health plan or health insurance issuer,
if the plan or issuer enrolls an individual for coverage under
the plan and the individual provides a certification of coverage
of the individual under paragraph (1) -
(A) upon request of such plan or issuer, the entity which
issued the certification provided by the individual shall
promptly disclose to such requesting plan or issuer information
on coverage of classes and categories of health benefits
available under such entity's plan or coverage, and
(B) such entity may charge the requesting plan or issuer for
the reasonable cost of disclosing such information.
(3) Regulations
The Secretary shall establish rules to prevent an entity's
failure to provide information under paragraph (1) or (2) with
respect to previous coverage of an individual from adversely
affecting any subsequent coverage of the individual under another
group health plan or health insurance coverage.
(f) Special enrollment periods
(1) Individuals losing other coverage
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering
group health insurance coverage in connection with a group health
plan, shall permit an employee who is eligible, but not enrolled,
for coverage under the terms of the plan (or a dependent of such
an employee if the dependent is eligible, but not enrolled, for
coverage under such terms) to enroll for coverage under the terms
of the plan if each of the following conditions is met:
(A) The employee or dependent was covered under a group
health plan or had health insurance coverage at the time
coverage was previously offered to the employee or dependent.
(B) The employee stated in writing at such time that coverage
under a group health plan or health insurance coverage was the
reason for declining enrollment, but only if the plan sponsor
or issuer (if applicable) required such a statement at such
time and provided the employee with notice of such requirement
(and the consequences of such requirement) at such time.
(C) The employee's or dependent's coverage described in
subparagraph (A) -
(i) was under a COBRA continuation provision and the
coverage under such provision was exhausted; or
(ii) was not under such a provision and either the coverage
was terminated as a result of loss of eligibility for the
coverage (including as a result of legal separation, divorce,
death, termination of employment, or reduction in the number
of hours of employment) or employer contributions toward such
coverage were terminated.
(D) Under the terms of the plan, the employee requests such
enrollment not later than 30 days after the date of exhaustion
of coverage described in subparagraph (C)(i) or termination of
coverage or employer contribution described in subparagraph
(C)(ii).
(2) For dependent beneficiaries
(A) In general
If -
(i) a group health plan makes coverage available with
respect to a dependent of an individual,
(ii) the individual is a participant under the plan (or has
met any waiting period applicable to becoming a participant
under the plan and is eligible to be enrolled under the plan
but for a failure to enroll during a previous enrollment
period), and
(iii) a person becomes such a dependent of the individual
through marriage, birth, or adoption or placement for
adoption,
the group health plan shall provide for a dependent special
enrollment period described in subparagraph (B) during which
the person (or, if not otherwise enrolled, the individual) may
be enrolled under the plan as a dependent of the individual,
and in the case of the birth or adoption of a child, the spouse
of the individual may be enrolled as a dependent of the
individual if such spouse is otherwise eligible for coverage.
(B) Dependent special enrollment period
A dependent special enrollment period under this subparagraph
shall be a period of not less than 30 days and shall begin on
the later of -
(i) the date dependent coverage is made available, or
(ii) the date of the marriage, birth, or adoption or
placement for adoption (as the case may be) described in
subparagraph (A)(iii).
(C) No waiting period
If an individual seeks to enroll a dependent during the first
30 days of such a dependent special enrollment period, the
coverage of the dependent shall become effective -
(i) in the case of marriage, not later than the first day
of the first month beginning after the date the completed
request for enrollment is received;
(ii) in the case of a dependent's birth, as of the date of
such birth; or
(iii) in the case of a dependent's adoption or placement
for adoption, the date of such adoption or placement for
adoption.
(g) Use of affiliation period by HMOs as alternative to preexisting
condition exclusion
(1) In general
A health maintenance organization which offers health insurance
coverage in connection with a group health plan and which does
not impose any preexisting condition exclusion allowed under
subsection (a) of this section with respect to any particular
coverage option may impose an affiliation period for such
coverage option, but only if -
(A) such period is applied uniformly without regard to any
health status-related factors; and
(B) such period does not exceed 2 months (or 3 months in the
case of a late enrollee).
(2) Affiliation period
(A) "Affiliation period" defined
For purposes of this subchapter, the term "affiliation
period" means a period which, under the terms of the health
insurance coverage offered by the health maintenance
organization, must expire before the health insurance coverage
becomes effective. The organization is not required to provide
health care services or benefits during such period and no
premium shall be charged to the participant or beneficiary for
any coverage during the period.
(B) Beginning
Such period shall begin on the enrollment date.
(C) Runs concurrently with waiting periods
An affiliation period under a plan shall run concurrently
with any waiting period under the plan.
(3) Alternative methods
A health maintenance organization described in paragraph (1)
may use alternative methods, from those described in such
paragraph, to address adverse selection as approved by the State
insurance commissioner or official or officials designated by the
State to enforce the requirements of this part for the State
involved with respect to such issuer.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2701, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1955.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(C), (D),
is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Parts A
and B of title XVIII of the Act are classified generally to parts A
(Sec. 1395c et seq.) and B (Sec. 1395j et seq.) of subchapter XVIII
of chapter 7 of this title. Title XIX of the Act is classified
generally to subchapter XIX (Sec. 1396 et seq.) of chapter 7 of
this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code,
see section 1305 of this title and Tables.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2701 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238 of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section 102(c) of Pub. L. 104-191 provided that:
"(1) In general. - Except as provided in this subsection, part A
of title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act [this part] (as
added by subsection (a)) shall apply with respect to group health
plans, and health insurance coverage offered in connection with
group health plans, for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997.
"(2) Determination of creditable coverage. -
"(A) Period of coverage. -
"(i) In general. - Subject to clause (ii), no period before
July 1, 1996, shall be taken into account under part A of title
XXVII of the Public Health Service Act [this part] (as added by
this section) in determining creditable coverage.
"(ii) Special rule for certain periods. - The Secretary of
Health and Human Services, consistent with section 104 [set out
as a note under section 300gg-92 of this title], shall provide
for a process whereby individuals who need to establish
creditable coverage for periods before July 1, 1996, and who
would have such coverage credited but for clause (i) may be
given credit for creditable coverage for such periods through
the presentation of documents or other means.
"(B) Certifications, etc. -
"(i) In general. - Subject to clauses (ii) and (iii),
subsection (e) of section 2701 of the Public Health Service Act
[subsec. (e) of this section] (as added by this section) shall
apply to events occurring after June 30, 1996.
"(ii) No certification required to be provided before june 1,
1997. - In no case is a certification required to be provided
under such subsection before June 1, 1997.
"(iii) Certification only on written request for events
occurring before october 1, 1996. - In the case of an event
occurring after June 30, 1996, and before October 1, 1996, a
certification is not required to be provided under such
subsection unless an individual (with respect to whom the
certification is otherwise required to be made) requests such
certification in writing.
"(C) Transitional rule. - In the case of an individual who
seeks to establish creditable coverage for any period for which
certification is not required because it relates to an event
occurring before June 30, 1996 -
"(i) the individual may present other credible evidence of
such coverage in order to establish the period of creditable
coverage; and
"(ii) a group health plan and a health insurance issuer shall
not be subject to any penalty or enforcement action with
respect to the plan's or issuer's crediting (or not crediting)
such coverage if the plan or issuer has sought to comply in
good faith with the applicable requirements under the
amendments made by this section [enacting this section and
sections 300gg-1, 300gg-11 to 300gg-13, 300gg-21 to 300gg-23,
300gg-91, and 300gg-92 of this title and amending sections 300e
and 300bb-8 of this title].
"(3) Special rule for collective bargaining agreements. - Except
as provided in paragraph (2)(B), in the case of a group health plan
maintained pursuant to 1 or more collective bargaining agreements
between employee representatives and one or more employers ratified
before the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 21, 1996], part
A of title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act [this part]
(other than section 2701(e) thereof [subsec. (e) of this section])
shall not apply to plan years beginning before the later of -
"(A) the date on which the last of the collective bargaining
agreements relating to the plan terminates (determined without
regard to any extension thereof agreed to after the date of the
enactment of this Act), or
"(B) July 1, 1997.
For purposes of subparagraph (A), any plan amendment made pursuant
to a collective bargaining agreement relating to the plan which
amends the plan solely to conform to any requirement of such part
shall not be treated as a termination of such collective bargaining
agreement.
"(4) Timely regulations. - The Secretary of Health and Human
Services, consistent with section 104 [set out as a note under
section 300gg-92 of this title], shall first issue by not later
than April 1, 1997, such regulations as may be necessary to carry
out the amendments made by this section [enacting this section and
sections 300gg-1, 300gg-11 to 300gg-13, 300gg-21 to 300gg-23,
300gg-91, and 300gg-92 of this title and amending sections 300e and
300bb-8 of this title] and section 111 [enacting sections 300gg-41
to 300gg-44 and 300gg-61 to 300gg-63 of this title].
"(5) Limitation on actions. - No enforcement action shall be
taken, pursuant to the amendments made by this section, against a
group health plan or health insurance issuer with respect to a
violation of a requirement imposed by such amendments before
January 1, 1998, or, if later, the date of issuance of regulations
referred to in paragraph (4), if the plan or issuer has sought to
comply in good faith with such requirements."
CONGRESSIONAL FINDINGS RELATING TO EXERCISE OF COMMERCE CLAUSE
AUTHORITY; SEVERABILITY
Section 195 of title I of Pub. L. 104-191 provided that:
"(a) Findings Relating to Exercise of Commerce Clause Authority.
- Congress finds the following in relation to the provisions of
this title [enacting this subchapter and sections 1181 to 1183 and
1191 to 1191c of Title 29, Labor, amending sections 233, 300e, and
300bb-8 of this title and sections 1003, 1021, 1022, 1024, 1132,
1136, and 1144 of Title 29, and enacting provisions set out as
notes under this section, section 300gg-92 of this title, and
section 1181 of Title 29]:
"(1) Provisions in group health plans and health insurance
coverage that impose certain preexisting condition exclusions
impact the ability of employees to seek employment in interstate
commerce, thereby impeding such commerce.
"(2) Health insurance coverage is commercial in nature and is
in and affects interstate commerce.
"(3) It is a necessary and proper exercise of Congressional
authority to impose requirements under this title on group health
plans and health insurance coverage (including coverage offered
to individuals previously covered under group health plans) in
order to promote commerce among the States.
"(4) Congress, however, intends to defer to States, to the
maximum extent practicable, in carrying out such requirements
with respect to insurers and health maintenance organizations
that are subject to State regulation, consistent with the
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
[29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.].
"(b) Severability. - If any provision of this title or the
application of such provision to any person or circumstance is held
to be unconstitutional, the remainder of this title and the
application of the provisions of such to any person or circumstance
shall not be affected thereby."
HEALTH COVERAGE AVAILABILITY STUDIES
Section 191 of title I of Pub. L. 104-191 provided that:
"(a) Studies. -
"(1) Study on effectiveness of reforms. - The Secretary of
Health and Human Services shall provide for a study on the
effectiveness of the provisions of this title [enacting this
subchapter and sections 1181 to 1183 and 1191 to 1191c of Title
29, Labor, amending sections 233, 300e, and 300bb-8 of this title
and sections 1003, 1021, 1022, 1024, 1132, 1136, and 1144 of
Title 29, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this
section, section 300gg-92 of this title, and section 1181 of
Title 29] and the various State laws, in ensuring the
availability of reasonably priced health coverage to employers
purchasing group coverage and individuals purchasing coverage on
a non-group basis.
"(2) Study on access and choice. - The Secretary also shall
provide for a study on -
"(A) the extent to which patients have direct access to, and
choice of, health care providers, including specialty
providers, within a network plan, as well as the opportunity to
utilize providers outside of the network plan, under the
various types of coverage offered under the provisions of this
title; and
"(B) the cost and cost-effectiveness to health insurance
issuers of providing access to out-of-network providers, and
the potential impact of providing such access on the cost and
quality of health insurance coverage offered under provisions
of this title.
"(3) Consultation. - The studies under this subsection shall be
conducted in consultation with the Secretary of Labor,
representatives of State officials, consumers, and other
representatives of individuals and entities that have expertise
in health insurance and employee benefits.
"(b) Reports. - Not later than January 1, 2000, the Secretary
shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report on
each of the studies under subsection (a)."
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300e, 300bb-5, 300gg-1,
300gg-21, 300gg-23, 300gg-41, 300gg-43, 300gg-91, 1395ss, 1396a,
1397jj of this title; title 26 section 4980B; title 29 section
1165.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-1 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-1. Prohibiting discrimination against individual
participants and beneficiaries based on health status
-STATUTE-
(a) In eligibility to enroll
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), a group health plan, and a health
insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage in
connection with a group health plan, may not establish rules for
eligibility (including continued eligibility) of any individual
to enroll under the terms of the plan based on any of the
following health status-related factors in relation to the
individual or a dependent of the individual:
(A) Health status.
(B) Medical condition (including both physical and mental
illnesses).
(C) Claims experience.
(D) Receipt of health care.
(E) Medical history.
(F) Genetic information.
(G) Evidence of insurability (including conditions arising
out of acts of domestic violence).
(H) Disability.
(2) No application to benefits or exclusions
To the extent consistent with section 300gg (!1) of this title,
paragraph (1) shall not be construed -
(A) to require a group health plan, or group health insurance
coverage, to provide particular benefits other than those
provided under the terms of such plan or coverage, or
(B) to prevent such a plan or coverage from establishing
limitations or restrictions on the amount, level, extent, or
nature of the benefits or coverage for similarly situated
individuals enrolled in the plan or coverage.
(3) Construction
For purposes of paragraph (1), rules for eligibility to enroll
under a plan include rules defining any applicable waiting
periods for such enrollment.
(b) In premium contributions
(1) In general
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering
health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan,
may not require any individual (as a condition of enrollment or
continued enrollment under the plan) to pay a premium or
contribution which is greater than such premium or contribution
for a similarly situated individual enrolled in the plan on the
basis of any health status-related factor in relation to the
individual or to an individual enrolled under the plan as a
dependent of the individual.
(2) Construction
Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed -
(A) to restrict the amount that an employer may be charged
for coverage under a group health plan; or
(B) to prevent a group health plan, and a health insurance
issuer offering group health insurance coverage, from
establishing premium discounts or rebates or modifying
otherwise applicable copayments or deductibles in return for
adherence to programs of health promotion and disease
prevention.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2702, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1961.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300gg of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), was
in the original "section 701" and was translated as reading
"section 2701" meaning section 2701 of act July 1, 1944, as added
by Pub. L. 104-191, Sec. 102(a), to reflect the probable intent of
Congress.
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2702 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238a of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to group health plans, and health
insurance coverage offered in connection with group health plans,
for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997, except as otherwise
provided, see section 102(c) of Pub. L. 104-191, set out as a note
under section 300gg of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300gg-11, 300gg-91,
1395w-22, 1395cc-2 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart 2 - other requirements 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 2 - other requirements
-HEAD-
SUBPART 2 - OTHER REQUIREMENTS
-SECREF-
SUBPART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This subpart is referred to in sections 300gg-21, 1396u-2, 1397cc
of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-4 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 2 - other requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-4. Standards relating to benefits for mothers and
newborns
-STATUTE-
(a) Requirements for minimum hospital stay following birth
(1) In general
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering
group health insurance coverage, may not -
(A) except as provided in paragraph (2) -
(i) restrict benefits for any hospital length of stay in
connection with childbirth for the mother or newborn child,
following a normal vaginal delivery, to less than 48 hours,
or
(ii) restrict benefits for any hospital length of stay in
connection with childbirth for the mother or newborn child,
following a cesarean section, to less than 96 hours, or
(B) require that a provider obtain authorization from the
plan or the issuer for prescribing any length of stay required
under subparagraph (A) (without regard to paragraph (2)).
(2) Exception
Paragraph (1)(A) shall not apply in connection with any group
health plan or health insurance issuer in any case in which the
decision to discharge the mother or her newborn child prior to
the expiration of the minimum length of stay otherwise required
under paragraph (1)(A) is made by an attending provider in
consultation with the mother.
(b) Prohibitions
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group
health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan,
may not -
(1) deny to the mother or her newborn child eligibility, or
continued eligibility, to enroll or to renew coverage under the
terms of the plan, solely for the purpose of avoiding the
requirements of this section;
(2) provide monetary payments or rebates to mothers to
encourage such mothers to accept less than the minimum
protections available under this section;
(3) penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of
an attending provider because such provider provided care to an
individual participant or beneficiary in accordance with this
section;
(4) provide incentives (monetary or otherwise) to an attending
provider to induce such provider to provide care to an individual
participant or beneficiary in a manner inconsistent with this
section; or
(5) subject to subsection (c)(3) of this section, restrict
benefits for any portion of a period within a hospital length of
stay required under subsection (a) of this section in a manner
which is less favorable than the benefits provided for any
preceding portion of such stay.
(c) Rules of construction
(1) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a
mother who is a participant or beneficiary -
(A) to give birth in a hospital; or
(B) to stay in the hospital for a fixed period of time
following the birth of her child.
(2) This section shall not apply with respect to any group health
plan, or any group health insurance coverage offered by a health
insurance issuer, which does not provide benefits for hospital
lengths of stay in connection with childbirth for a mother or her
newborn child.
(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as preventing a
group health plan or issuer from imposing deductibles, coinsurance,
or other cost-sharing in relation to benefits for hospital lengths
of stay in connection with childbirth for a mother or newborn child
under the plan (or under health insurance coverage offered in
connection with a group health plan), except that such coinsurance
or other cost-sharing for any portion of a period within a hospital
length of stay required under subsection (a) of this section may
not be greater than such coinsurance or cost-sharing for any
preceding portion of such stay.
(d) Notice
A group health plan under this part shall comply with the notice
requirement under section 1185(d) of title 29 with respect to the
requirements of this section as if such section applied to such
plan.
(e) Level and type of reimbursements
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent a group
health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health
insurance coverage from negotiating the level and type of
reimbursement with a provider for care provided in accordance with
this section.
(f) Preemption; exception for health insurance coverage in certain
States
(1) In general
The requirements of this section shall not apply with respect
to health insurance coverage if there is a State law (as defined
in section 300gg-23(d)(1) of this title) for a State that
regulates such coverage that is described in any of the following
subparagraphs:
(A) Such State law requires such coverage to provide for at
least a 48-hour hospital length of stay following a normal
vaginal delivery and at least a 96-hour hospital length of stay
following a cesarean section.
(B) Such State law requires such coverage to provide for
maternity and pediatric care in accordance with guidelines
established by the American College of Obstetricians and
Gynecologists, the American Academy of Pediatrics, or other
established professional medical associations.
(C) Such State law requires, in connection with such coverage
for maternity care, that the hospital length of stay for such
care is left to the decision of (or required to be made by) the
attending provider in consultation with the mother.
(2) Construction
Section 300gg-23(a)(1) of this title shall not be construed as
superseding a State law described in paragraph (1).
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2704, as added Pub. L.
104-204, title VI, Sec. 604(a)(3), Sept. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 2939.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2704 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238c of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section 604(c) of Pub. L. 104-204 provided that: "The amendments
made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections
300gg-21 and 300gg-23 of this title] shall apply with respect to
group health plans for plan years beginning on or after January 1,
1998."
CONGRESSIONAL FINDINGS
Section 602 of title VI of Pub. L. 104-204 provided that:
"Congress finds that -
"(1) the length of post-delivery hospital stay should be based
on the unique characteristics of each mother and her newborn
child, taking into consideration the health of the mother, the
health and stability of the newborn, the ability and confidence
of the mother and the father to care for their newborn, the
adequacy of support systems at home, and the access of the mother
and her newborn to appropriate follow-up health care; and
"(2) the timing of the discharge of a mother and her newborn
child from the hospital should be made by the attending provider
in consultation with the mother."
REPORTS TO CONGRESS CONCERNING CHILDBIRTH
Section 606 of title VI of Pub. L. 104-204 provided that:
"(a) Findings. - Congress finds that -
"(1) childbirth is one part of a continuum of experience that
includes prepregnancy, pregnancy and prenatal care, labor and
delivery, the immediate postpartum period, and a longer period of
adjustment for the newborn, the mother, and the family;
"(2) health care practices across this continuum are changing
in response to health care financing and delivery system changes,
science and clinical research, and patient preferences; and
"(3) there is a need -
"(A) to examine the issues and consequences associated with
the length of hospital stays following childbirth;
"(B) to examine the follow-up practices for mothers and
newborns used in conjunction with shorter hospital stays;
"(C) to identify appropriate health care practices and
procedures with regard to the hospital discharge of newborns
and mothers;
"(D) to examine the extent to which such care is affected by
family and environmental factors; and
"(E) to examine the content of care during hospital stays
following childbirth.
"(b) Advisory Panel. -
"(1) In general. - Not later than 90 days after the date of
enactment of this Act [Sept. 26, 1996], the Secretary of Health
and Human Services (in this section referred to as the
'Secretary') shall establish an advisory panel (referred to in
this section as the 'advisory panel') -
"(A) to guide and review methods, procedures, and data
collection necessary to conduct the study described in
subsection (c) in a manner that is intended to enhance the
quality, safety, and effectiveness of health care services
provided to mothers and newborns;
"(B) to develop a consensus among the members of the advisory
panel regarding the appropriateness of the specific
requirements of this title [see section 601 of Pub. L. 104-204,
set out as a Short Title of 1996 Amendment note under section
201 of this title]; and
"(C) to prepare and submit to the Secretary, as part of the
report of the Secretary submitted under subsection (d), a
report summarizing the consensus (if any) developed under
subparagraph (B) or the reasons for not reaching such a
consensus.
"(2) Participation. -
"(A) Department representatives. - The Secretary shall ensure
that representatives from within the Department of Health and
Human Services that have expertise in the area of maternal and
child health or in outcomes research are appointed to the
advisory panel.
"(B) Representatives of public and private sector entities. -
"(i) In general. - The Secretary shall ensure that members
of the advisory panel include representatives of public and
private sector entities having knowledge or experience in one
or more of the following areas:
"(I) Patient care.
"(II) Patient education.
"(III) Quality assurance.
"(IV) Outcomes research.
"(V) Consumer issues.
"(ii) Requirement. - The panel shall include
representatives of each of the following categories:
"(I) Health care practitioners.
"(II) Health plans.
"(III) Hospitals.
"(IV) Employers.
"(V) States.
"(VI) Consumers.
"(c) Studies. -
"(1) In general. - The Secretary shall conduct a study of -
"(A) the factors affecting the continuum of care with respect
to maternal and child health care, including outcomes following
childbirth;
"(B) the factors determining the length of hospital stay
following childbirth;
"(C) the diversity of negative or positive outcomes affecting
mothers, infants, and families;
"(D) the manner in which post natal care has changed over
time and the manner in which that care has adapted or related
to changes in the length of hospital stay, taking into account
-
"(i) the types of post natal care available and the extent
to which such care is accessed; and
"(ii) the challenges associated with providing post natal
care to all populations, including vulnerable populations,
and solutions for overcoming these challenges; and
"(E) the financial incentives that may -
"(i) impact the health of newborns and mothers; and
"(ii) influence the clinical decisionmaking of health care
providers.
"(2) Resources. - The Secretary shall provide to the advisory
panel the resources necessary to carry out the duties of the
advisory panel.
"(d) Reports. -
"(1) In general. - The Secretary shall prepare and submit to
the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the
Committee on Commerce [now Committee on Energy and Commerce] of
the House of Representatives a report that contains -
"(A) a summary of the study conducted under subsection (c);
"(B) a summary of the best practices used in the public and
private sectors for the care of newborns and mothers;
"(C) recommendations for improvements in prenatal care, post
natal care, delivery and follow-up care, and whether the
implementation of such improvements should be accomplished by
the private health care sector, Federal or State governments,
or any combination thereof; and
"(D) limitations on the databases in existence on the date of
the enactment of this Act [Sept. 26, 1996].
"(2) Deadlines. - The Secretary shall prepare and submit to the
Committees referred to in paragraph (1) -
"(A) an initial report concerning the study conducted under
subsection (c) and elements described in paragraph (1), not
later than 18 months after the date of the enactment of this
Act;
"(B) an interim report concerning such study and elements not
later than 3 years after the date of the enactment of this Act;
and
"(C) a final report concerning such study and elements not
later than 5 years after the date of the enactment of this Act.
"(e) Termination of Panel. - The advisory panel shall terminate
on the date that occurs 60 days after the date on which the last
report is submitted under subsection (d)."
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300gg-23, 300gg-51 of
this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-5 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 2 - other requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-5. Parity in application of certain limits to mental
health benefits
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
(1) Aggregate lifetime limits
In the case of a group health plan (or health insurance
coverage offered in connection with such a plan) that provides
both medical and surgical benefits and mental health benefits -
(A) No lifetime limit
If the plan or coverage does not include an aggregate
lifetime limit on substantially all medical and surgical
benefits, the plan or coverage may not impose any aggregate
lifetime limit on mental health benefits.
(B) Lifetime limit
If the plan or coverage includes an aggregate lifetime limit
on substantially all medical and surgical benefits (in this
paragraph referred to as the "applicable lifetime limit"), the
plan or coverage shall either -
(i) apply the applicable lifetime limit both to the medical
and surgical benefits to which it otherwise would apply and
to mental health benefits and not distinguish in the
application of such limit between such medical and surgical
benefits and mental health benefits; or
(ii) not include any aggregate lifetime limit on mental
health benefits that is less than the applicable lifetime
limit.
(C) Rule in case of different limits
In the case of a plan or coverage that is not described in
subparagraph (A) or (B) and that includes no or different
aggregate lifetime limits on different categories of medical
and surgical benefits, the Secretary shall establish rules
under which subparagraph (B) is applied to such plan or
coverage with respect to mental health benefits by substituting
for the applicable lifetime limit an average aggregate lifetime
limit that is computed taking into account the weighted average
of the aggregate lifetime limits applicable to such categories.
(2) Annual limits
In the case of a group health plan (or health insurance
coverage offered in connection with such a plan) that provides
both medical and surgical benefits and mental health benefits -
(A) No annual limit
If the plan or coverage does not include an annual limit on
substantially all medical and surgical benefits, the plan or
coverage may not impose any annual limit on mental health
benefits.
(B) Annual limit
If the plan or coverage includes an annual limit on
substantially all medical and surgical benefits (in this
paragraph referred to as the "applicable annual limit"), the
plan or coverage shall either -
(i) apply the applicable annual limit both to medical and
surgical benefits to which it otherwise would apply and to
mental health benefits and not distinguish in the application
of such limit between such medical and surgical benefits and
mental health benefits; or
(ii) not include any annual limit on mental health benefits
that is less than the applicable annual limit.
(C) Rule in case of different limits
In the case of a plan or coverage that is not described in
subparagraph (A) or (B) and that includes no or different
annual limits on different categories of medical and surgical
benefits, the Secretary shall establish rules under which
subparagraph (B) is applied to such plan or coverage with
respect to mental health benefits by substituting for the
applicable annual limit an average annual limit that is
computed taking into account the weighted average of the annual
limits applicable to such categories.
(b) Construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed -
(1) as requiring a group health plan (or health insurance
coverage offered in connection with such a plan) to provide any
mental health benefits; or
(2) in the case of a group health plan (or health insurance
coverage offered in connection with such a plan) that provides
mental health benefits, as affecting the terms and conditions
(including cost sharing, limits on numbers of visits or days of
coverage, and requirements relating to medical necessity)
relating to the amount, duration, or scope of mental health
benefits under the plan or coverage, except as specifically
provided in subsection (a) of this section (in regard to parity
in the imposition of aggregate lifetime limits and annual limits
for mental health benefits).
(c) Exemptions
(1) Small employer exemption
This section shall not apply to any group health plan (and
group health insurance coverage offered in connection with a
group health plan) for any plan year of a small employer.
(2) Increased cost exemption
This section shall not apply with respect to a group health
plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with a
group health plan) if the application of this section to such
plan (or to such coverage) results in an increase in the cost
under the plan (or for such coverage) of at least 1 percent.
(d) Separate application to each option offered
In the case of a group health plan that offers a participant or
beneficiary two or more benefit package options under the plan, the
requirements of this section shall be applied separately with
respect to each such option.
(e) Definitions
For purposes of this section -
(1) Aggregate lifetime limit
The term "aggregate lifetime limit" means, with respect to
benefits under a group health plan or health insurance coverage,
a dollar limitation on the total amount that may be paid with
respect to such benefits under the plan or health insurance
coverage with respect to an individual or other coverage unit.
(2) Annual limit
The term "annual limit" means, with respect to benefits under a
group health plan or health insurance coverage, a dollar
limitation on the total amount of benefits that may be paid with
respect to such benefits in a 12-month period under the plan or
health insurance coverage with respect to an individual or other
coverage unit.
(3) Medical or surgical benefits
The term "medical or surgical benefits" means benefits with
respect to medical or surgical services, as defined under the
terms of the plan or coverage (as the case may be), but does not
include mental health benefits.
(4) Mental health benefits
The term "mental health benefits" means benefits with respect
to mental health services, as defined under the terms of the plan
or coverage (as the case may be), but does not include benefits
with respect to treatment of substance abuse or chemical
dependency.
(f) Sunset
This section shall not apply to benefits for services furnished
on or after December 31, 2003.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2705, as added Pub. L.
104-204, title VII, Sec. 703(a), Sept. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 2947;
amended Pub. L. 107-116, title VII, Sec. 701(b), Jan. 10, 2002, 115
Stat. 2228; Pub. L. 107-313, Sec. 2(b), Dec. 2, 2002, 116 Stat.
2457.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2705 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238d of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2002 - Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 107-313 substituted "December 31,
2003" for "December 31, 2002".
Pub. L. 107-116 substituted "December 31, 2002" for "September
30, 2001".
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section 703(b) of Pub. L. 104-204 provided that: "The amendments
made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply with
respect to group health plans for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 1998."
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-6 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 2 - other requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-6. Required coverage for reconstructive surgery
following mastectomies
-STATUTE-
The provisions of section 1185b of title 29 shall apply to group
health plans, and health insurance issuers providing health
insurance coverage in connection with group health plans, as if
included in this subpart.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2706, as added Pub. L.
105-277, div. A, Sec. 101(f) [title IX, Sec. 903(a)], Oct. 21,
1998, 112 Stat. 2681-337, 2681-438.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Pub. L. 105-277, div. A, Sec. 101(f) [title IX, Sec. 903(c)(1)],
Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681-337, 2681-438, provided that:
"(A) In general. - The amendment made by subsection (a) [enacting
this section] shall apply to group health plans for plan years
beginning on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21,
1998].
"(B) Special rule for collective bargaining agreements. - In the
case of a group health plan maintained pursuant to 1 or more
collective bargaining agreements between employee representatives
and 1 or more employers, any plan amendment made pursuant to a
collective bargaining agreement relating to the plan which amends
the plan solely to conform to any requirement added by the
amendment made by subsection (a) shall not be treated as a
termination of such collective bargaining agreement."
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300gg-52 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart 3 - provisions applicable only to health
insurance issuers 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 3 - provisions applicable only to health insurance issuers
-HEAD-
SUBPART 3 - PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO HEALTH INSURANCE ISSUERS
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-204, title VI, Sec. 604(a)(2), Sept. 26, 1996,
110 Stat. 2939, redesignated subpart 2 as 3.
-SECREF-
SUBPART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This subpart is referred to in section 300gg-21 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-11 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 3 - provisions applicable only to health insurance issuers
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-11. Guaranteed availability of coverage for employers in
group market
-STATUTE-
(a) Issuance of coverage in small group market
(1) In general
Subject to subsections (c) through (f) of this section, each
health insurance issuer that offers health insurance coverage in
the small group market in a State -
(A) must accept every small employer (as defined in section
300gg-91(e)(4) of this title) in the State that applies for
such coverage; and
(B) must accept for enrollment under such coverage every
eligible individual (as defined in paragraph (2)) who applies
for enrollment during the period in which the individual first
becomes eligible to enroll under the terms of the group health
plan and may not place any restriction which is inconsistent
with section 300gg-1 of this title on an eligible individual
being a participant or beneficiary.
(2) "Eligible individual" defined
For purposes of this section, the term "eligible individual"
means, with respect to a health insurance issuer that offers
health insurance coverage to a small employer in connection with
a group health plan in the small group market, such an individual
in relation to the employer as shall be determined -
(A) in accordance with the terms of such plan,
(B) as provided by the issuer under rules of the issuer which
are uniformly applicable in a State to small employers in the
small group market, and
(C) in accordance with all applicable State laws governing
such issuer and such market.
(b) Assuring access in large group market
(1) Reports to HHS
The Secretary shall request that the chief executive officer of
each State submit to the Secretary, by not later December 31,
2000, and every 3 years thereafter a report on -
(A) the access of large employers to health insurance
coverage in the State, and
(B) the circumstances for lack of access (if any) of large
employers (or one or more classes of such employers) in the
State to such coverage.
(2) Triennial reports to Congress
The Secretary, based on the reports submitted under paragraph
(1) and such other information as the Secretary may use, shall
prepare and submit to Congress, every 3 years, a report
describing the extent to which large employers (and classes of
such employers) that seek health insurance coverage in the
different States are able to obtain access to such coverage. Such
report shall include such recommendations as the Secretary
determines to be appropriate.
(3) GAO report on large employer access to health insurance
coverage
The Comptroller General shall provide for a study of the extent
to which classes of large employers in the different States are
able to obtain access to health insurance coverage and the
circumstances for lack of access (if any) to such coverage. The
Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report on such
study not later than 18 months after August 21, 1996.
(c) Special rules for network plans
(1) In general
In the case of a health insurance issuer that offers health
insurance coverage in the small group market through a network
plan, the issuer may -
(A) limit the employers that may apply for such coverage to
those with eligible individuals who live, work, or reside in
the service area for such network plan; and
(B) within the service area of such plan, deny such coverage
to such employers if the issuer has demonstrated, if required,
to the applicable State authority that -
(i) it will not have the capacity to deliver services
adequately to enrollees of any additional groups because of
its obligations to existing group contract holders and
enrollees, and
(ii) it is applying this paragraph uniformly to all
employers without regard to the claims experience of those
employers and their employees (and their dependents) or any
health status-related factor relating to such employees and
dependents.
(2) 180-day suspension upon denial of coverage
An issuer, upon denying health insurance coverage in any
service area in accordance with paragraph (1)(B), may not offer
coverage in the small group market within such service area for a
period of 180 days after the date such coverage is denied.
(d) Application of financial capacity limits
(1) In general
A health insurance issuer may deny health insurance coverage in
the small group market if the issuer has demonstrated, if
required, to the applicable State authority that -
(A) it does not have the financial reserves necessary to
underwrite additional coverage; and
(B) it is applying this paragraph uniformly to all employers
in the small group market in the State consistent with
applicable State law and without regard to the claims
experience of those employers and their employees (and their
dependents) or any health status-related factor relating to
such employees and dependents.
(2) 180-day suspension upon denial of coverage
A health insurance issuer upon denying health insurance
coverage in connection with group health plans in accordance with
paragraph (1) in a State may not offer coverage in connection
with group health plans in the small group market in the State
for a period of 180 days after the date such coverage is denied
or until the issuer has demonstrated to the applicable State
authority, if required under applicable State law, that the
issuer has sufficient financial reserves to underwrite additional
coverage, whichever is later. An applicable State authority may
provide for the application of this subsection on a
service-area-specific basis.
(e) Exception to requirement for failure to meet certain minimum
participation or contribution rules
(1) In general
Subsection (a) of this section shall not be construed to
preclude a health insurance issuer from establishing employer
contribution rules or group participation rules for the offering
of health insurance coverage in connection with a group health
plan in the small group market, as allowed under applicable State
law.
(2) Rules defined
For purposes of paragraph (1) -
(A) the term "employer contribution rule" means a requirement
relating to the minimum level or amount of employer
contribution toward the premium for enrollment of participants
and beneficiaries; and
(B) the term "group participation rule" means a requirement
relating to the minimum number of participants or beneficiaries
that must be enrolled in relation to a specified percentage or
number of eligible individuals or employees of an employer.
(f) Exception for coverage offered only to bona fide association
members
Subsection (a) of this section shall not apply to health
insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer if such
coverage is made available in the small group market only through
one or more bona fide associations (as defined in section
300gg-91(d)(3) of this title).
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2711, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1962.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2711 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238j of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to group health plans, and health
insurance coverage offered in connection with group health plans,
for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997, except as otherwise
provided, see section 102(c) of Pub. L. 104-191, set out as a note
under section 300gg of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300gg-12 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-12 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 3 - provisions applicable only to health insurance issuers
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-12. Guaranteed renewability of coverage for employers in
group market
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
Except as provided in this section, if a health insurance issuer
offers health insurance coverage in the small or large group market
in connection with a group health plan, the issuer must renew or
continue in force such coverage at the option of the plan sponsor
of the plan.
(b) General exceptions
A health insurance issuer may nonrenew or discontinue health
insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan
in the small or large group market based only on one or more of the
following:
(1) Nonpayment of premiums
The plan sponsor has failed to pay premiums or contributions in
accordance with the terms of the health insurance coverage or the
issuer has not received timely premium payments.
(2) Fraud
The plan sponsor has performed an act or practice that
constitutes fraud or made an intentional misrepresentation of
material fact under the terms of the coverage.
(3) Violation of participation or contribution rules
The plan sponsor has failed to comply with a material plan
provision relating to employer contribution or group
participation rules, as permitted under section 300gg-11(e) of
this title in the case of the small group market or pursuant to
applicable State law in the case of the large group market.
(4) Termination of coverage
The issuer is ceasing to offer coverage in such market in
accordance with subsection (c) of this section and applicable
State law.
(5) Movement outside service area
In the case of a health insurance issuer that offers health
insurance coverage in the market through a network plan, there is
no longer any enrollee in connection with such plan who lives,
resides, or works in the service area of the issuer (or in the
area for which the issuer is authorized to do business) and, in
the case of the small group market, the issuer would deny
enrollment with respect to such plan under section
300gg-11(c)(1)(A) of this title.
(6) Association membership ceases
In the case of health insurance coverage that is made available
in the small or large group market (as the case may be) only
through one or more bona fide associations, the membership of an
employer in the association (on the basis of which the coverage
is provided) ceases but only if such coverage is terminated under
this paragraph uniformly without regard to any health
status-related factor relating to any covered individual.
(c) Requirements for uniform termination of coverage
(1) Particular type of coverage not offered
In any case in which an issuer decides to discontinue offering
a particular type of group health insurance coverage offered in
the small or large group market, coverage of such type may be
discontinued by the issuer in accordance with applicable State
law in such market only if -
(A) the issuer provides notice to each plan sponsor provided
coverage of this type in such market (and participants and
beneficiaries covered under such coverage) of such
discontinuation at least 90 days prior to the date of the
discontinuation of such coverage;
(B) the issuer offers to each plan sponsor provided coverage
of this type in such market, the option to purchase all (or, in
the case of the large group market, any) other health insurance
coverage currently being offered by the issuer to a group
health plan in such market; and
(C) in exercising the option to discontinue coverage of this
type and in offering the option of coverage under subparagraph
(B), the issuer acts uniformly without regard to the claims
experience of those sponsors or any health status-related
factor relating to any participants or beneficiaries covered or
new participants or beneficiaries who may become eligible for
such coverage.
(2) Discontinuance of all coverage
(A) In general
In any case in which a health insurance issuer elects to
discontinue offering all health insurance coverage in the small
group market or the large group market, or both markets, in a
State, health insurance coverage may be discontinued by the
issuer only in accordance with applicable State law and if -
(i) the issuer provides notice to the applicable State
authority and to each plan sponsor (and participants and
beneficiaries covered under such coverage) of such
discontinuation at least 180 days prior to the date of the
discontinuation of such coverage; and
(ii) all health insurance issued or delivered for issuance
in the State in such market (or markets) are discontinued and
coverage under such health insurance coverage in such market
(or markets) is not renewed.
(B) Prohibition on market reentry
In the case of a discontinuation under subparagraph (A) in a
market, the issuer may not provide for the issuance of any
health insurance coverage in the market and State involved
during the 5-year period beginning on the date of the
discontinuation of the last health insurance coverage not so
renewed.
(d) Exception for uniform modification of coverage
At the time of coverage renewal, a health insurance issuer may
modify the health insurance coverage for a product offered to a
group health plan -
(1) in the large group market; or
(2) in the small group market if, for coverage that is
available in such market other than only through one or more bona
fide associations, such modification is consistent with State law
and effective on a uniform basis among group health plans with
that product.
(e) Application to coverage offered only through associations
In applying this section in the case of health insurance coverage
that is made available by a health insurance issuer in the small or
large group market to employers only through one or more
associations, a reference to "plan sponsor" is deemed, with respect
to coverage provided to an employer member of the association, to
include a reference to such employer.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2712, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1964.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2712 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238k of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to group health plans, and health
insurance coverage offered in connection with group health plans,
for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997, except as otherwise
provided, see section 102(c) of Pub. L. 104-191, set out as a note
under section 300gg of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300gg-41 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-13 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 3 - provisions applicable only to health insurance issuers
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-13. Disclosure of information
-STATUTE-
(a) Disclosure of information by health plan issuers
In connection with the offering of any health insurance coverage
to a small employer, a health insurance issuer -
(1) shall make a reasonable disclosure to such employer, as
part of its solicitation and sales materials, of the availability
of information described in subsection (b) of this section, and
(2) upon request of such a small employer, provide such
information.
(b) Information described
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (3), with respect to a health insurance
issuer offering health insurance coverage to a small employer,
information described in this subsection is information
concerning -
(A) the provisions of such coverage concerning issuer's right
to change premium rates and the factors that may affect changes
in premium rates;
(B) the provisions of such coverage relating to renewability
of coverage;
(C) the provisions of such coverage relating to any
preexisting condition exclusion; and
(D) the benefits and premiums available under all health
insurance coverage for which the employer is qualified.
(2) Form of information
Information under this subsection shall be provided to small
employers in a manner determined to be understandable by the
average small employer, and shall be sufficient to reasonably
inform small employers of their rights and obligations under the
health insurance coverage.
(3) Exception
An issuer is not required under this section to disclose any
information that is proprietary and trade secret information
under applicable law.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2713, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1966.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2713 of act July 1, 1944, was successively
renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238l of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to group health plans, and health
insurance coverage offered in connection with group health plans,
for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997, except as otherwise
provided, see section 102(c) of Pub. L. 104-191, set out as a note
under section 300gg of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart 4 - exclusion of plans; enforcement;
preemption 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 4 - exclusion of plans; enforcement; preemption
-HEAD-
SUBPART 4 - EXCLUSION OF PLANS; ENFORCEMENT; PREEMPTION
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-204, title VI, Sec. 604(a)(2), Sept. 26, 1996,
110 Stat. 2939, redesignated subpart 3 as 4.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-21 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 4 - exclusion of plans; enforcement; preemption
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-21. Exclusion of certain plans
-STATUTE-
(a) Exception for certain small group health plans
The requirements of subparts 1 and 3 shall not apply to any group
health plan (and health insurance coverage offered in connection
with a group health plan) for any plan year if, on the first day of
such plan year, such plan has less than 2 participants who are
current employees.
(b) Limitation on application of provisions relating to group
health plans
(1) In general
The requirements of subparts 1 through 3 shall apply with
respect to group health plans only -
(A) subject to paragraph (2), in the case of a plan that is a
nonfederal (!1) governmental plan, and
(B) with respect to health insurance coverage offered in
connection with a group health plan (including such a plan that
is a church plan or a governmental plan).
(2) Treatment of non-Federal governmental plans
(A) Election to be excluded
If the plan sponsor of a nonfederal (!1) governmental plan
which is a group health plan to which the provisions of
subparts 1 through 3 otherwise apply makes an election under
this subparagraph (in such form and manner as the Secretary may
by regulations prescribe), then the requirements of such
subparts insofar as they apply directly to group health plans
(and not merely to group health insurance coverage) shall not
apply to such governmental plans for such period except as
provided in this paragraph.
(B) Period of election
An election under subparagraph (A) shall apply -
(i) for a single specified plan year, or
(ii) in the case of a plan provided pursuant to a
collective bargaining agreement, for the term of such
agreement.
An election under clause (i) may be extended through subsequent
elections under this paragraph.
(C) Notice to enrollees
Under such an election, the plan shall provide for -
(i) notice to enrollees (on an annual basis and at the time
of enrollment under the plan) of the fact and consequences of
such election, and
(ii) certification and disclosure of creditable coverage
under the plan with respect to enrollees in accordance with
section 300gg(e) of this title.
(c) Exception for certain benefits
The requirements of subparts 1 through 3 shall not apply to any
group health plan (or group health insurance coverage) in relation
to its provision of excepted benefits described in section
300gg-91(c)(1) of this title.
(d) Exception for certain benefits if certain conditions met
(1) Limited, excepted benefits
The requirements of subparts 1 through 3 shall not apply to any
group health plan (and group health insurance coverage offered in
connection with a group health plan) in relation to its provision
of excepted benefits described in section 300gg-91(c)(2) of this
title if the benefits -
(A) are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or
contract of insurance; or
(B) are otherwise not an integral part of the plan.
(2) Noncoordinated, excepted benefits
The requirements of subparts 1 through 3 shall not apply to any
group health plan (and group health insurance coverage offered in
connection with a group health plan) in relation to its provision
of excepted benefits described in section 300gg-91(c)(3) of this
title if all of the following conditions are met:
(A) The benefits are provided under a separate policy,
certificate, or contract of insurance.
(B) There is no coordination between the provision of such
benefits and any exclusion of benefits under any group health
plan maintained by the same plan sponsor.
(C) Such benefits are paid with respect to an event without
regard to whether benefits are provided with respect to such an
event under any group health plan maintained by the same plan
sponsor.
(3) Supplemental excepted benefits
The requirements of this part shall not apply to any group
health plan (and group health insurance coverage) in relation to
its provision of excepted benefits described in section
300gg-91(c)(4) (!2) of this title if the benefits are provided
under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance.
(e) Treatment of partnerships
For purposes of this part -
(1) Treatment as a group health plan
Any plan, fund, or program which would not be (but for this
subsection) an employee welfare benefit plan and which is
established or maintained by a partnership, to the extent that
such plan, fund, or program provides medical care (including
items and services paid for as medical care) to present or former
partners in the partnership or to their dependents (as defined
under the terms of the plan, fund, or program), directly or
through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise, shall be treated
(subject to paragraph (2)) as an employee welfare benefit plan
which is a group health plan.
(2) Employer
In the case of a group health plan, the term "employer" also
includes the partnership in relation to any partner.
(3) Participants of group health plans
In the case of a group health plan, the term "participant" also
includes -
(A) in connection with a group health plan maintained by a
partnership, an individual who is a partner in relation to the
partnership, or
(B) in connection with a group health plan maintained by a
self-employed individual (under which one or more employees are
participants), the self-employed individual,
if such individual is, or may become, eligible to receive a
benefit under the plan or such individual's beneficiaries may be
eligible to receive any such benefit.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2721, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1967;
amended Pub. L. 104-204, title VI, Sec. 604(b)(1), Sept. 26, 1996,
110 Stat. 2940.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300gg-91(c)(4) of this title, referred to in subsec.
(d)(3), was in the original "section 27971(c)(4)" and was
translated as reading "section 2791(c)(4)", meaning section
2791(c)(4) of act July 1, 1944, as added by Pub. L. 104-191, Sec.
102(a), to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Act July 1,
1944, does not contain a section 27971.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-204, Sec. 604(b)(1)(A),
substituted "subparts 1 and 3" for "subparts 1 and 2".
Subsec. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 104-204, Sec. 604(b)(1)(B),
substituted "subparts 1 through 3" for "subparts 1 and 2" wherever
appearing.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-204 applicable with respect to group
health plans for plan years beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1998, see
section 604(c) of Pub. L. 104-204 set out as an Effective Date note
under section 300gg-4 of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to group health plans, and health
insurance coverage offered in connection with group health plans,
for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997, except as otherwise
provided, see section 102(c) of Pub. L. 104-191, set out as a note
under section 300gg of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be "non-Federal".
(!2) See References in Text note below.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-22 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 4 - exclusion of plans; enforcement; preemption
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-22. Enforcement
-STATUTE-
(a) State enforcement
(1) State authority
Subject to section 300gg-23 of this title, each State may
require that health insurance issuers that issue, sell, renew, or
offer health insurance coverage in the State in the small or
large group markets meet the requirements of this part with
respect to such issuers.
(2) Failure to implement provisions
In the case of a determination by the Secretary that a State
has failed to substantially enforce a provision (or provisions)
in this part with respect to health insurance issuers in the
State, the Secretary shall enforce such provision (or provisions)
under subsection (b) of this section insofar as they relate to
the issuance, sale, renewal, and offering of health insurance
coverage in connection with group health plans in such State.
(b) Secretarial enforcement authority
(1) Limitation
The provisions of this subsection shall apply to enforcement of
a provision (or provisions) of this part only -
(A) as provided under subsection (a)(2) of this section; and
(B) with respect to group health plans that are non-Federal
governmental plans.
(2) Imposition of penalties
In the cases described in paragraph (1) -
(A) In general
Subject to the succeeding provisions of this subsection, any
non-Federal governmental plan that is a group health plan and
any health insurance issuer that fails to meet a provision of
this part applicable to such plan or issuer is subject to a
civil money penalty under this subsection.
(B) Liability for penalty
In the case of a failure by -
(i) a health insurance issuer, the issuer is liable for
such penalty, or
(ii) a group health plan that is a non-Federal governmental
plan which is -
(I) sponsored by 2 or more employers, the plan is liable
for such penalty, or
(II) not so sponsored, the employer is liable for such
penalty.
(C) Amount of penalty
(i) In general
The maximum amount of penalty imposed under this paragraph
is $100 for each day for each individual with respect to
which such a failure occurs.
(ii) Considerations in imposition
In determining the amount of any penalty to be assessed
under this paragraph, the Secretary shall take into account
the previous record of compliance of the entity being
assessed with the applicable provisions of this part and the
gravity of the violation.
(iii) Limitations
(I) Penalty not to apply where failure not discovered
exercising reasonable diligence
No civil money penalty shall be imposed under this
paragraph on any failure during any period for which it is
established to the satisfaction of the Secretary that none
of the entities against whom the penalty would be imposed
knew, or exercising reasonable diligence would have known,
that such failure existed.
(II) Penalty not to apply to failures corrected within 30
days
No civil money penalty shall be imposed under this
paragraph on any failure if such failure was due to
reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, and such
failure is corrected during the 30-day period beginning on
the first day any of the entities against whom the penalty
would be imposed knew, or exercising reasonable diligence
would have known, that such failure existed.
(D) Administrative review
(i) Opportunity for hearing
The entity assessed shall be afforded an opportunity for
hearing by the Secretary upon request made within 30 days
after the date of the issuance of a notice of assessment. In
such hearing the decision shall be made on the record
pursuant to section 554 of title 5. If no hearing is
requested, the assessment shall constitute a final and
unappealable order.
(ii) Hearing procedure
If a hearing is requested, the initial agency decision
shall be made by an administrative law judge, and such
decision shall become the final order unless the Secretary
modifies or vacates the decision. Notice of intent to modify
or vacate the decision of the administrative law judge shall
be issued to the parties within 30 days after the date of the
decision of the judge. A final order which takes effect under
this paragraph shall be subject to review only as provided
under subparagraph (E).
(E) Judicial review
(i) Filing of action for review
Any entity against whom an order imposing a civil money
penalty has been entered after an agency hearing under this
paragraph may obtain review by the United States district
court for any district in which such entity is located or the
United States District Court for the District of Columbia by
filing a notice of appeal in such court within 30 days from
the date of such order, and simultaneously sending a copy of
such notice by registered mail to the Secretary.
(ii) Certification of administrative record
The Secretary shall promptly certify and file in such court
the record upon which the penalty was imposed.
(iii) Standard for review
The findings of the Secretary shall be set aside only if
found to be unsupported by substantial evidence as provided
by section 706(2)(E) of title 5.
(iv) Appeal
Any final decision, order, or judgment of the district
court concerning such review shall be subject to appeal as
provided in chapter 83 of title 28.
(F) Failure to pay assessment; maintenance of action
(i) Failure to pay assessment
If any entity fails to pay an assessment after it has
become a final and unappealable order, or after the court has
entered final judgment in favor of the Secretary, the
Secretary shall refer the matter to the Attorney General who
shall recover the amount assessed by action in the
appropriate United States district court.
(ii) Nonreviewability
In such action the validity and appropriateness of the
final order imposing the penalty shall not be subject to
review.
(G) Payment of penalties
Except as otherwise provided, penalties collected under this
paragraph shall be paid to the Secretary (or other officer)
imposing the penalty and shall be available without
appropriation and until expended for the purpose of enforcing
the provisions with respect to which the penalty was imposed.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2722, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1968.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to group health plans, and health
insurance coverage offered in connection with group health plans,
for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997, except as otherwise
provided, see section 102(c) of Pub. L. 104-191, set out as a note
under section 300gg of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300gg-61 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-23 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part A - Group Market Reforms
subpart 4 - exclusion of plans; enforcement; preemption
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-23. Preemption; State flexibility; construction
-STATUTE-
(a) Continued applicability of State law with respect to health
insurance issuers
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2) and except as provided in subsection
(b) of this section, this part and part C of this subchapter
insofar as it relates to this part shall not be construed to
supersede any provision of State law which establishes,
implements, or continues in effect any standard or requirement
solely relating to health insurance issuers in connection with
group health insurance coverage except to the extent that such
standard or requirement prevents the application of a requirement
of this part.
(2) Continued preemption with respect to group health plans
Nothing in this part shall be construed to affect or modify the
provisions of section 1144 of title 29 with respect to group
health plans.
(b) Special rules in case of portability requirements
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), the provisions of this part relating
to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer
supersede any provision of State law which establishes,
implements, or continues in effect a standard or requirement
applicable to imposition of a preexisting condition exclusion
specifically governed by section 300gg of this title (!1) which
differs from the standards or requirements specified in such
section.
(2) Exceptions
Only in relation to health insurance coverage offered by a
health insurance issuer, the provisions of this part do not
supersede any provision of State law to the extent that such
provision -
(i) substitutes for the reference to "6-month period" in
section 300gg(a)(1) of this title a reference to any shorter
period of time;
(ii) substitutes for the reference to "12 months" and "18
months" in section 300gg(a)(2) of this title a reference to any
shorter period of time;
(iii) substitutes for the references to "63" days in sections
300gg(c)(2)(A) and 300gg(d)(4)(A) (!2) of this title a
reference to any greater number of days;
(iv) substitutes for the reference to "30-day period" in
sections 300gg(b)(2) and 300gg(d)(1) of this title a reference
to any greater period;
(v) prohibits the imposition of any preexisting condition
exclusion in cases not described in section 300gg(d) of this
title or expands the exceptions described in such section;
(vi) requires special enrollment periods in addition to those
required under section 300gg(f) of this title; or
(vii) reduces the maximum period permitted in an affiliation
period under section 300gg(g)(1)(B) of this title.
(c) Rules of construction
Nothing in this part (other than section 300gg-4 of this title)
shall be construed as requiring a group health plan or health
insurance coverage to provide specific benefits under the terms of
such plan or coverage.
(d) Definitions
For purposes of this section -
(1) State law
The term "State law" includes all laws, decisions, rules,
regulations, or other State action having the effect of law, of
any State. A law of the United States applicable only to the
District of Columbia shall be treated as a State law rather than
a law of the United States.
(2) State
The term "State" includes a State (including the Northern
Mariana Islands), any political subdivisions of a State or such
Islands, or any agency or instrumentality of either.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2723, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1971;
amended Pub. L. 104-204, title VI, Sec. 604(b)(2), Sept. 26, 1996,
110 Stat. 2941.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 300gg of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), was
in the original "section 701" and was translated as reading
"section 2701" meaning section 2701 of act July 1, 1944, as added
by Pub. L. 104-191, Sec. 102(a), to reflect the probable intent of
Congress.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104-204 inserted "(other than section
300gg-4 of this title)" after "part".
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-204 applicable with respect to group
health plans for plan years beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1998, see
section 604(c) of Pub. L. 104-204 set out as an Effective Date note
under section 300gg-4 of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to group health plans, and health
insurance coverage offered in connection with group health plans,
for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997, except as otherwise
provided, see section 102(c) of Pub. L. 104-191, set out as a note
under section 300gg of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300gg-4, 300gg-22,
300gg-51 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) See References in Text note below.
(!2) So in original. Probably should be "300gg(d)(4)".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part B - Individual Market Rules 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
-HEAD-
PART B - INDIVIDUAL MARKET RULES
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability
requirements 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
SUBPART 1 - PORTABILITY, ACCESS, AND RENEWABILITY REQUIREMENTS
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-41 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-41. Guaranteed availability of individual health
insurance coverage to certain individuals with prior group
coverage
-STATUTE-
(a) Guaranteed availability
(1) In general
Subject to the succeeding subsections of this section and
section 300gg-44 of this title, each health insurance issuer that
offers health insurance coverage (as defined in section
300gg-91(b)(1) of this title) in the individual market in a State
may not, with respect to an eligible individual (as defined in
subsection (b) of this section) desiring to enroll in individual
health insurance coverage -
(A) decline to offer such coverage to, or deny enrollment of,
such individual; or
(B) impose any preexisting condition exclusion (as defined in
section 300gg(b)(1)(A) of this title) with respect to such
coverage.
(2) Substitution by State of acceptable alternative mechanism
The requirement of paragraph (1) shall not apply to health
insurance coverage offered in the individual market in a State in
which the State is implementing an acceptable alternative
mechanism under section 300gg-44 of this title.
(b) "Eligible individual" defined
In this part, the term "eligible individual" means an individual
-
(1)(A) for whom, as of the date on which the individual seeks
coverage under this section, the aggregate of the periods of
creditable coverage (as defined in section 300gg(c) of this
title) is 18 or more months and (B) whose most recent prior
creditable coverage was under a group health plan, governmental
plan, or church plan (or health insurance coverage offered in
connection with any such plan);
(2) who is not eligible for coverage under (A) a group health
plan, (B) part A or part B of title XVIII of the Social Security
Act [42 U.S.C. 1395c et seq., 1395j et seq.], or (C) a State plan
under title XIX of such Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] (or any
successor program), and does not have other health insurance
coverage;
(3) with respect to whom the most recent coverage within the
coverage period described in paragraph (1)(A) was not terminated
based on a factor described in paragraph (1) or (2) of section
300gg-12(b) of this title (relating to nonpayment of premiums or
fraud);
(4) if the individual had been offered the option of
continuation coverage under a COBRA continuation provision or
under a similar State program, who elected such coverage; and
(5) who, if the individual elected such continuation coverage,
has exhausted such continuation coverage under such provision or
program.
(c) Alternative coverage permitted where no State mechanism
(1) In general
In the case of health insurance coverage offered in the
individual market in a State in which the State is not
implementing an acceptable alternative mechanism under section
300gg-44 of this title, the health insurance issuer may elect to
limit the coverage offered under subsection (a) of this section
so long as it offers at least two different policy forms of
health insurance coverage both of which -
(A) are designed for, made generally available to, and
actively marketed to, and enroll both eligible and other
individuals by the issuer; and
(B) meet the requirement of paragraph (2) or (3), as elected
by the issuer.
For purposes of this subsection, policy forms which have
different cost-sharing arrangements or different riders shall be
considered to be different policy forms.
(2) Choice of most popular policy forms
The requirement of this paragraph is met, for health insurance
coverage policy forms offered by an issuer in the individual
market, if the issuer offers the policy forms for individual
health insurance coverage with the largest, and next to largest,
premium volume of all such policy forms offered by the issuer in
the State or applicable marketing or service area (as may be
prescribed in regulation) by the issuer in the individual market
in the period involved.
(3) Choice of 2 policy forms with representative coverage
(A) In general
The requirement of this paragraph is met, for health
insurance coverage policy forms offered by an issuer in the
individual market, if the issuer offers a lower-level coverage
policy form (as defined in subparagraph (B)) and a higher-level
coverage policy form (as defined in subparagraph (C)) each of
which includes benefits substantially similar to other
individual health insurance coverage offered by the issuer in
that State and each of which is covered under a method
described in section 300gg-44(c)(3)(A) of this title (relating
to risk adjustment, risk spreading, or financial
subsidization).
(B) Lower-level of coverage described
A policy form is described in this subparagraph if the
actuarial value of the benefits under the coverage is at least
85 percent but not greater than 100 percent of a weighted
average (described in subparagraph (D)).
(C) Higher-level of coverage described
A policy form is described in this subparagraph if -
(i) the actuarial value of the benefits under the coverage
is at least 15 percent greater than the actuarial value of
the coverage described in subparagraph (B) offered by the
issuer in the area involved; and
(ii) the actuarial value of the benefits under the coverage
is at least 100 percent but not greater than 120 percent of a
weighted average (described in subparagraph (D)).
(D) Weighted average
For purposes of this paragraph, the weighted average
described in this subparagraph is the average actuarial value
of the benefits provided by all the health insurance coverage
issued (as elected by the issuer) either by that issuer or by
all issuers in the State in the individual market during the
previous year (not including coverage issued under this
section), weighted by enrollment for the different coverage.
(4) Election
The issuer elections under this subsection shall apply
uniformly to all eligible individuals in the State for that
issuer. Such an election shall be effective for policies offered
during a period of not shorter than 2 years.
(5) Assumptions
For purposes of paragraph (3), the actuarial value of benefits
provided under individual health insurance coverage shall be
calculated based on a standardized population and a set of
standardized utilization and cost factors.
(d) Special rules for network plans
(1) In general
In the case of a health insurance issuer that offers health
insurance coverage in the individual market through a network
plan, the issuer may -
(A) limit the individuals who may be enrolled under such
coverage to those who live, reside, or work within the service
area for such network plan; and
(B) within the service area of such plan, deny such coverage
to such individuals if the issuer has demonstrated, if
required, to the applicable State authority that -
(i) it will not have the capacity to deliver services
adequately to additional individual enrollees because of its
obligations to existing group contract holders and enrollees
and individual enrollees, and
(ii) it is applying this paragraph uniformly to individuals
without regard to any health status-related factor of such
individuals and without regard to whether the individuals are
eligible individuals.
(2) 180-day suspension upon denial of coverage
An issuer, upon denying health insurance coverage in any
service area in accordance with paragraph (1)(B), may not offer
coverage in the individual market within such service area for a
period of 180 days after such coverage is denied.
(e) (!1) Application of financial capacity limits
(1) In general
A health insurance issuer may deny health insurance coverage in
the individual market to an eligible individual if the issuer has
demonstrated, if required, to the applicable State authority that
-
(A) it does not have the financial reserves necessary to
underwrite additional coverage; and
(B) it is applying this paragraph uniformly to all
individuals in the individual market in the State consistent
with applicable State law and without regard to any health
status-related factor of such individuals and without regard to
whether the individuals are eligible individuals.
(2) 180-day suspension upon denial of coverage
An issuer upon denying individual health insurance coverage in
any service area in accordance with paragraph (1) may not offer
such coverage in the individual market within such service area
for a period of 180 days after the date such coverage is denied
or until the issuer has demonstrated, if required under
applicable State law, to the applicable State authority that the
issuer has sufficient financial reserves to underwrite additional
coverage, whichever is later. A State may provide for the
application of this paragraph on a service-area-specific basis.
(e) (!1) Market requirements
(1) In general
The provisions of subsection (a) of this section shall not be
construed to require that a health insurance issuer offering
health insurance coverage only in connection with group health
plans or through one or more bona fide associations, or both,
offer such health insurance coverage in the individual market.
(2) Conversion policies
A health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in
connection with group health plans under this subchapter shall
not be deemed to be a health insurance issuer offering individual
health insurance coverage solely because such issuer offers a
conversion policy.
(f) Construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed -
(1) to restrict the amount of the premium rates that an issuer
may charge an individual for health insurance coverage provided
in the individual market under applicable State law; or
(2) to prevent a health insurance issuer offering health
insurance coverage in the individual market from establishing
premium discounts or rebates or modifying otherwise applicable
copayments or deductibles in return for adherence to programs of
health promotion and disease prevention.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2741, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 111(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1978.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act
Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Parts A and B of
title XVIII of the Act are classified generally to parts A (Sec.
1395c et seq.) and B (Sec. 1395j et seq.) of subchapter XVIII of
chapter 7 of this title. Title XIX of the Act is classified
generally to subchapter XIX (Sec. 1396 et seq.) of chapter 7 of
this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code,
see section 1305 of this title and Tables.
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section 111(b) of Pub. L. 104-191 provided that:
"(1) In general. - Except as provided in this subsection, part B
of title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act [this part] (as
inserted by subsection (a)) shall apply with respect to health
insurance coverage offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or
operated in the individual market after June 30, 1997, regardless
of when a period of creditable coverage occurs.
"(2) Application of certification rules. - The provisions of
section 102(d)(2) [102(c)(2)] of this Act [set out as a note under
section 300gg of this title] shall apply to section 2743 of the
Public Health Service Act [section 300gg-43 of this title] in the
same manner as it applies to section 2701(e) of such Act [section
300gg(e) of this title]."
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300gg-44 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Two subsecs. (e) have been enacted.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-42 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-42. Guaranteed renewability of individual health
insurance coverage
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
Except as provided in this section, a health insurance issuer
that provides individual health insurance coverage to an individual
shall renew or continue in force such coverage at the option of the
individual.
(b) General exceptions
A health insurance issuer may nonrenew or discontinue health
insurance coverage of an individual in the individual market based
only on one or more of the following:
(1) Nonpayment of premiums
The individual has failed to pay premiums or contributions in
accordance with the terms of the health insurance coverage or the
issuer has not received timely premium payments.
(2) Fraud
The individual has performed an act or practice that
constitutes fraud or made an intentional misrepresentation of
material fact under the terms of the coverage.
(3) Termination of plan
The issuer is ceasing to offer coverage in the individual
market in accordance with subsection (c) of this section and
applicable State law.
(4) Movement outside service area
In the case of a health insurance issuer that offers health
insurance coverage in the market through a network plan, the
individual no longer resides, lives, or works in the service area
(or in an area for which the issuer is authorized to do business)
but only if such coverage is terminated under this paragraph
uniformly without regard to any health status-related factor of
covered individuals.
(5) Association membership ceases
In the case of health insurance coverage that is made available
in the individual market only through one or more bona fide
associations, the membership of the individual in the association
(on the basis of which the coverage is provided) ceases but only
if such coverage is terminated under this paragraph uniformly
without regard to any health status-related factor of covered
individuals.
(c) Requirements for uniform termination of coverage
(1) Particular type of coverage not offered
In any case in which an issuer decides to discontinue offering
a particular type of health insurance coverage offered in the
individual market, coverage of such type may be discontinued by
the issuer only if -
(A) the issuer provides notice to each covered individual
provided coverage of this type in such market of such
discontinuation at least 90 days prior to the date of the
discontinuation of such coverage;
(B) the issuer offers to each individual in the individual
market provided coverage of this type, the option to purchase
any other individual health insurance coverage currently being
offered by the issuer for individuals in such market; and
(C) in exercising the option to discontinue coverage of this
type and in offering the option of coverage under subparagraph
(B), the issuer acts uniformly without regard to any health
status-related factor of enrolled individuals or individuals
who may become eligible for such coverage.
(2) Discontinuance of all coverage
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (C), in any case in which a health
insurance issuer elects to discontinue offering all health
insurance coverage in the individual market in a State, health
insurance coverage may be discontinued by the issuer only if -
(i) the issuer provides notice to the applicable State
authority and to each individual of such discontinuation at
least 180 days prior to the date of the expiration of such
coverage, and
(ii) all health insurance issued or delivered for issuance
in the State in such market are discontinued and coverage
under such health insurance coverage in such market is not
renewed.
(B) Prohibition on market reentry
In the case of a discontinuation under subparagraph (A) in
the individual market, the issuer may not provide for the
issuance of any health insurance coverage in the market and
State involved during the 5-year period beginning on the date
of the discontinuation of the last health insurance coverage
not so renewed.
(d) Exception for uniform modification of coverage
At the time of coverage renewal, a health insurance issuer may
modify the health insurance coverage for a policy form offered to
individuals in the individual market so long as such modification
is consistent with State law and effective on a uniform basis among
all individuals with that policy form.
(e) Application to coverage offered only through associations
In applying this section in the case of health insurance coverage
that is made available by a health insurance issuer in the
individual market to individuals only through one or more
associations, a reference to an "individual" is deemed to include a
reference to such an association (of which the individual is a
member).
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2742, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 111(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1982.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to health insurance coverage
offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the
individual market after June 30, 1997, regardless of when a period
of creditable coverage occurs, see section 111(b) of Pub. L.
104-191, set out as a note under section 300gg-41 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-43 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-43. Certification of coverage
-STATUTE-
The provisions of section 300gg(e) of this title shall apply to
health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in
the individual market in the same manner as it applies to health
insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in
connection with a group health plan in the small or large group
market.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2743, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 111(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1983.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to health insurance coverage
offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the
individual market after June 30, 1997, regardless of when a period
of creditable coverage occurs, and provisions of section 102(c)(2)
of Pub. L. 104-191, set out as a note under section 300gg of this
title, applicable to this section in the same manner as it applies
to section 300gg(e) of this title, see section 111(b) of Pub. L.
104-191, set out as a note under section 300gg-41 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-44 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-44. State flexibility in individual market reforms
-STATUTE-
(a) Waiver of requirements where implementation of acceptable
alternative mechanism
(1) In general
The requirements of section 300gg-41 of this title shall not
apply with respect to health insurance coverage offered in the
individual market in the State so long as a State is found to be
implementing, in accordance with this section and consistent with
section 300gg-62(b) of this title, an alternative mechanism (in
this section referred to as an "acceptable alternative
mechanism") -
(A) under which all eligible individuals are provided a
choice of health insurance coverage;
(B) under which such coverage does not impose any preexisting
condition exclusion with respect to such coverage;
(C) under which such choice of coverage includes at least one
policy form of coverage that is comparable to comprehensive
health insurance coverage offered in the individual market in
such State or that is comparable to a standard option of
coverage available under the group or individual health
insurance laws of such State; and
(D) in a State which is implementing -
(i) a model act described in subsection (c)(1) of this
section,
(ii) a qualified high risk pool described in subsection
(c)(2) of this section, or
(iii) a mechanism described in subsection (c)(3) of this
section.
(2) Permissible forms of mechanisms
A private or public individual health insurance mechanism (such
as a health insurance coverage pool or programs, mandatory group
conversion policies, guaranteed issue of one or more plans of
individual health insurance coverage, or open enrollment by one
or more health insurance issuers), or combination of such
mechanisms, that is designed to provide access to health benefits
for individuals in the individual market in the State in
accordance with this section may constitute an acceptable
alternative mechanism.
(b) Application of acceptable alternative mechanisms
(1) Presumption
(A) In general
Subject to the succeeding provisions of this subsection, a
State is presumed to be implementing an acceptable alternative
mechanism in accordance with this section as of July 1, 1997,
if, by not later than April 1, 1997, the chief executive
officer of a State -
(i) notifies the Secretary that the State has enacted or
intends to enact (by not later than January 1, 1998, or July
1, 1998, in the case of a State described in subparagraph
(B)(ii)) any necessary legislation to provide for the
implementation of a mechanism reasonably designed to be an
acceptable alternative mechanism as of January 1, 1998,(!1)
(or, in the case of a State described in subparagraph
(B)(ii), July 1, 1998); and
(ii) provides the Secretary with such information as the
Secretary may require to review the mechanism and its
implementation (or proposed implementation) under this
subsection.
(B) Delay permitted for certain States
(i) Effect of delay
In the case of a State described in clause (ii) that
provides notice under subparagraph (A)(i), for the
presumption to continue on and after July 1, 1998, the chief
executive officer of the State by April 1, 1998 -
(I) must notify the Secretary that the State has enacted
any necessary legislation to provide for the implementation
of a mechanism reasonably designed to be an acceptable
alternative mechanism as of July 1, 1998; and
(II) must provide the Secretary with such information as
the Secretary may require to review the mechanism and its
implementation (or proposed implementation) under this
subsection.
(ii) States described
A State described in this clause is a State that has a
legislature that does not meet within the 12-month period
beginning on August 21, 1996.
(C) Continued application
In order for a mechanism to continue to be presumed to be an
acceptable alternative mechanism, the State shall provide the
Secretary every 3 years with information described in
subparagraph (A)(ii) or (B)(i)(II) (as the case may be).
(2) Notice
If the Secretary finds, after review of information provided
under paragraph (1) and in consultation with the chief executive
officer of the State and the insurance commissioner or chief
insurance regulatory official of the State, that such a mechanism
is not an acceptable alternative mechanism or is not (or no
longer) being implemented, the Secretary -
(A) shall notify the State of -
(i) such preliminary determination, and
(ii) the consequences under paragraph (3) of a failure to
implement such a mechanism; and
(B) shall permit the State a reasonable opportunity in which
to modify the mechanism (or to adopt another mechanism) in a
manner so that may be an acceptable alternative mechanism or to
provide for implementation of such a mechanism.
(3) Final determination
If, after providing notice and opportunity under paragraph (2),
the Secretary finds that the mechanism is not an acceptable
alternative mechanism or the State is not implementing such a
mechanism, the Secretary shall notify the State that the State is
no longer considered to be implementing an acceptable alternative
mechanism and that the requirements of section 300gg-41 of this
title shall apply to health insurance coverage offered in the
individual market in the State, effective as of a date specified
in the notice.
(4) Limitation on secretarial authority
The Secretary shall not make a determination under paragraph
(2) or (3) on any basis other than the basis that a mechanism is
not an acceptable alternative mechanism or is not being
implemented.
(5) Future adoption of mechanisms
If a State, after January 1, 1997, submits the notice and
information described in paragraph (1), unless the Secretary
makes a finding described in paragraph (3) within the 90-day
period beginning on the date of submission of the notice and
information, the mechanism shall be considered to be an
acceptable alternative mechanism for purposes of this section,
effective 90 days after the end of such period, subject to the
second sentence of paragraph (1).
(c) Provision related to risk
(1) Adoption of NAIC models
The model act referred to in subsection (a)(1)(D)(i) of this
section is the Small Employer and Individual Health Insurance
Availability Model Act (adopted by the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners on June 3, 1996) insofar as it applies to
individual health insurance coverage or the Individual Health
Insurance Portability Model Act (also adopted by such Association
on such date).
(2) Qualified high risk pool
For purposes of subsection (a)(1)(D)(ii) of this section, a
"qualified high risk pool" described in this paragraph is a high
risk pool that -
(A) provides to all eligible individuals health insurance
coverage (or comparable coverage) that does not impose any
preexisting condition exclusion with respect to such coverage
for all eligible individuals, and
(B) provides for premium rates and covered benefits for such
coverage consistent with standards included in the NAIC Model
Health Plan for Uninsurable Individuals Act (as in effect as of
August 21, 1996).
(3) Other mechanisms
For purposes of subsection (a)(1)(D)(iii) of this section, a
mechanism described in this paragraph -
(A) provides for risk adjustment, risk spreading, or a risk
spreading mechanism (among issuers or policies of an issuer) or
otherwise provides for some financial subsidization for
eligible individuals, including through assistance to
participating issuers; or
(B) is a mechanism under which each eligible individual is
provided a choice of all individual health insurance coverage
otherwise available.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2744, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 111(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1984;
amended Pub. L. 104-204, title VI, Sec. 605(b)(1), Sept. 26, 1996,
110 Stat. 2942.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
August 21, 1996, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B)(ii), was in the
original "the date of enactment of this Act", which was translated
as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 104-191, which enacted
this subchapter, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104-204 made technical amendment
to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to
section 300gg-62(b) of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Section 605(c) of Pub. L. 104-204 provided that: "The amendments
made by this section [enacting section 300gg-51 of this title and
amending this section and sections 300gg-61 and 300gg-62 of this
title] shall apply with respect to health insurance coverage
offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the
individual market on or after January 1, 1998."
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to health insurance coverage
offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the
individual market after June 30, 1997, regardless of when a period
of creditable coverage occurs, see section 111(b) of Pub. L.
104-191, set out as a note under section 300gg-41 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300gg-41, 300gg-45 of
this title; title 26 section 35; title 29 section 2918.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. The comma probably should not appear.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-45 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 1 - portability, access, and renewability requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-45. Promotion of qualified high risk pools
-STATUTE-
(a) Seed grants to States
The Secretary shall provide from the funds appropriated under
subsection (c)(1) of this section a grant of up to $1,000,000 to
each State that has not created a qualified high risk pool as of
August 6, 2002, for the State's costs of creation and initial
operation of such a pool.
(b) Matching funds for operation of pools
(1) In general
In the case of a State that has established a qualified high
risk pool that -
(A) restricts premiums charged under the pool to no more than
150 percent of the premium for applicable standard risk rates;
(B) offers a choice of two or more coverage options through
the pool; and
(C) has in effect a mechanism reasonably designed to ensure
continued funding of losses incurred by the State after the end
of fiscal year 2004 in connection with operation of the pool;
the Secretary shall provide, from the funds appropriated under
subsection (c)(2) of this section and allotted to the State under
paragraph (2), a grant of up to 50 percent of the losses incurred
by the State in connection with the operation of the pool.
(2) Allotment
The amounts appropriated under subsection (c)(2) of this
section for a fiscal year shall be made available to the States
in accordance with a formula that is based upon the number of
uninsured individuals in the States.
(c) Funding
Out of any money in the Treasury of the United States not
otherwise appropriated, there are authorized and appropriated -
(1) $20,000,000 for fiscal year 2003 to carry out subsection
(a) of this section; and
(2) $40,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2003 and 2004 to carry
out subsection (b) of this section.
Funds appropriated under this subsection for a fiscal year shall
remain available for obligation through the end of the following
fiscal year. Nothing in this section shall be construed as
providing a State with an entitlement to a grant under this
section.
(d) Qualified high risk pool and State defined
For purposes of this section, the term "qualified high risk pool"
has the meaning given such term in section 300gg-44(c)(2) of this
title and the term "State" means any of the 50 States and the
District of Columbia.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2745, as added Pub. L.
107-210, div. A, title II, Sec. 201(b), Aug. 6, 2002, 116 Stat.
959.)
-MISC1-
CONSTRUCTION
Nothing in the amendments made by title II of Pub. L. 107-210,
other than provisions relating to COBRA continuation coverage and
reporting requirements, to be construed as creating a new mandate
on any party regarding health insurance coverage, see section
203(f) of Pub. L. 107-210, set out as a Construction of 2002
Amendment note under section 2918 of Title 29, Labor.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart 2 - other requirements 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 2 - other requirements
-HEAD-
SUBPART 2 - OTHER REQUIREMENTS
-COD-
CODIFICATION
This subpart was, in the original, subpart 3 of part B of title
XXVII of act July 1, 1944, and has been redesignated as subpart 2
for purposes of codification. Another subpart 3 of part B of title
XXVII of act July 1, 1944, is classified to subpart 3 (Sec.
300gg-61 et seq.) of part B of this subchapter.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-51 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 2 - other requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-51. Standards relating to benefits for mothers and
newborns
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The provisions of section 300gg-4 of this title (other than
subsections (d) and (f)) shall apply to health insurance coverage
offered by a health insurance issuer in the individual market in
the same manner as it applies to health insurance coverage offered
by a health insurance issuer in connection with a group health plan
in the small or large group market.
(b) Notice requirement
A health insurance issuer under this part shall comply with the
notice requirement under section 1185(d) of title 29 with respect
to the requirements referred to in subsection (a) of this section
as if such section applied to such issuer and such issuer were a
group health plan.
(c) Preemption; exception for health insurance coverage in certain
States
(1) In general
The requirements of this section shall not apply with respect
to health insurance coverage if there is a State law (as defined
in section 300gg-23(d)(1) of this title) for a State that
regulates such coverage that is described in any of the following
subparagraphs:
(A) Such State law requires such coverage to provide for at
least a 48-hour hospital length of stay following a normal
vaginal delivery and at least a 96-hour hospital length of stay
following a cesarean section.
(B) Such State law requires such coverage to provide for
maternity and pediatric care in accordance with guidelines
established by the American College of Obstetricians and
Gynecologists, the American Academy of Pediatrics, or other
established professional medical associations.
(C) Such State law requires, in connection with such coverage
for maternity care, that the hospital length of stay for such
care is left to the decision of (or required to be made by) the
attending provider in consultation with the mother.
(2) Construction
Section 300gg-62(a) of this title shall not be construed as
superseding a State law described in paragraph (1).
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2751, as added Pub. L.
104-204, title VI, Sec. 605(a)(4), Sept. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 2941.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable to health insurance coverage offered, sold,
issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the individual market on
or after Jan. 1, 1998, see section 605(c) of Pub. L. 104-204, set
out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section
300gg-44 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 300gg-62 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-52 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 2 - other requirements
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-52. Required coverage for reconstructive surgery
following mastectomies
-STATUTE-
The provisions of section 300gg-6 of this title shall apply to
health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in
the individual market in the same manner as they apply to health
insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in
connection with a group health plan in the small or large group
market.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2752, as added Pub. L.
105-277, div. A, Sec. 101(f) [title IX, Sec. 903(b)], Oct. 21,
1998, 112 Stat. 2681-337, 2681-438.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Pub. L. 105-277, div. A, Sec. 101(f) [title IX, Sec. 903(c)(2)],
Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681-337, 2681-438, provided that: "The
amendment made by subsection (b) [enacting this section] shall
apply with respect to health insurance coverage offered, sold,
issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the individual market on
or after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998]."
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC subpart 3 - general provisions 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 3 - general provisions
-HEAD-
SUBPART 3 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Another subpart 3 of part B of title XXVII of act July 1, 1944,
is classified to subpart 3 (Sec. 300gg-51) of part B of this
subchapter.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-61 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 3 - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-61. Enforcement
-STATUTE-
(a) State enforcement
(1) State authority
Subject to section 300gg-62 of this title, each State may
require that health insurance issuers that issue, sell, renew, or
offer health insurance coverage in the State in the individual
market meet the requirements established under this part with
respect to such issuers.
(2) Failure to implement requirements
In the case of a State that fails to substantially enforce the
requirements set forth in this part with respect to health
insurance issuers in the State, the Secretary shall enforce the
requirements of this part under subsection (b) of this section
insofar as they relate to the issuance, sale, renewal, and
offering of health insurance coverage in the individual market in
such State.
(b) Secretarial enforcement authority
The Secretary shall have the same authority in relation to
enforcement of the provisions of this part with respect to issuers
of health insurance coverage in the individual market in a State as
the Secretary has under section 300gg-22(b)(2) of this title in
relation to the enforcement of the provisions of part A of this
subchapter with respect to issuers of health insurance coverage in
the small group market in the State.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2761, formerly Sec. 2745,
as added Pub. L. 104-191, title I, Sec. 111(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110
Stat. 1986; renumbered Sec. 2761 and amended Pub. L. 104-204, title
VI, Sec. 605(a)(2), (b)(2), Sept. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 2941, 2942.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104-204 made technical amendment
to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to
section 300gg-62 of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-204 applicable to health insurance
coverage offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in
the individual market on or after Jan. 1, 1998, see section 605(c)
of Pub. L. 104-204, set out as a note under section 300gg-44 of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to health insurance coverage
offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the
individual market after June 30, 1997, regardless of when a period
of creditable coverage occurs, see section 111(b) of Pub. L.
104-191, set out as a note under section 300gg-41 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-62 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 3 - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-62. Preemption
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
Subject to subsection (b) of this section, nothing in this part
(or part C of this subchapter insofar as it applies to this part)
shall be construed to prevent a State from establishing,
implementing, or continuing in effect standards and requirements
unless such standards and requirements prevent the application of a
requirement of this part.
(b) Rules of construction
(1) Nothing in this part (or part C of this subchapter insofar as
it applies to this part) shall be construed to affect or modify the
provisions of section 1144 of title 29.
(2) Nothing in this part (other than section 300gg-51 of this
title) shall be construed as requiring health insurance coverage
offered in the individual market to provide specific benefits under
the terms of such coverage.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2762, formerly Sec. 2746,
as added Pub. L. 104-191, title I, Sec. 111(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110
Stat. 1987; renumbered Sec. 2762 and amended, Pub. L. 104-204,
title VI, Sec. 605(a)(2), (b)(3), Sept. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 2941,
2942.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104-204, Sec. 605(b)(3), designated
existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 104-204 applicable to health insurance
coverage offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in
the individual market on or after Jan. 1, 1998, see section 605(c)
of Pub. L. 104-204, set out as a note under section 300gg-44 of
this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to health insurance coverage
offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the
individual market after June 30, 1997, regardless of when a period
of creditable coverage occurs, see section 111(b) of Pub. L.
104-191, set out as a note under section 300gg-41 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300gg-44, 300gg-51,
300gg-61 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-63 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part B - Individual Market Rules
subpart 3 - general provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-63. General exceptions
-STATUTE-
(a) Exception for certain benefits
The requirements of this part shall not apply to any health
insurance coverage in relation to its provision of excepted
benefits described in section 300gg-91(c)(1) of this title.
(b) Exception for certain benefits if certain conditions met
The requirements of this part shall not apply to any health
insurance coverage in relation to its provision of excepted
benefits described in paragraph (2), (3), or (4) of section
300gg-91(c) of this title if the benefits are provided under a
separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2763, formerly Sec. 2747,
as added Pub. L. 104-191, title I, Sec. 111(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110
Stat. 1987; renumbered Sec. 2763, Pub. L. 104-204, title VI, Sec.
605(a)(2), Sept. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 2941.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section applicable with respect to health insurance coverage
offered, sold, issued, renewed, in effect, or operated in the
individual market after June 30, 1997, regardless of when a period
of creditable coverage occurs, see section 111(b) of Pub. L.
104-191, set out as a note under section 300gg-41 of this title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part C - Definitions; Miscellaneous Provisions 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part C - Definitions; Miscellaneous Provisions
-HEAD-
PART C - DEFINITIONS; MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
-SECREF-
PART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This part is referred to in sections 300gg-23, 300gg-62 of this
title.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-91 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part C - Definitions; Miscellaneous Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-91. Definitions
-STATUTE-
(a) Group health plan
(1) Definition
The term "group health plan" means an employee welfare benefit
plan (as defined in section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(1)]) to the extent
that the plan provides medical care (as defined in paragraph (2))
and including items and services paid for as medical care) to
employees or their dependents (as defined under the terms of the
plan) directly or through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise.
(2) Medical care
The term "medical care" means amounts paid for -
(A) the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention
of disease, or amounts paid for the purpose of affecting any
structure or function of the body,
(B) amounts paid for transportation primarily for and
essential to medical care referred to in subparagraph (A), and
(C) amounts paid for insurance covering medical care referred
to in subparagraphs (A) and (B).
(3) Treatment of certain plans as group health plan for notice
provision
A program under which creditable coverage described in
subparagraph (C), (D), (E), or (F) of section 300gg(c)(1) of this
title is provided shall be treated as a group health plan for
purposes of applying section 300gg(e) of this title.
(b) Definitions relating to health insurance
(1) Health insurance coverage
The term "health insurance coverage" means benefits consisting
of medical care (provided directly, through insurance or
reimbursement, or otherwise and including items and services paid
for as medical care) under any hospital or medical service policy
or certificate, hospital or medical service plan contract, or
health maintenance organization contract offered by a health
insurance issuer.
(2) Health insurance issuer
The term "health insurance issuer" means an insurance company,
insurance service, or insurance organization (including a health
maintenance organization, as defined in paragraph (3)) which is
licensed to engage in the business of insurance in a State and
which is subject to State law which regulates insurance (within
the meaning of section 514(b)(2) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 [29 U.S.C. 1144(b)(2)]). Such term
does not include a group health plan.
(3) Health maintenance organization
The term "health maintenance organization" means -
(A) a Federally qualified health maintenance organization (as
defined in section 300e(a) of this title),
(B) an organization recognized under State law as a health
maintenance organization, or
(C) a similar organization regulated under State law for
solvency in the same manner and to the same extent as such a
health maintenance organization.
(4) Group health insurance coverage
The term "group health insurance coverage" means, in connection
with a group health plan, health insurance coverage offered in
connection with such plan.
(5) Individual health insurance coverage
The term "individual health insurance coverage" means health
insurance coverage offered to individuals in the individual
market, but does not include short-term limited duration
insurance.
(c) Excepted benefits
For purposes of this subchapter, the term "excepted benefits"
means benefits under one or more (or any combination thereof) of
the following:
(1) Benefits not subject to requirements
(A) Coverage only for accident, or disability income insurance,
or any combination thereof.
(B) Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
(C) Liability insurance, including general liability insurance
and automobile liability insurance.
(D) Workers' compensation or similar insurance.
(E) Automobile medical payment insurance.
(F) Credit-only insurance.
(G) Coverage for on-site medical clinics.
(H) Other similar insurance coverage, specified in regulations,
under which benefits for medical care are secondary or incidental
to other insurance benefits.
(2) Benefits not subject to requirements if offered separately
(A) Limited scope dental or vision benefits.
(B) Benefits for long-term care, nursing home care, home health
care, community-based care, or any combination thereof.
(C) Such other similar, limited benefits as are specified in
regulations.
(3) Benefits not subject to requirements if offered as
independent, noncoordinated benefits
(A) Coverage only for a specified disease or illness.
(B) Hospital indemnity or other fixed indemnity insurance.
(4) Benefits not subject to requirements if offered as separate
insurance policy
Medicare supplemental health insurance (as defined under
section 1395ss(g)(1) of this title), coverage supplemental to the
coverage provided under chapter 55 of title 10, and similar
supplemental coverage provided to coverage under a group health
plan.
(d) Other definitions
(1) Applicable State authority
The term "applicable State authority" means, with respect to a
health insurance issuer in a State, the State insurance
commissioner or official or officials designated by the State to
enforce the requirements of this subchapter for the State
involved with respect to such issuer.
(2) Beneficiary
The term "beneficiary" has the meaning given such term under
section 3(8) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(8)].
(3) Bona fide association
The term "bona fide association" means, with respect to health
insurance coverage offered in a State, an association which -
(A) has been actively in existence for at least 5 years;
(B) has been formed and maintained in good faith for purposes
other than obtaining insurance;
(C) does not condition membership in the association on any
health status-related factor relating to an individual
(including an employee of an employer or a dependent of an
employee);
(D) makes health insurance coverage offered through the
association available to all members regardless of any health
status-related factor relating to such members (or individuals
eligible for coverage through a member);
(E) does not make health insurance coverage offered through
the association available other than in connection with a
member of the association; and
(F) meets such additional requirements as may be imposed
under State law.
(4) COBRA continuation provision
The term "COBRA continuation provision" means any of the
following:
(A) Section 4980B of title 26, other than subsection (f)(1)
of such section insofar as it relates to pediatric vaccines.
(B) Part 6 of subtitle B of title I of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [29 U.S.C. 1161 et
seq.], other than section 609 of such Act [29 U.S.C. 1169].
(C) Subchapter XX of this chapter.
(5) Employee
The term "employee" has the meaning given such term under
section 3(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(6)].
(6) Employer
The term "employer" has the meaning given such term under
section 3(5) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(5)], except that such term shall include
only employers of two or more employees.
(7) Church plan
The term "church plan" has the meaning given such term under
section 3(33) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(33)].
(8) Governmental plan
(A) The term "governmental plan" has the meaning given such
term under section 3(32) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(32)] and any Federal
governmental plan.
(B) Federal governmental plan. - The term "Federal governmental
plan" means a governmental plan established or maintained for its
employees by the Government of the United States or by any agency
or instrumentality of such Government.
(C) Non-Federal governmental plan. - The term "non-Federal
governmental plan" means a governmental plan that is not a
Federal governmental plan.
(9) Health status-related factor
The term "health status-related factor" means any of the
factors described in section 300gg-1(a)(1) of this title.
(10) Network plan
The term "network plan" means health insurance coverage of a
health insurance issuer under which the financing and delivery of
medical care (including items and services paid for as medical
care) are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of
providers under contract with the issuer.
(11) Participant
The term "participant" has the meaning given such term under
section 3(7) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(7)].
(12) Placed for adoption defined
The term "placement", or being "placed", for adoption, in
connection with any placement for adoption of a child with any
person, means the assumption and retention by such person of a
legal obligation for total or partial support of such child in
anticipation of adoption of such child. The child's placement
with such person terminates upon the termination of such legal
obligation.
(13) Plan sponsor
The term "plan sponsor" has the meaning given such term under
section 3(16)(B) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(16)(B)].
(14) State
The term "State" means each of the several States, the District
of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American
Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands.
(e) Definitions relating to markets and small employers
For purposes of this subchapter:
(1) Individual market
(A) In general
The term "individual market" means the market for health
insurance coverage offered to individuals other than in
connection with a group health plan.
(B) Treatment of very small groups
(i) In general
Subject to clause (ii), such terms (!1) includes coverage
offered in connection with a group health plan that has fewer
than two participants as current employees on the first day
of the plan year.
(ii) State exception
Clause (i) shall not apply in the case of a State that
elects to regulate the coverage described in such clause as
coverage in the small group market.
(2) Large employer
The term "large employer" means, in connection with a group
health plan with respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an
employer who employed an average of at least 51 employees on
business days during the preceding calendar year and who employs
at least 2 employees on the first day of the plan year.
(3) Large group market
The term "large group market" means the health insurance market
under which individuals obtain health insurance coverage
(directly or through any arrangement) on behalf of themselves
(and their dependents) through a group health plan maintained by
a large employer.
(4) Small employer
The term "small employer" means, in connection with a group
health plan with respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an
employer who employed an average of at least 2 but not more than
50 employees on business days during the preceding calendar year
and who employs at least 2 employees on the first day of the plan
year.
(5) Small group market
The term "small group market" means the health insurance market
under which individuals obtain health insurance coverage
(directly or through any arrangement) on behalf of themselves
(and their dependents) through a group health plan maintained by
a small employer.
(6) Application of certain rules in determination of employer
size
For purposes of this subsection -
(A) Application of aggregation rule for employers
all (!2) persons treated as a single employer under
subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 of title 26
shall be treated as 1 employer.
(B) Employers not in existence in preceding year
In the case of an employer which was not in existence
throughout the preceding calendar year, the determination of
whether such employer is a small or large employer shall be
based on the average number of employees that it is reasonably
expected such employer will employ on business days in the
current calendar year.
(C) Predecessors
Any reference in this subsection to an employer shall include
a reference to any predecessor of such employer.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2791, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1972.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, referred to
in subsec. (d)(4)(B), is Pub. L. 93-406, Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat.
829, as amended. Part 6 of subtitle B of title I of the Act is
classified generally to part 6 (Sec. 1161 et seq.) of subtitle B of
subchapter I of chapter 18 of Title 29, Labor. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set
out under section 1001 of Title 29 and Tables.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 300e, 300gg, 300gg-11,
300gg-21, 300gg-41, 300gg-63, 1320d, 1397cc, 1397ii, 1397jj of this
title; title 21 section 360aaa-5.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be "term".
(!2) So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300gg-92 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXV - REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
Part C - Definitions; Miscellaneous Provisions
-HEAD-
Sec. 300gg-92. Regulations
-STATUTE-
The Secretary, consistent with section 104 of the Health Care
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, may promulgate such
regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the
provisions of this subchapter. The Secretary may promulgate any
interim final rules as the Secretary determines are appropriate to
carry out this subchapter.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec. 2792, as added Pub. L.
104-191, title I, Sec. 102(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1976.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 104 of the Health Care Portability and Accountability Act
of 1996, referred to in text, probably means section 104 of the
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Pub.
L. 104-191, set out below.
-MISC1-
ASSURING COORDINATION AMONG DEPARTMENTS OF TREASURY, HEALTH AND
HUMAN SERVICES, AND LABOR
Section 104 of Pub. L. 104-191 provided that: "The Secretary of
the Treasury, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the
Secretary of Labor shall ensure, through the execution of an
interagency memorandum of understanding among such Secretaries,
that -
"(1) regulations, rulings, and interpretations issued by such
Secretaries relating to the same matter over which two or more
such Secretaries have responsibility under this subtitle
[subtitle A (Secs. 101-104) of title I of Pub. L. 104-191,
enacting this section, sections 300gg, 300gg-1, 300gg-11 to
300gg-13, 300gg-21 to 300gg-23, and 300gg-91 of this title, and
sections 1181 to 1183 and 1191 to 1191c of Title 29, Labor,
amending sections 300e and 300bb-8 of this title and sections
1003, 1021, 1022, 1024, 1132, 1136, and 1144 of Title 29, and
enacting provisions set out as notes under section 300gg of this
title and section 1181 of Title 29] (and the amendments made by
this subtitle and section 401 [enacting sections 9801 to 9806 of
Title 26, Internal Revenue Code]) are administered so as to have
the same effect at all times; and
"(2) coordination of policies relating to enforcing the same
requirements through such Secretaries in order to have a
coordinated enforcement strategy that avoids duplication of
enforcement efforts and assigns priorities in enforcement."
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR
BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER PUBLIC HEALTH
EMERGENCIES 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part A - National Preparedness and Response
Planning, Coordinating, and
Reporting 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
Part A - National Preparedness and Response Planning, Coordinating,
and Reporting
-HEAD-
PART A - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLANNING, COORDINATING,
AND REPORTING
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300hh 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
Part A - National Preparedness and Response Planning, Coordinating,
and Reporting
-HEAD-
Sec. 300hh. National preparedness plan
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
(1) Preparedness and response regarding public health emergencies
The Secretary shall further develop and implement a coordinated
strategy, building upon the core public health capabilities
established pursuant to section 247d-1 of this title, for
carrying out health-related activities to prepare for and respond
effectively to bioterrorism and other public health emergencies,
including the preparation of a plan under this section. The
Secretary shall periodically thereafter review and, as
appropriate, revise the plan.
(2) National approach
In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary shall collaborate
with the States toward the goal of ensuring that the activities
of the Secretary regarding bioterrorism and other public health
emergencies are coordinated with activities of the States,
including local governments.
(3) Evaluation of progress
The plan under paragraph (1) shall provide for specific
benchmarks and outcome measures for evaluating the progress of
the Secretary and the States, including local governments, with
respect to the plan under paragraph (1), including progress
toward achieving the goals specified in subsection (b) of this
section.
(b) Preparedness goals
The plan under subsection (a) of this section should include
provisions in furtherance of the following:
(1) Providing effective assistance to State and local
governments in the event of bioterrorism or other public health
emergency.
(2) Ensuring that State and local governments have appropriate
capacity to detect and respond effectively to such emergencies,
including capacities for the following:
(A) Effective public health surveillance and reporting
mechanisms at the State and local levels.
(B) Appropriate laboratory readiness.
(C) Properly trained and equipped emergency response, public
health, and medical personnel.
(D) Health and safety protection of workers responding to
such an emergency.
(E) Public health agencies that are prepared to coordinate
health services (including mental health services) during and
after such emergencies.
(F) Participation in communications networks that can
effectively disseminate relevant information in a timely and
secure manner to appropriate public and private entities and to
the public.
(3) Developing and maintaining medical countermeasures (such as
drugs, vaccines and other biological products, medical devices,
and other supplies) against biological agents and toxins that may
be involved in such emergencies.
(4) Ensuring coordination and minimizing duplication of
Federal, State, and local planning, preparedness, and response
activities, including during the investigation of a suspicious
disease outbreak or other potential public health emergency.
(5) Enhancing the readiness of hospitals and other health care
facilities to respond effectively to such emergencies.
(c) Reports to Congress
(1) In general
Not later than one year after June 12, 2002, and biennially
thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Energy
and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and the Committee
on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report
concerning progress with respect to the plan under subsection (a)
of this section, including progress toward achieving the goals
specified in subsection (b) of this section.
(2) Additional authority
Reports submitted under paragraph (1) by the Secretary (other
than the first report) shall make recommendations concerning -
(A) any additional legislative authority that the Secretary
determines is necessary for fully implementing the plan under
subsection (a) of this section, including meeting the goals
under subsection (b) of this section; and
(B) any additional legislative authority that the Secretary
determines is necessary under section 247d of this title to
protect the public health in the event of an emergency
described in section 247d(a) of this title.
(d) Rule of construction
This section may not be construed as expanding or limiting any of
the authorities of the Secretary that, on the day before June 12,
2002, were in effect with respect to preparing for and responding
effectively to bioterrorism and other public health emergencies.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVIII, Sec. 2801, as added Pub. L.
107-188, title I, Sec. 101(a), June 12, 2002, 116 Stat. 596.)
-MISC1-
GENERAL ACCOUNTING OFFICE REPORT
Pub. L. 107-188, title I, Sec. 157, June 12, 2002, 116 Stat. 633,
provided that:
"(a) In General [sic]. - The Comptroller General shall submit to
the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the
Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, and to the Committee on
Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of the
House of Representatives, a report that describes -
"(1) Federal activities primarily related to research on,
preparedness for, and the management of the public health and
medical consequences of a bioterrorist attack against the
civilian population;
"(2) the coordination of the activities described in paragraph
(1);
"(3) the effectiveness of such efforts in preparing national,
State, and local authorities to address the public health and
medical consequences of a potential bioterrorist attack against
the civilian population;
"(4) the activities and costs of the Civil Support Teams of the
National Guard in responding to biological threats or attacks
against the civilian population;
"(5) the activities of the working group under subsection (a)
and the efforts made by such group to carry out the activities
described in such subsection; and
"(6) the ability of private sector contractors to enhance
governmental responses to biological threats or attacks."
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Part B - Emergency Preparedness and Response 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
Part B - Emergency Preparedness and Response
-HEAD-
PART B - EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300hh-11 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
Part B - Emergency Preparedness and Response
-HEAD-
Sec. 300hh-11. Coordination of preparedness for and response to
bioterrorism and other public health emergencies
-STATUTE-
(a) Assistant Secretary for Public Health Emergency Preparedness
(1) In general
There is established within the Department of Health and Human
Services the position of Assistant Secretary for Public Health
Emergency Preparedness. The President shall appoint an individual
to serve in such position. Such Assistant Secretary shall report
to the Secretary.
(2) Duties
Subject to the authority of the Secretary, the Assistant
Secretary for Public Health Emergency Preparedness shall carry
out the following duties with respect to bioterrorism and other
public health emergencies:
(A) Coordinate on behalf of the Secretary -
(i) interagency interfaces between the Department of Health
and Human Services (referred to in this paragraph as the
"Department") and other departments, agencies, and offices of
the United States; and
(ii) interfaces between the Department and State and local
entities with responsibility for emergency preparedness.
(B) Coordinate the operations of the National Disaster
Medical System and any other emergency response activities
within the Department of Health and Human Services that are
related to bioterrorism and other public health emergencies.
(C) Coordinate the efforts of the Department to bolster State
and local emergency preparedness for a bioterrorist attack or
other public health emergency, and evaluate the progress of
such entities in meeting the benchmarks and other outcome
measures contained in the national plan and in meeting the core
public health capabilities established pursuant to 247d-1 (!1)
of this title.
(D) Any other duties determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(b) National Disaster Medical System
(1) In general
The Secretary shall provide for the operation in accordance
with this section of a system to be known as the National
Disaster Medical System. The Secretary shall designate the
Assistant Secretary for Public Health Emergency Preparedness as
the head of the National Disaster Medical System, subject to the
authority of the Secretary.
(2) Federal and State collaborative System
(A) In general
The National Disaster Medical System shall be a coordinated
effort by the Federal agencies specified in subparagraph (B),
working in collaboration with the States and other appropriate
public or private entities, to carry out the purposes described
in paragraph (3).
(B) Participating Federal agencies
The Federal agencies referred to in subparagraph (A) are the
Department of Health and Human Services, the Federal Emergency
Management Agency, the Department of Defense, and the
Department of Veterans Affairs.
(3) Purpose of System
(A) In general
The Secretary may activate the National Disaster Medical
System to -
(i) provide health services, health-related social
services, other appropriate human services, and appropriate
auxiliary services to respond to the needs of victims of a
public health emergency (whether or not determined to be a
public health emergency under section 247d of this title); or
(ii) be present at locations, and for limited periods of
time, specified by the Secretary on the basis that the
Secretary has determined that a location is at risk of a
public health emergency during the time specified.
(B) Ongoing activities
The National Disaster Medical System shall carry out such
ongoing activities as may be necessary to prepare for the
provision of services described in subparagraph (A) in the
event that the Secretary activates the National Disaster
Medical System for such purposes.
(C) Test for mobilization of System
During the one-year period beginning on June 12, 2002, the
Secretary shall conduct an exercise to test the capability and
timeliness of the National Disaster Medical System to mobilize
and otherwise respond effectively to a bioterrorist attack or
other public health emergency that affects two or more
geographic locations concurrently. Thereafter, the Secretary
may periodically conduct such exercises regarding the National
Disaster Medical System as the Secretary determines to be
appropriate.
(c) Criteria
(1) In general
The Secretary shall establish criteria for the operation of the
National Disaster Medical System.
(2) Participation agreements for non-Federal entities
In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary shall establish
criteria regarding the participation of States and private
entities in the National Disaster Medical System, including
criteria regarding agreements for such participation. The
criteria shall include the following:
(A) Provisions relating to the custody and use of Federal
personal property by such entities, which may in the discretion
of the Secretary include authorizing the custody and use of
such property to respond to emergency situations for which the
National Disaster Medical System has not been activated by the
Secretary pursuant to subsection (b)(3)(A) of this section. Any
such custody and use of Federal personal property shall be on a
reimbursable basis.
(B) Provisions relating to circumstances in which an
individual or entity has agreements with both the National
Disaster Medical System and another entity regarding the
provision of emergency services by the individual. Such
provisions shall address the issue of priorities among the
agreements involved.
(d) Intermittent disaster-response personnel
(1) In general
For the purpose of assisting the National Disaster Medical
System in carrying out duties under this section, the Secretary
may appoint individuals to serve as intermittent personnel of
such System in accordance with applicable civil service laws and
regulations.
(2) Liability
For purposes of section 233(a) of this title and the remedies
described in such section, an individual appointed under
paragraph (1) shall, while acting within the scope of such
appointment, be considered to be an employee of the Public Health
Service performing medical, surgical, dental, or related
functions. With respect to the participation of individuals
appointed under paragraph (1) in training programs authorized by
the Assistant Secretary for Public Health Emergency Preparedness
or a comparable official of any Federal agency specified in
subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section, acts of individuals so
appointed that are within the scope of such participation shall
be considered within the scope of the appointment under paragraph
(1) (regardless of whether the individuals receive compensation
for such participation).
(e) Certain employment issues regarding intermittent appointments
(1) Intermittent disaster-response appointee
For purposes of this subsection, the term "intermittent
disaster-response appointee" means an individual appointed by the
Secretary under subsection (d) of this section.
(2) Compensation for work injuries
An intermittent disaster-response appointee shall, while acting
in the scope of such appointment, be considered to be an employee
of the Public Health Service performing medical, surgical,
dental, or related functions, and an injury sustained by such an
individual shall be deemed "in the performance of duty", for
purposes of chapter 81 of title 5 pertaining to compensation for
work injuries. With respect to the participation of individuals
appointed under subsection (d) of this section in training
programs authorized by the Assistant Secretary for Public Health
Emergency Preparedness or a comparable official of any Federal
agency specified in subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section,
injuries sustained by such an individual, while acting within the
scope of such participation, also shall be deemed "in the
performance of duty" for purposes of chapter 81 of title 5
(regardless of whether the individuals receive compensation for
such participation). In the event of an injury to such an
intermittent disaster-response appointee, the Secretary of Labor
shall be responsible for making determinations as to whether the
claimant is entitled to compensation or other benefits in
accordance with chapter 81 of title 5.
(3) Employment and reemployment rights
(A) In general
Service as an intermittent disaster-response appointee when
the Secretary activates the National Disaster Medical System or
when the individual participates in a training program
authorized by the Assistant Secretary for Public Health
Emergency Preparedness or a comparable official of any Federal
agency specified in subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section shall
be deemed "service in the uniformed services" for purposes of
chapter 43 of title 38 pertaining to employment and
reemployment rights of individuals who have performed service
in the uniformed services (regardless of whether the individual
receives compensation for such participation). All rights and
obligations of such persons and procedures for assistance,
enforcement, and investigation shall be as provided for in
chapter 43 of title 38.
(B) Notice of absence from position of employment
Preclusion of giving notice of service by necessity of
Service as an intermittent disaster-response appointee when the
Secretary activates the National Disaster Medical System shall
be deemed preclusion by "military necessity" for purposes of
section 4312(b) of title 38 pertaining to giving notice of
absence from a position of employment. A determination of such
necessity shall be made by the Secretary, in consultation with
the Secretary of Defense, and shall not be subject to judicial
review.
(4) Limitation
An intermittent disaster-response appointee shall not be deemed
an employee of the Department of Health and Human Services for
purposes other than those specifically set forth in this section.
(f) Rule of construction regarding use of commissioned corps
If the Secretary assigns commissioned officers of the Regular or
Reserve Corps to serve with the National Disaster Medical System,
such assignments do not affect the terms and conditions of their
appointments as commissioned officers of the Regular or Reserve
Corps, respectively (including with respect to pay and allowances,
retirement, benefits, rights, privileges, and immunities).
(g) Definition
For purposes of this section, the term "auxiliary services"
includes mortuary services, veterinary services, and other services
that are determined by the Secretary to be appropriate with respect
to the needs referred to in subsection (b)(3)(A) of this section.
(h) Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of providing for the Assistant Secretary for
Public Health Emergency Preparedness and the operations of the
National Disaster Medical System, other than purposes for which
amounts in the Public Health Emergency Fund under section 247d of
this title are available, there are authorized to be appropriated
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002
through 2006.
-SOURCE-
(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVIII, Sec. 2811, as added Pub. L.
107-188, title I, Sec. 102(a), June 12, 2002, 116 Stat. 599.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The civil service laws, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), are
classified generally to Title 5, Government Organization and
Employees. See, particularly, section 3301 et seq. of Title 5.
-TRANS-
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of
the National Disaster Medical System of the Department of Health
and Human Services, including the functions of the Secretary of
Health and Human Services and the Assistant Secretary for Public
Health Emergency Preparedness relating thereto, to the Secretary of
Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see
sections 313(5), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic
Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization
Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under
section 542 of Title 6.
For transfer of functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of
the Federal Emergency Management Agency, including the functions of
the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency relating
thereto, to the Secretary of Homeland Security, and for treatment
of related references, see sections 313(1), 551(d), 552(d), and 557
of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland
Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set
out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in title 38 sections 1785, 7325,
8111A, 8117.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be preceded by "section".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300hh-12 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
Part B - Emergency Preparedness and Response
-HEAD-
Sec. 300hh-12. Strategic national stockpile
-STATUTE-
(a) Strategic national stockpile
(1) In general
The Secretary of Homeland Security (referred to in this section
as the "Secretary"), in coordination with the Secretary of Health
and Human Services and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, shall
maintain a stockpile or stockpiles of drugs, vaccines and other
biological products, medical devices, and other supplies in such
numbers, types, and amounts as are determined by the Secretary of
Health and Human Services to be appropriate and practicable,
taking into account other available sources, to provide for the
emergency health security of the United States, including the
emergency health security of children and other vulnerable
populations, in the event of a bioterrorist attack or other
public health emergency.
(2) Procedures
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in managing the
stockpile under paragraph (1), shall -
(A) consult with the working group under section 247d-6(a) of
this title;
(B) ensure that adequate procedures are followed with respect
to such stockpile for inventory management and accounting, and
for the physical security of the stockpile;
(C) in consultation with Federal, State, and local officials,
take into consideration the timing and location of special
events;
(D) review and revise, as appropriate, the contents of the
stockpile on a regular basis to ensure that emerging threats,
advanced technologies, and new countermeasures are adequately
considered;
(E) devise plans for the effective and timely supply-chain
management of the stockpile, in consultation with appropriate
Federal, State and local agencies, and the public and private
health care infrastructure; and
(F) ensure the adequate physical security of the stockpile.
(b) Smallpox vaccine development
(1) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall award
contracts, enter into cooperative agreements, or carry out such
other activities as may reasonably be required in order to ensure
that the stockpile under subsection (a) of this section includes
an amount of vaccine against smallpox as determined by the
Secretary of Health and Human Services to be sufficient to meet
the health security needs of the United States.
(2) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the private
distribution, purchase, or sale of vaccines from sources other
than the stockpile described in subsection (a) of this section.
(c) Disclosures
No Federal agency shall disclose under section 552 (!1) any
information identifying the location at which materials in the
stockpile under subsection (a) of this section are stored.
(d) Definition
For purposes of subsection (a) of this section, the term
"stockpile" includes -
(1) a physical accumulation (at one or more locations) of the
supplies described in subsection (a) of this section; or
(2) a contractual agreement between the Secretary and a vendor
or vendors under which such vendor or vendors agree to provide to
the Secretary supplies described in subsection (a) of this
section.
(e) Authorization of appropriations
(1) Strategic National Stockpile
For the purpose of carrying out subsection (a) of this section,
there are authorized to be appropriated $640,000,000 for fiscal
year 2002, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal
years 2003 through 2006.
(2) Smallpox vaccine development
For the purpose of carrying out subsection (b) of this section,
there are authorized to be appropriated $509,000,000 for fiscal
year 2002, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal
years 2003 through 2006.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 107-188, title I, Sec. 121, June 12, 2002, 116 Stat. 611;
Pub. L. 107-296, title XVII, Sec. 1705(a), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat.
2316.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Public Health Security and
Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002, and not as part
of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2002 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 107-296, Sec. 1705(a)(1),
substituted "The Secretary of Homeland Security" for "The Secretary
of Health and Human Services" and inserted "the Secretary of Health
and Human Services and" after "in coordination with" and "of Health
and Human Services" after "as are determined by the Secretary".
Subsecs. (a)(2), (b)(1). Pub. L. 107-296, Sec. 1705(a)(2),
inserted "of Health and Human Services" after "Secretary" wherever
appearing.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 107-296, title XVII, Sec. 1705(b), Nov. 25, 2002, 116
Stat. 2316, provided that: "The amendments made by this section
[amending this section] shall take effect on the date of transfer
of the Strategic National Stockpile of the Department of Health and
Human Services to the Department [of Homeland Security]."
-TRANS-
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of
the Strategic National Stockpile of the Department of Health and
Human Services, including the functions of the Secretary of Health
and Human Services relating thereto, to the Secretary of Homeland
Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections
313(6), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and
the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November
25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title
6.
-MISC2-
POTASSIUM IODIDE
Pub. L. 107-188, title I, Sec. 127, June 12, 2002, 116 Stat. 615,
provided that:
"(a) In General. - Through the national stockpile under section
121 [this section], the President, subject to subsections (b) and
(c), shall make available to State and local governments potassium
iodide tablets for stockpiling and for distribution as appropriate
to public facilities, such as schools and hospitals, in quantities
sufficient to provide adequate protection for the population within
20 miles of a nuclear power plant.
"(b) State and Local Plans. -
"(1) In general. - Subsection (a) applies with respect to a
State or local government, subject to paragraph (2), if the
government involved meets the following conditions:
"(A) Such government submits to the President a plan for the
stockpiling of potassium iodide tablets, and for the
distribution and utilization of potassium iodide tablets in the
event of a nuclear incident.
"(B) The plan is accompanied by certifications by such
government that the government has not already received
sufficient quantities of potassium iodide tablets from the
Federal Government.
"(2) Local governments. - Subsection (a) applies with respect
to a local government only if, in addition to the conditions
described in paragraph (1), the following conditions are met:
"(A) The State in which the locality involved is located -
"(i) does not have a plan described in paragraph (1)(A); or
"(ii) has a plan described in such paragraph, but the plan
does not address populations at a distance greater than 10
miles from the nuclear power plant involved.
"(B) The local government has petitioned the State to modify
the State plan to address such populations, not exceeding 20
miles from such plant, and 60 days have elapsed without the
State modifying the State plan to address populations at the
full distance sought by the local government through the
petition.
"(C) The local government has submitted its local plan under
paragraph (1)(A) to the State, and the State has approved the
plan and certified that the plan is not inconsistent with the
State emergency plan.
"(c) Guidelines. - Not later than one year after the date of the
enactment of this Act [June 12, 2002], the President, in
consultation with individuals representing appropriate Federal,
State, and local agencies, shall establish guidelines for the
stockpiling of potassium iodide tablets, and for the distribution
and utilization of potassium iodide tablets in the event of a
nuclear incident. Such tablets may not be made available under
subsection (a) until such guidelines have been established.
"(d) Information. - The President shall carry out activities to
inform State and local governments of the program under this
section.
"(e) Reports. -
"(1) President. - Not later than six months after the date on
which the guidelines under subsection (c) are issued, the
President shall submit to the Congress a report -
"(A) on whether potassium iodide tablets have been made
available under subsection (a) or other Federal, State, or
local programs, and the extent to which State and local
governments have established stockpiles of such tablets; and
"(B) the measures taken by the President to implement this
section.
(2) National academy of sciences. -
"(A) In general. - The President shall request the National
Academy of Sciences to enter into an agreement with the
President under which the Academy conducts a study to determine
what is the most effective and safe way to distribute and
administer potassium iodide tablets on a mass scale. If the
Academy declines to conduct the study, the President shall
enter into an agreement with another appropriate public or
nonprofit private entity to conduct the study.
"(B) Report. - The President shall ensure that, not later
than six months after the date of the enactment of this Act
[June 12, 2002], the study required in subparagraph (A) is
completed and a report describing the findings made in the
study is submitted to the Congress.
"(f) Applicability. - Subsections (a) and (d) cease to apply as
requirements if the President determines that there is an
alternative and more effective prophylaxis or preventive measures
for adverse thyroid conditions that may result from the release of
radionuclides from nuclear power plants."
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 247d-6 of this title.
-FOOTNOTE-
(!1) So in original. Probably should be followed by "of title 5".
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Sec. 300hh-13 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
Part B - Emergency Preparedness and Response
-HEAD-
Sec. 300hh-13. Evaluation of new and emerging technologies
regarding bioterrorist attack and other public health emergencies
-STATUTE-
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this
section as the "Secretary") shall promptly carry out a program to
periodically evaluate new and emerging technologies that, in the
determination of the Secretary, are designed to improve or enhance
the ability of public health or safety officials to conduct public
health surveillance activities relating to a bioterrorist attack or
other public health emergency.
(b) Certain activities
In carrying out this subsection, the Secretary shall, to the
extent practicable -
(1) survey existing technology programs funded by the Federal
Government for potentially useful technologies;
(2) promptly issue a request, as necessary, for information
from non-Federal public and private entities for ongoing
activities in this area; and
(3) evaluate technologies identified under paragraphs (1) and
(2) pursuant to subsection (c) of this section.
(c) Consultation and evaluation
In carrying out subsection (b)(3) of this section, the Secretary
shall consult with the working group under section 247d-6(a) of
this title, as well as other appropriate public, nonprofit, and
private entities, to develop criteria for the evaluation of such
technologies and to conduct such evaluations.
(d) Report
Not later than 180 days after June 12, 2002, and periodically
thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Energy
and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on
Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report on
the activities under this section.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 107-188, title I, Sec. 126, June 12, 2002, 116 Stat. 615.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Public Health Security and
Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002, and not as part
of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.
-End-
-CITE-
42 USC Secs. 300aaa to 300aaa-13 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXVI - NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS FOR BIOTERRORISM AND OTHER
PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCIES
Part B - Emergency Preparedness and Response
-HEAD-
Secs. 300aaa to 300aaa-13. Transferred
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Former title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act was
renumbered part B of title II by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec.
2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and is classified to
part B (Sec. 238 et seq.) of subchapter I of this chapter.
Section 300aaa, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2701, formerly title V, Sec. 501, 58 Stat. 709, as amended, which
related to gifts for benefit of Service, was renumbered section 231
of title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec.
2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred to
section 238 of this title.
Section 300aaa-1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2702, formerly title V, Sec. 502, 58 Stat. 710, as amended, which
related to use of immigration station hospitals, was renumbered
section 232 of title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43,
title XX, Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and
transferred to section 238a of this title.
Section 300aaa-2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2703, formerly title V, Sec. 503, 58 Stat. 710, as amended, which related to disposition of money collected for care of patients, was
renumbered section 233 of title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L.
103-43, title XX, Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat.
213, and transferred to section 238b of this title.
Section 300aaa-3, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2704, formerly title V, Sec. 506, 58 Stat. 710, as amended, which
related to transportation of remains of officers, was renumbered
section 234 of title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43,
title XX, Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and
transferred to section 238c of this title.
Section 300aaa-4, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2705, formerly title V, Sec. 507, as added June 24, 1967, Pub. L.
90-31, Sec. 5, 81 Stat. 79, and amended, which related to
availability of appropriations for grants to Federal institutions,
was renumbered section 235 of title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub.
L. 103-43, title XX, Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat.
213, and transferred to section 238d of this title.
Section 300aaa-5, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2706, formerly title V, Sec. 508, 58 Stat. 711, as amended, which
related to transfer of funds for continuance of transferred
functions, was renumbered section 236 of title II of act July 1,
1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10,
1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred to section 238e of this title.
Section 300aaa-6, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2707, formerly title V, Sec. 509, 58 Stat. 711, as amended, which
related to availability of appropriations, was renumbered section
237 of title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX,
Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred
to section 238f of this title.
Section 300aaa-7, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2708, formerly title V, Sec. 510, 58 Stat. 711, as amended, which
related to wearing of uniforms, was renumbered section 238 of title
II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec.
2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred to
section 238g of this title.
Section 300aaa-8, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2709, formerly title V, Sec. 511, 58 Stat. 711, as amended, which
related to annual report of Surgeon General, was renumbered section
239 of title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX,
Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred
to section 238h of this title.
Section 300aaa-9, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2710, formerly title V, Sec. 512, as added Oct. 15, 1968, Pub. L.
90-574, title V, Sec. 503(a), 82 Stat. 1012, and amended, which
related to memorials and other acknowledgements for contributions
to the health of the Nation, was renumbered section 240 of title II
of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec.
2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred to
section 238i of this title.
Section 300aaa-10, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2711, formerly title V, Sec. 513, as added June 30, 1970, Pub. L.
91-296, title IV, Sec. 401(a), 84 Stat. 351, and amended, which
related to evaluation of programs, was renumbered section 241 of
title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec.
2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred to
section 238j of this title.
Section 300aaa-11, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2712, formerly title V, Sec. 514, as added Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L.
95-623, Sec. 11(e), 92 Stat. 3456, and amended, which related to
contract authority, was renumbered section 242 of title II of act
July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3),
June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred to section 238k of
this title.
Section 300aaa-12, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2713, formerly title V, Sec. 515, formerly Pub. L. 88-164, title
II, Sec. 225, as added Pub. L. 94-63, title III, Sec. 303, July 29,
1975, 89 Stat. 326, and amended, which related to recovery by
United States of base amount plus interest in certain
circumstances, was renumbered section 243 of title II of act July
1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec. 2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10,
1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred to section 238l of this title.
Section 300aaa-13, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVII, Sec.
2714, formerly title XXI, Sec. 2116, as added Apr. 7, 1986, Pub. L.
99-272, title XVII, Sec. 17003, 100 Stat. 359, and amended, which
related to use of fiscal agents, was renumbered section 244 of
title II of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 103-43, title XX, Sec.
2010(a)(1)-(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, and transferred to
section 238m of this title.
-End-
Descargar
Enviado por: | El remitente no desea revelar su nombre |
Idioma: | inglés |
País: | Estados Unidos |